]> git.lyx.org Git - lyx.git/blob - lib/doc/Reference.lyx
update all lyx documents to the latest file format
[lyx.git] / lib / doc / Reference.lyx
1 #LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
2 \lyxformat 243
3 \begin_document
4 \begin_header
5 \textclass book
6 \begin_preamble
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!!
8 %
9 % I've designed this preamble to ensure that this document prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the manual may not print out as expected.  If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact 
13 % the documentation team intead of messing around in here.  --jpw 4/97
14
15 \usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}
16
17 %% Provides French double-quotes for one of the examples
18 %%
19 \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\guillemotleft}{%
20 \raisebox{0.27ex}{\ensuremath{\scriptscriptstyle \ll\!\!\!}}
21 }
22 \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\guillemotright}{%
23 \raisebox{0.27ex}{\ensuremath{\scriptscriptstyle \gg}}
24 }
25 \DeclareRobustCommand{\flqq}{%
26   \ifmmode\hbox{\guillemotleft}\else\guillemotleft\fi}
27 \DeclareRobustCommand{\frqq}{%
28   \ifmmode\hbox{\guillemotright}\else\guillemotright\fi}
29 %%
30 %% End Preamble
31 %%
32 \end_preamble
33 \language english
34 \inputencoding default
35 \fontscheme default
36 \graphics none
37 \float_placement !htb
38 \paperfontsize default
39 \spacing single
40 \papersize default
41 \use_geometry false
42 \use_amsmath 0
43 \cite_engine basic
44 \use_bibtopic false
45 \paperorientation portrait
46 \secnumdepth 3
47 \tocdepth 3
48 \paragraph_separation indent
49 \defskip medskip
50 \quotes_language english
51 \quotes_times 2
52 \papercolumns 1
53 \papersides 2
54 \paperpagestyle headings
55 \tracking_changes false
56 \output_changes true
57 \end_header
58
59 \begin_body
60
61 \begin_layout Title
62
63 LyX Reference Manual
64 \end_layout
65
66 \begin_layout Author
67
68 by the LyX Team
69 \begin_inset Foot
70 status collapsed
71
72 \begin_layout Standard
73
74 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
75 tion mailing list, <lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org>.
76 \end_layout
77
78 \end_inset
79
80
81 \end_layout
82
83 \begin_layout Standard
84
85
86 \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{}
87
88 \end_inset
89
90
91 \end_layout
92
93 \begin_layout Chapter
94
95 Introduction
96 \end_layout
97
98 \begin_layout Section
99
100 About this Document
101 \end_layout
102
103 \begin_layout Standard
104
105 This is the LyX 
106 \emph on
107 Reference
108 \emph default
109  
110 \emph on
111 Manual
112 \emph default
113 .
114  
115 \end_layout
116
117 \begin_layout Standard
118
119 If you've looked at some of the other documentation, you might be expecting
120  this section to be identical to all of the other opening sections in the
121  other documentation files.
122  The Reference Manual isn't like the other documents, and requires a somewhat
123  different approach.
124 \end_layout
125
126 \begin_layout Standard
127
128 First, this file is big.
129  It contains \SpecialChar \ldots{}
130 well, everything.
131  Or, it will, at some point.
132  At the moment, though, it's still somewhat incomplete.
133 \end_layout
134
135 \begin_layout Standard
136
137 Second, to help you get started with this manual, we recommend that you
138  have a look at the example entries.
139  We'd also recommend not printing out the entire manual, but only those
140  sections you happen to need.
141  [This document is still a moving target, after all.]
142 \end_layout
143
144 \begin_layout Standard
145
146 Third, the entries in this manual follow a somewhat-modified version of
147  the format described in the 
148 \emph on
149 Introduction
150 \emph default
151  manual.
152  Most of these modifications are additions to what's been specified in the
153  Style Sheet.
154  So, if you intend to add an entry, make sure you read 
155 \family typewriter
156 DocStyle.lyx
157 \family default
158  thoroughly! [You'll find it in the distribution in the 
159 \family typewriter
160 development
161 \family default
162  subdirectory.]
163 \end_layout
164
165 \begin_layout Standard
166
167 NOTE: this document is, alas, very out of date.
168  It is wrong in many places, and omits lots of information about newer versions
169  of LyX.
170 \end_layout
171
172 \begin_layout Section
173
174 Organization
175 \end_layout
176
177 \begin_layout Standard
178
179 Each chapter is grouped around a central theme or topic.
180  Chapter 
181 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{ch:user-interface}
182
183 \end_inset
184
185  describes the user interface.
186  Included are the tool bar, the various popups and which menu items and
187  keys they are bound to.
188  Chapter 
189 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{ch:functions}
190
191 \end_inset
192
193  lists all of the bindable functions.
194  You'll need this information if you want to alter the key bindings or create
195  your own tool bar.
196  Lastly, chapter 
197 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{ch:misc}
198
199 \end_inset
200
201  is the Dreaded Miscellaneous! Basically, anything we couldn't figure out
202  where to put ended up here.
203 \end_layout
204
205 \begin_layout Standard
206
207 The entries themselves are the subsections of each chapter.
208  They are in alphabetical order for ease of access.
209  The sections of each chapter have single purpose: to split up the chapter
210  into more manageable chunks.
211  They simply group the entries by letter, so, for example, there will be
212  a section labelled 
213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
214 \end_inset
215
216 A-C,
217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
218 \end_inset
219
220  another called 
221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
222 \end_inset
223
224 S,
225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
226 \end_inset
227
228  and so on.
229 \end_layout
230
231 \begin_layout Section
232
233 A Sample Entry
234 \end_layout
235
236 \begin_layout Standard
237
238 This is a sample entry to the Reference Manual.
239  It should help readers figure out how to use this manual, and show developers
240  how to create entries.
241 \end_layout
242
243 \begin_layout Standard
244
245 The first thing to notice it the entry name.
246  It's not in any special font.
247  Now, according to the Style Sheet, function names should be in 
248 \family typewriter
249 Typewriter
250 \family default
251  font and the names of popups in 
252 \family sans
253 Sans\InsetSpace ~
254 Serif
255 \family default
256 .
257  If you check the chapters containing entries for the functions and popups,
258  you'll see that those entries do indeed use this font convention\SpecialChar \ldots{}
259 in the
260  text itself.
261  The names of the entries --- i.\InsetSpace ~
262 e.\InsetSpace ~
263 the subsection title --- is in the default
264  font.
265  Leave the entry titles in the default font.
266 \end_layout
267
268 \begin_layout Subsection
269
270 Example #1: Entries
271 \end_layout
272
273 \begin_layout Description
274
275 Default\InsetSpace ~
276 Bindings:
277 \end_layout
278
279 \begin_deeper
280 \begin_layout List
281 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
282
283
284 \series bold
285 Menu\InsetSpace ~
286 -
287 \series default
288  Where in the menus you can find this thing.
289  If the menu item just brings up a dialog box, put its name in as a 
290 \family sans
291 \emph on
292 Description
293 \family default
294 \emph default
295  list.
296  Also put in where on the panel the item in bound.
297  Put the names of menus, popup buttons, etc.
298  in 
299 \family sans
300 Sans Serif 
301 \family default
302 to make it stand out from any other text.
303  Underline the accelerator key, if any.
304 \begin_inset Foot
305 status collapsed
306
307 \begin_layout Standard
308
309 In other words, this is just as described in the Style Sheet.
310  
311 \end_layout
312
313 \end_inset
314
315  Example:
316 \end_layout
317
318 \begin_deeper
319 \begin_layout Standard
320
321
322 \family sans
323 Menu
324 \bar under
325 N
326 \bar default
327 ame \SpecialChar \menuseparator
328 SubMe
329 \bar under
330 n
331 \bar default
332 uName \SpecialChar \menuseparator
333 I
334 \bar under
335 t
336 \bar default
337 emName
338 \end_layout
339
340 \begin_layout Description
341
342 Ding\InsetSpace ~
343 a\InsetSpace ~
344 Ling\InsetSpace ~
345 Panel: 
346 \family sans
347 ThisButton
348 \end_layout
349 \end_deeper
350 \begin_layout List
351 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
352
353
354 \series bold
355 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
356 -
357 \series default
358  Should describe the location on the bar and what the icon looks like.
359  Keep it brief.
360  Example:
361 \end_layout
362
363 \begin_deeper
364 \begin_layout Standard
365
366 Fourth button from the left.
367 \end_layout
368
369 \begin_layout Standard
370
371 Hand with six fingers.
372 \end_layout
373 \end_deeper
374 \begin_layout List
375 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
376
377
378 \series bold
379 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
380 -
381 \series default
382  There will be either one or two paragraphs here.
383  They should just contain a key sequence, and the name of the binding file.
384  Put the name of the binding file in 
385 \family typewriter
386 Typewriter
387 \family default
388  font, and the key sequence in 
389 \family sans
390 Sans Serif
391 \family default
392  to make it stand out.
393  If no binding file name is present, then that binding is standard in all
394  of the binding files.
395  Example:
396 \end_layout
397
398 \begin_deeper
399 \begin_layout Standard
400
401
402 \family sans
403 C-M-p
404 \family default
405  in 
406 \family typewriter
407 bindfile.bind
408 \family default
409 .
410 \end_layout
411
412 \begin_layout Standard
413
414
415 \family sans
416 M-9
417 \end_layout
418 \end_deeper
419 \end_deeper
420 \begin_layout Paragraph
421
422 Purpose:
423 \end_layout
424
425 \begin_layout Standard
426
427 The purpose of this entry is to describe these entries.
428  
429 \end_layout
430
431 \begin_layout Standard
432
433 Within an entry, the different parts are labelled 
434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
435 \end_inset
436
437 Default Bindings:
438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
439 \end_inset
440
441
442 \begin_inset Quotes eld
443 \end_inset
444
445 Purpose
446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
447 \end_inset
448
449
450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
451 \end_inset
452
453 Usage
454 \begin_inset Quotes erd
455 \end_inset
456
457
458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
459 \end_inset
460
461 Examples
462 \begin_inset Quotes erd
463 \end_inset
464
465 , and 
466 \begin_inset Quotes eld
467 \end_inset
468
469 See Also
470 \begin_inset Quotes erd
471 \end_inset
472
473 .
474  These are each paragraph headings.
475  The 
476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
477 \end_inset
478
479 Menu-
480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
481 \end_inset
482
483
484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
485 \end_inset
486
487 Toolbar
488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
489 \end_inset
490
491 , and 
492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
493 \end_inset
494
495 Keyboard
496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
497 \end_inset
498
499  parts of 
500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
501 \end_inset
502
503 Default Bindings:
504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
505 \end_inset
506
507  are subparagraph headings.
508  None of these should be numbered.
509 \end_layout
510
511 \begin_layout Standard
512
513 In a real entry, this will tell you about the item and what it's for.
514 \end_layout
515
516 \begin_layout Paragraph
517
518 Usage:
519 \end_layout
520
521 \begin_layout Standard
522
523 This entry will tell you how to use this item.
524 \end_layout
525
526 \begin_layout Standard
527
528 There won't always be one of these.
529  In fact, any of the
530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
531 \end_inset
532
533 standard
534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
535 \end_inset
536
537  sections of an entry may be missing, especially if it's empty.
538  For example, there are only 15 or so toolbar buttons, so most things won't
539  have a default toolbar binding.
540  Or, the author of an entry may prefer to put some of the 
541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
542 \end_inset
543
544 Usage
545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
546 \end_inset
547
548  stuff under 
549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
550 \end_inset
551
552 Purpose
553 \begin_inset Quotes erd
554 \end_inset
555
556  or 
557 \begin_inset Quotes eld
558 \end_inset
559
560 Examples
561 \begin_inset Quotes erd
562 \end_inset
563
564 .
565 \end_layout
566
567 \begin_layout Paragraph
568
569 Examples:
570 \end_layout
571
572 \begin_layout Standard
573
574 This is an example example for an example entry.
575 \end_layout
576
577 \begin_layout Standard
578
579 Are you confused? Good.
580  You came to the right place!
581 \end_layout
582
583 \begin_layout Standard
584
585 Unfortunately, this example entry has been kind of abstract.
586  So, we'll give you a few more example entries.
587 \end_layout
588
589 \begin_layout Paragraph
590
591 See Also:
592 \end_layout
593
594 \begin_layout Standard
595
596 Example #2; Example #3.
597 \end_layout
598
599 \begin_layout Standard
600
601 [Notice that this isn't in any special font.
602  ]
603 \end_layout
604
605 \begin_layout Subsection
606
607 Example #2: Bogosify
608 \end_layout
609
610 \begin_layout Description
611
612 Default\InsetSpace ~
613 Bindings:
614 \end_layout
615
616 \begin_deeper
617 \begin_layout List
618 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
619
620
621 \series bold
622 Menu\InsetSpace ~
623 -
624 \series default
625  
626 \family sans
627 \bar under
628 B
629 \bar default
630 ogus\SpecialChar \menuseparator
631 M
632 \bar under
633 u
634 \bar default
635 HaHa
636 \end_layout
637
638 \begin_layout List
639 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
640
641
642 \series bold
643 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
644 -
645 \series default
646  First button from the left.
647  
648 \end_layout
649
650 \begin_deeper
651 \begin_layout Standard
652
653 Bogus ball.
654 \end_layout
655 \end_deeper
656 \begin_layout List
657 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
658
659
660 \series bold
661 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
662 -
663 \series default
664  
665 \family sans
666 C-F50
667 \family default
668  in 
669 \family typewriter
670 bogus.bind
671 \family default
672 .
673 \end_layout
674
675 \begin_deeper
676 \begin_layout Standard
677
678
679 \family sans
680 C-W-Help
681 \family default
682  in 
683 \family typewriter
684 PCbogus.bind
685 \family default
686 .
687 \end_layout
688 \end_deeper
689 \end_deeper
690 \begin_layout Paragraph
691
692 Purpose:
693 \end_layout
694
695 \begin_layout Standard
696
697 This item puts extra bogosity in your documents by activating the bogofilter
698  in BoGoTeX.
699  Everyone needs a little bogosity in their writings.
700  Otherwise, you risk boring your readers into a deep sleep.
701  In fact, some science professors, scoffing at the usefulness of the BoGoTeX
702  extensions, have written and even published articles in reputable journals
703  that have been known to put readers into a coma! Don't believe me? Try
704  reading just about any scientific paper!
705 \end_layout
706
707 \begin_layout Paragraph
708
709 Usage:
710 \end_layout
711
712 \begin_layout Standard
713
714 Just select the text to bogosify with the mouse, then use the keyboard bindings,
715  toolbar button, or menu item for this function.
716 \end_layout
717
718 \begin_layout Paragraph
719
720 Examples:
721 \end_layout
722
723 \begin_layout Standard
724
725 Why, this entire entry is an example! It's totally bogus!
726 \end_layout
727
728 \begin_layout Paragraph
729
730 See Also:
731 \end_layout
732
733 \begin_layout Standard
734
735 BogoMIPS
736 \end_layout
737
738 \begin_layout Subsection
739
740 Example #3: Decat
741 \end_layout
742
743 \begin_layout Description
744
745 Default\InsetSpace ~
746 Bindings:
747 \end_layout
748
749 \begin_deeper
750 \begin_layout List
751 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
752
753
754 \series bold
755 Menu\InsetSpace ~
756 -
757 \series default
758  
759 \family sans
760 \bar under
761 C
762 \bar default
763 uddly\SpecialChar \menuseparator
764
765 \bar under
766 F
767 \bar default
768 eline
769 \family default
770  to bring up the 
771 \family sans
772 Meow
773 \family default
774  dialog box.
775 \end_layout
776
777 \begin_deeper
778 \begin_layout Description
779
780 Meow\InsetSpace ~
781 Panel: 
782 \family sans
783 Decat
784 \family default
785  button.
786 \end_layout
787 \end_deeper
788 \begin_layout List
789 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
790
791
792 \series bold
793 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
794 -
795 \series default
796  Button smack dab in the middle of everything.
797 \end_layout
798
799 \begin_deeper
800 \begin_layout Standard
801
802 Kitty-cat.
803 \end_layout
804 \end_deeper
805 \begin_layout List
806 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
807
808
809 \series bold
810 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
811 -
812 \series default
813  
814 \family sans
815 W-c W-a W-t 
816 \family default
817 in 
818 \family typewriter
819 fuzzy.bind
820 \family default
821 .
822 \end_layout
823 \end_deeper
824 \begin_layout Paragraph
825
826 Purpose:
827 \end_layout
828
829 \begin_layout Standard
830
831 The decat function fixes 
832 \begin_inset Quotes eld
833 \end_inset
834
835 additions
836 \begin_inset Quotes erd
837 \end_inset
838
839  made by overly-helpful paws.
840 \end_layout
841
842 \begin_layout Standard
843
844 We all know how much cats 
845 \emph on
846 love
847 \emph default
848  computers, especially the laps that sit in front of them.
849  However, a cat, being feline, must add its opinions to whatever you're
850  typing.
851  Or, your cat may simply decide to help you finish your work so you can
852  get to more important matters, such as brushing and petting.
853  The decat function is designed for just such moments.
854 \end_layout
855
856 \begin_layout Paragraph
857
858 Usage:
859 \end_layout
860
861 \begin_layout Standard
862
863 Select the text to decat while holding down all five mouse buttons, then
864  use the keyboard bindings, toolbar button, or menu item for this function.
865 \end_layout
866
867 \begin_layout Paragraph
868
869 Examples:
870 \end_layout
871
872 \begin_layout Standard
873
874 A particular black and white cat once added the following:
875 \end_layout
876
877 \begin_layout Quote
878
879 sfd4rcxy45bb q43 tfd t43revcx
880 \end_layout
881
882 \begin_layout Standard
883
884 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
885 to a document.
886  Run through decat, it became:
887 \end_layout
888
889 \begin_layout Quote
890
891 Hey, bozo! Pay attention to me!
892 \end_layout
893
894 \begin_layout Standard
895
896 Another frisky kitty named Horatio added: 
897 \end_layout
898
899 \begin_layout Quote
900
901 ';; msdam m-009243m laasd;mlk 
902 \end_layout
903
904 \begin_layout Standard
905
906 to some text.
907  Decat changed it to:
908 \end_layout
909
910 \begin_layout Quote
911
912 Can I beat up another dog?
913 \end_layout
914
915 \begin_layout Standard
916
917 [And if you believe that, I have a bridge in Brooklyn for sale\SpecialChar \ldots{}
918 ]
919 \end_layout
920
921 \begin_layout Paragraph
922
923 See Also:
924 \end_layout
925
926 \begin_layout Standard
927
928 ASPCA; PETA; ECC; Any cat owner.
929 \end_layout
930
931 \begin_layout Subsection
932
933 Template
934 \end_layout
935
936 \begin_layout Description
937
938 Default\InsetSpace ~
939 Bindings:
940 \end_layout
941
942 \begin_deeper
943 \begin_layout List
944 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
945
946
947 \series bold
948 Menu\InsetSpace ~
949 -
950 \series default
951  
952 \family sans
953 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
954 Item
955 \end_layout
956
957 \begin_layout List
958 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
959
960
961 \series bold
962 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
963 -
964 \series default
965  Button # from the left (or right).
966  
967 \end_layout
968
969 \begin_deeper
970 \begin_layout Standard
971
972 Brief description of button icon.
973 \end_layout
974 \end_deeper
975 \begin_layout List
976 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
977
978
979 \series bold
980 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
981 -
982 \series default
983  
984 \family sans
985 C-S-M-W-key
986 \family default
987  in 
988 \family typewriter
989 file1.bind
990 \family default
991 .
992 \end_layout
993
994 \begin_deeper
995 \begin_layout Standard
996
997
998 \family sans
999 C-S-M-W-key
1000 \family default
1001  in 
1002 \family typewriter
1003 file2.bind
1004 \family default
1005 .
1006 \end_layout
1007 \end_deeper
1008 \end_deeper
1009 \begin_layout Paragraph
1010
1011 Purpose:
1012 \end_layout
1013
1014 \begin_layout Standard
1015
1016 Description.
1017 \end_layout
1018
1019 \begin_layout Paragraph
1020
1021 Usage:
1022 \end_layout
1023
1024 \begin_layout Standard
1025
1026 Description.
1027 \end_layout
1028
1029 \begin_layout Paragraph
1030
1031 Examples:
1032 \end_layout
1033
1034 \begin_layout Standard
1035
1036 Examples.
1037 \end_layout
1038
1039 \begin_layout Paragraph
1040
1041 See Also:
1042 \end_layout
1043
1044 \begin_layout Standard
1045
1046 Other entries or documents.
1047  Separate many references by either a 
1048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1049 \end_inset
1050
1051 ;
1052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1053 \end_inset
1054
1055  or place in multiple paragraphs.
1056 \end_layout
1057
1058 \begin_layout Chapter
1059
1060 User Interface: The Popups
1061 \end_layout
1062
1063 \begin_layout Standard
1064
1065
1066 \emph on
1067
1068 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{ch:user-interface}
1069
1070 \end_inset
1071
1072  Ed.
1073  Note: The chapter with a blow-by-blow description of what each popup does,
1074  which menu its bound to, and so on.
1075  Rather incomplete at the moment.-jw
1076 \end_layout
1077
1078 \begin_layout Section
1079
1080 A-E
1081 \end_layout
1082
1083 \begin_layout Subsection
1084
1085 Character Layout
1086 \end_layout
1087
1088 \begin_layout Description
1089
1090 Default\InsetSpace ~
1091 Bindings:
1092 \end_layout
1093
1094 \begin_deeper
1095 \begin_layout List
1096 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1097
1098
1099 \series bold
1100 Menu\InsetSpace ~
1101 -
1102 \series default
1103  
1104 \family sans
1105 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1106 Item
1107 \end_layout
1108
1109 \begin_layout List
1110 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1111
1112
1113 \series bold
1114 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
1115 -
1116 \series default
1117  Button # from the left (or right).
1118  
1119 \end_layout
1120
1121 \begin_deeper
1122 \begin_layout Standard
1123
1124 Brief description of button icon.
1125 \end_layout
1126 \end_deeper
1127 \begin_layout List
1128 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1129
1130
1131 \series bold
1132 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
1133 -
1134 \series default
1135  
1136 \family sans
1137 C-S-M-W-key
1138 \family default
1139  in 
1140 \family typewriter
1141 file1.bind
1142 \family default
1143 .
1144 \end_layout
1145
1146 \begin_deeper
1147 \begin_layout Standard
1148
1149
1150 \family sans
1151 C-S-M-W-key
1152 \family default
1153  in 
1154 \family typewriter
1155 file2.bind
1156 \family default
1157 .
1158 \end_layout
1159 \end_deeper
1160 \end_deeper
1161 \begin_layout Paragraph
1162
1163 Purpose:
1164 \end_layout
1165
1166 \begin_layout Standard
1167
1168 Description.
1169 \end_layout
1170
1171 \begin_layout Paragraph
1172
1173 Usage:
1174 \end_layout
1175
1176 \begin_layout Standard
1177
1178 Description.
1179 \end_layout
1180
1181 \begin_layout Paragraph
1182
1183 Examples:
1184 \end_layout
1185
1186 \begin_layout Standard
1187
1188 Examples.
1189 \end_layout
1190
1191 \begin_layout Paragraph
1192
1193 See Also:
1194 \end_layout
1195
1196 \begin_layout Standard
1197
1198 Other entries or documents.
1199  Separate many references by either a 
1200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1201 \end_inset
1202
1203 ;
1204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1205 \end_inset
1206
1207  or place in multiple paragraphs.
1208 \end_layout
1209
1210 \begin_layout Subsection
1211
1212 Decoration
1213 \end_layout
1214
1215 \begin_layout Description
1216
1217 Default\InsetSpace ~
1218 Bindings:
1219 \end_layout
1220
1221 \begin_deeper
1222 \begin_layout List
1223 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1224
1225
1226 \series bold
1227 Menu\InsetSpace ~
1228 -
1229 \series default
1230  
1231 \family sans
1232 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1233 Item
1234 \end_layout
1235
1236 \begin_layout List
1237 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1238
1239
1240 \series bold
1241 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
1242 -
1243 \series default
1244  Button # from the left (or right).
1245  
1246 \end_layout
1247
1248 \begin_deeper
1249 \begin_layout Standard
1250
1251 Brief description of button icon.
1252 \end_layout
1253 \end_deeper
1254 \begin_layout List
1255 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1256
1257
1258 \series bold
1259 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
1260 -
1261 \series default
1262  
1263 \family sans
1264 C-S-M-W-key
1265 \family default
1266  in 
1267 \family typewriter
1268 file1.bind
1269 \family default
1270 .
1271 \end_layout
1272
1273 \begin_deeper
1274 \begin_layout Standard
1275
1276
1277 \family sans
1278 C-S-M-W-key
1279 \family default
1280  in 
1281 \family typewriter
1282 file2.bind
1283 \family default
1284 .
1285 \end_layout
1286 \end_deeper
1287 \end_deeper
1288 \begin_layout Paragraph
1289
1290 Purpose:
1291 \end_layout
1292
1293 \begin_layout Standard
1294
1295 Description.
1296 \end_layout
1297
1298 \begin_layout Paragraph
1299
1300 Usage:
1301 \end_layout
1302
1303 \begin_layout Standard
1304
1305 Description.
1306 \end_layout
1307
1308 \begin_layout Paragraph
1309
1310 Examples:
1311 \end_layout
1312
1313 \begin_layout Standard
1314
1315 Examples.
1316 \end_layout
1317
1318 \begin_layout Paragraph
1319
1320 See Also:
1321 \end_layout
1322
1323 \begin_layout Standard
1324
1325 Other entries or documents.
1326  Separate many references by either a 
1327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1328 \end_inset
1329
1330 ;
1331 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1332 \end_inset
1333
1334  or place in multiple paragraphs.
1335 \end_layout
1336
1337 \begin_layout Subsection
1338
1339 Delimiter
1340 \end_layout
1341
1342 \begin_layout Description
1343
1344 Default\InsetSpace ~
1345 Bindings:
1346 \end_layout
1347
1348 \begin_deeper
1349 \begin_layout List
1350 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1351
1352
1353 \series bold
1354 Menu\InsetSpace ~
1355 -
1356 \series default
1357  
1358 \family sans
1359 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1360 Item
1361 \end_layout
1362
1363 \begin_layout List
1364 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1365
1366
1367 \series bold
1368 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
1369 -
1370 \series default
1371  Button # from the left (or right).
1372  
1373 \end_layout
1374
1375 \begin_deeper
1376 \begin_layout Standard
1377
1378 Brief description of button icon.
1379 \end_layout
1380 \end_deeper
1381 \begin_layout List
1382 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1383
1384
1385 \series bold
1386 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
1387 -
1388 \series default
1389  
1390 \family sans
1391 C-S-M-W-key
1392 \family default
1393  in 
1394 \family typewriter
1395 file1.bind
1396 \family default
1397 .
1398 \end_layout
1399
1400 \begin_deeper
1401 \begin_layout Standard
1402
1403
1404 \family sans
1405 C-S-M-W-key
1406 \family default
1407  in 
1408 \family typewriter
1409 file2.bind
1410 \family default
1411 .
1412 \end_layout
1413 \end_deeper
1414 \end_deeper
1415 \begin_layout Paragraph
1416
1417 Purpose:
1418 \end_layout
1419
1420 \begin_layout Standard
1421
1422 Description.
1423 \end_layout
1424
1425 \begin_layout Paragraph
1426
1427 Usage:
1428 \end_layout
1429
1430 \begin_layout Standard
1431
1432 Description.
1433 \end_layout
1434
1435 \begin_layout Paragraph
1436
1437 Examples:
1438 \end_layout
1439
1440 \begin_layout Standard
1441
1442 Examples.
1443 \end_layout
1444
1445 \begin_layout Paragraph
1446
1447 See Also:
1448 \end_layout
1449
1450 \begin_layout Standard
1451
1452 Other entries or documents.
1453  Separate many references by either a 
1454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1455 \end_inset
1456
1457 ;
1458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1459 \end_inset
1460
1461  or place in multiple paragraphs.
1462 \end_layout
1463
1464 \begin_layout Subsection
1465
1466 Document Layout
1467 \end_layout
1468
1469 \begin_layout Description
1470
1471 Default\InsetSpace ~
1472 Bindings:
1473 \end_layout
1474
1475 \begin_deeper
1476 \begin_layout List
1477 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1478
1479
1480 \series bold
1481 Menu\InsetSpace ~
1482 -
1483 \series default
1484  
1485 \family sans
1486 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1487 Item
1488 \end_layout
1489
1490 \begin_layout List
1491 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1492
1493
1494 \series bold
1495 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
1496 -
1497 \series default
1498  Button # from the left (or right).
1499  
1500 \end_layout
1501
1502 \begin_deeper
1503 \begin_layout Standard
1504
1505 Brief description of button icon.
1506 \end_layout
1507 \end_deeper
1508 \begin_layout List
1509 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1510
1511
1512 \series bold
1513 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
1514 -
1515 \series default
1516  
1517 \family sans
1518 C-S-M-W-key
1519 \family default
1520  in 
1521 \family typewriter
1522 file1.bind
1523 \family default
1524 .
1525 \end_layout
1526
1527 \begin_deeper
1528 \begin_layout Standard
1529
1530
1531 \family sans
1532 C-S-M-W-key
1533 \family default
1534  in 
1535 \family typewriter
1536 file2.bind
1537 \family default
1538 .
1539 \end_layout
1540 \end_deeper
1541 \end_deeper
1542 \begin_layout Paragraph
1543
1544 Purpose:
1545 \end_layout
1546
1547 \begin_layout Standard
1548
1549 Description.
1550 \end_layout
1551
1552 \begin_layout Paragraph
1553
1554 Usage:
1555 \end_layout
1556
1557 \begin_layout Standard
1558
1559 Description.
1560 \end_layout
1561
1562 \begin_layout Paragraph
1563
1564 Examples:
1565 \end_layout
1566
1567 \begin_layout Standard
1568
1569 Examples.
1570 \end_layout
1571
1572 \begin_layout Paragraph
1573
1574 See Also:
1575 \end_layout
1576
1577 \begin_layout Standard
1578
1579 Other entries or documents.
1580  Separate many references by either a 
1581 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1582 \end_inset
1583
1584 ;
1585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1586 \end_inset
1587
1588  or place in multiple paragraphs.
1589 \end_layout
1590
1591 \begin_layout Section
1592
1593 F-H
1594 \end_layout
1595
1596 \begin_layout Subsection
1597
1598 Figure
1599 \end_layout
1600
1601 \begin_layout Description
1602
1603 Default\InsetSpace ~
1604 Bindings:
1605 \end_layout
1606
1607 \begin_deeper
1608 \begin_layout List
1609 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1610
1611
1612 \series bold
1613 Menu\InsetSpace ~
1614 -
1615 \series default
1616  
1617 \family sans
1618 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1619 Item
1620 \end_layout
1621
1622 \begin_layout List
1623 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1624
1625
1626 \series bold
1627 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
1628 -
1629 \series default
1630  Button # from the left (or right).
1631  
1632 \end_layout
1633
1634 \begin_deeper
1635 \begin_layout Standard
1636
1637 Brief description of button icon.
1638 \end_layout
1639 \end_deeper
1640 \begin_layout List
1641 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1642
1643
1644 \series bold
1645 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
1646 -
1647 \series default
1648  
1649 \family sans
1650 C-S-M-W-key
1651 \family default
1652  in 
1653 \family typewriter
1654 file1.bind
1655 \family default
1656 .
1657 \end_layout
1658
1659 \begin_deeper
1660 \begin_layout Standard
1661
1662
1663 \family sans
1664 C-S-M-W-key
1665 \family default
1666  in 
1667 \family typewriter
1668 file2.bind
1669 \family default
1670 .
1671 \end_layout
1672 \end_deeper
1673 \end_deeper
1674 \begin_layout Paragraph
1675
1676 Purpose:
1677 \end_layout
1678
1679 \begin_layout Standard
1680
1681 Description.
1682 \end_layout
1683
1684 \begin_layout Paragraph
1685
1686 Usage:
1687 \end_layout
1688
1689 \begin_layout Standard
1690
1691 Description.
1692 \end_layout
1693
1694 \begin_layout Paragraph
1695
1696 Examples:
1697 \end_layout
1698
1699 \begin_layout Standard
1700
1701 Examples.
1702 \end_layout
1703
1704 \begin_layout Paragraph
1705
1706 See Also:
1707 \end_layout
1708
1709 \begin_layout Standard
1710
1711 Other entries or documents.
1712  Separate many references by either a 
1713 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1714 \end_inset
1715
1716 ;
1717 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1718 \end_inset
1719
1720  or place in multiple paragraphs.
1721 \end_layout
1722
1723 \begin_layout Subsection
1724
1725 File browser
1726 \end_layout
1727
1728 \begin_layout Description
1729
1730 Default\InsetSpace ~
1731 Bindings: There are actually several, since many different operations
1732  in LyX require a filename.
1733  Some of the more common functions which use a file browser have the following
1734  bindings:
1735 \end_layout
1736
1737 \begin_deeper
1738 \begin_layout List
1739 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1740
1741
1742 \series bold
1743 Menu\InsetSpace ~
1744 -
1745 \series default
1746  
1747 \family sans
1748 \bar under
1749 F
1750 \bar default
1751 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1752
1753 \bar under
1754 N
1755 \bar default
1756 ew
1757 \end_layout
1758
1759 \begin_deeper
1760 \begin_layout Standard
1761
1762
1763 \family sans
1764 \bar under
1765 F
1766 \bar default
1767 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1768 New\InsetSpace ~
1769 from\InsetSpace ~
1770
1771 \bar under
1772 t
1773 \bar default
1774 emplate...
1775 \end_layout
1776
1777 \begin_layout Standard
1778
1779
1780 \family sans
1781 \bar under
1782 F
1783 \bar default
1784 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1785
1786 \bar under
1787 O
1788 \bar default
1789 pen
1790 \end_layout
1791
1792 \begin_layout Standard
1793
1794
1795 \family sans
1796 \bar under
1797 F
1798 \bar default
1799 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1800 Save\InsetSpace ~
1801
1802 \bar under
1803 A
1804 \bar default
1805 s
1806 \end_layout
1807 \end_deeper
1808 \begin_layout List
1809 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1810
1811
1812 \series bold
1813 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
1814 -
1815 \series default
1816  Button # from the left (or right).
1817  
1818 \end_layout
1819
1820 \begin_deeper
1821 \begin_layout Standard
1822
1823 Brief description of button icon.
1824 \end_layout
1825 \end_deeper
1826 \begin_layout List
1827 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1828
1829
1830 \series bold
1831 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
1832 -
1833 \series default
1834  
1835 \family sans
1836 C-S-M-W-key
1837 \family default
1838  in 
1839 \family typewriter
1840 file1.bind
1841 \family default
1842 .
1843 \end_layout
1844
1845 \begin_deeper
1846 \begin_layout Standard
1847
1848
1849 \family sans
1850 C-S-M-W-key
1851 \family default
1852  in 
1853 \family typewriter
1854 file2.bind
1855 \family default
1856 .
1857 \end_layout
1858 \end_deeper
1859 \end_deeper
1860 \begin_layout Paragraph
1861
1862 Purpose:
1863 \end_layout
1864
1865 \begin_layout Standard
1866
1867 Description.
1868 \end_layout
1869
1870 \begin_layout Paragraph
1871
1872 Usage:
1873 \end_layout
1874
1875 \begin_layout Standard
1876
1877 Description.
1878 \end_layout
1879
1880 \begin_layout Paragraph
1881
1882 Examples:
1883 \end_layout
1884
1885 \begin_layout Standard
1886
1887 Examples.
1888 \end_layout
1889
1890 \begin_layout Paragraph
1891
1892 See Also:
1893 \end_layout
1894
1895 \begin_layout Standard
1896
1897 Other entries or documents.
1898  Separate many references by either a 
1899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1900 \end_inset
1901
1902 ;
1903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1904 \end_inset
1905
1906  or place in multiple paragraphs.
1907 \end_layout
1908
1909 \begin_layout Subsection
1910
1911 Find & Replace
1912 \end_layout
1913
1914 \begin_layout Description
1915
1916 Default\InsetSpace ~
1917 Bindings:
1918 \end_layout
1919
1920 \begin_deeper
1921 \begin_layout List
1922 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1923
1924
1925 \series bold
1926 Menu\InsetSpace ~
1927 -
1928 \series default
1929  
1930 \family sans
1931 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1932 Item
1933 \end_layout
1934
1935 \begin_layout List
1936 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1937
1938
1939 \series bold
1940 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
1941 -
1942 \series default
1943  Button # from the left (or right).
1944  
1945 \end_layout
1946
1947 \begin_deeper
1948 \begin_layout Standard
1949
1950 Brief description of button icon.
1951 \end_layout
1952 \end_deeper
1953 \begin_layout List
1954 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1955
1956
1957 \series bold
1958 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
1959 -
1960 \series default
1961  
1962 \family sans
1963 C-S-M-W-key
1964 \family default
1965  in 
1966 \family typewriter
1967 file1.bind
1968 \family default
1969 .
1970 \end_layout
1971
1972 \begin_deeper
1973 \begin_layout Standard
1974
1975
1976 \family sans
1977 C-S-M-W-key
1978 \family default
1979  in 
1980 \family typewriter
1981 file2.bind
1982 \family default
1983 .
1984 \end_layout
1985 \end_deeper
1986 \end_deeper
1987 \begin_layout Paragraph
1988
1989 Purpose:
1990 \end_layout
1991
1992 \begin_layout Standard
1993
1994 Description.
1995 \end_layout
1996
1997 \begin_layout Paragraph
1998
1999 Usage:
2000 \end_layout
2001
2002 \begin_layout Standard
2003
2004 Description.
2005 \end_layout
2006
2007 \begin_layout Paragraph
2008
2009 Examples:
2010 \end_layout
2011
2012 \begin_layout Standard
2013
2014 Examples.
2015 \end_layout
2016
2017 \begin_layout Paragraph
2018
2019 See Also:
2020 \end_layout
2021
2022 \begin_layout Standard
2023
2024 Other entries or documents.
2025  Separate many references by either a 
2026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2027 \end_inset
2028
2029 ;
2030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2031 \end_inset
2032
2033  or place in multiple paragraphs.
2034 \end_layout
2035
2036 \begin_layout Section
2037
2038 I-J
2039 \end_layout
2040
2041 \begin_layout Subsection
2042
2043 Include
2044 \end_layout
2045
2046 \begin_layout Description
2047
2048 Default\InsetSpace ~
2049 Bindings:
2050 \end_layout
2051
2052 \begin_deeper
2053 \begin_layout List
2054 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2055
2056
2057 \series bold
2058 Menu\InsetSpace ~
2059 -
2060 \series default
2061  
2062 \family sans
2063 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2064 Item
2065 \end_layout
2066
2067 \begin_layout List
2068 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2069
2070
2071 \series bold
2072 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
2073 -
2074 \series default
2075  Button # from the left (or right).
2076  
2077 \end_layout
2078
2079 \begin_deeper
2080 \begin_layout Standard
2081
2082 Brief description of button icon.
2083 \end_layout
2084 \end_deeper
2085 \begin_layout List
2086 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2087
2088
2089 \series bold
2090 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
2091 -
2092 \series default
2093  
2094 \family sans
2095 C-S-M-W-key
2096 \family default
2097  in 
2098 \family typewriter
2099 file1.bind
2100 \family default
2101 .
2102 \end_layout
2103
2104 \begin_deeper
2105 \begin_layout Standard
2106
2107
2108 \family sans
2109 C-S-M-W-key
2110 \family default
2111  in 
2112 \family typewriter
2113 file2.bind
2114 \family default
2115 .
2116 \end_layout
2117 \end_deeper
2118 \end_deeper
2119 \begin_layout Paragraph
2120
2121 Purpose:
2122 \end_layout
2123
2124 \begin_layout Standard
2125
2126 Description.
2127 \end_layout
2128
2129 \begin_layout Paragraph
2130
2131 Usage:
2132 \end_layout
2133
2134 \begin_layout Standard
2135
2136 Description.
2137 \end_layout
2138
2139 \begin_layout Paragraph
2140
2141 Examples:
2142 \end_layout
2143
2144 \begin_layout Standard
2145
2146 Examples.
2147 \end_layout
2148
2149 \begin_layout Paragraph
2150
2151 See Also:
2152 \end_layout
2153
2154 \begin_layout Standard
2155
2156 Other entries or documents.
2157  Separate many references by either a 
2158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2159 \end_inset
2160
2161 ;
2162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2163 \end_inset
2164
2165  or place in multiple paragraphs.
2166 \end_layout
2167
2168 \begin_layout Subsection
2169
2170 Insert Figure
2171 \end_layout
2172
2173 \begin_layout Description
2174
2175 Default\InsetSpace ~
2176 Bindings:
2177 \end_layout
2178
2179 \begin_deeper
2180 \begin_layout List
2181 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2182
2183
2184 \series bold
2185 Menu\InsetSpace ~
2186 -
2187 \series default
2188  
2189 \family sans
2190 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2191 Item
2192 \end_layout
2193
2194 \begin_layout List
2195 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2196
2197
2198 \series bold
2199 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
2200 -
2201 \series default
2202  Button # from the left (or right).
2203  
2204 \end_layout
2205
2206 \begin_deeper
2207 \begin_layout Standard
2208
2209 Brief description of button icon.
2210 \end_layout
2211 \end_deeper
2212 \begin_layout List
2213 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2214
2215
2216 \series bold
2217 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
2218 -
2219 \series default
2220  
2221 \family sans
2222 C-S-M-W-key
2223 \family default
2224  in 
2225 \family typewriter
2226 file1.bind
2227 \family default
2228 .
2229 \end_layout
2230
2231 \begin_deeper
2232 \begin_layout Standard
2233
2234
2235 \family sans
2236 C-S-M-W-key
2237 \family default
2238  in 
2239 \family typewriter
2240 file2.bind
2241 \family default
2242 .
2243 \end_layout
2244 \end_deeper
2245 \end_deeper
2246 \begin_layout Paragraph
2247
2248 Purpose:
2249 \end_layout
2250
2251 \begin_layout Standard
2252
2253 Description.
2254 \end_layout
2255
2256 \begin_layout Paragraph
2257
2258 Usage:
2259 \end_layout
2260
2261 \begin_layout Standard
2262
2263 Description.
2264 \end_layout
2265
2266 \begin_layout Paragraph
2267
2268 Examples:
2269 \end_layout
2270
2271 \begin_layout Standard
2272
2273 Examples.
2274 \end_layout
2275
2276 \begin_layout Paragraph
2277
2278 See Also:
2279 \end_layout
2280
2281 \begin_layout Standard
2282
2283 Other entries or documents.
2284  Separate many references by either a 
2285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2286 \end_inset
2287
2288 ;
2289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2290 \end_inset
2291
2292  or place in multiple paragraphs.
2293 \end_layout
2294
2295 \begin_layout Subsection
2296
2297 Insert Reference
2298 \end_layout
2299
2300 \begin_layout Description
2301
2302 Default\InsetSpace ~
2303 Bindings:
2304 \end_layout
2305
2306 \begin_deeper
2307 \begin_layout List
2308 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2309
2310
2311 \series bold
2312 Menu\InsetSpace ~
2313 -
2314 \series default
2315  
2316 \family sans
2317 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2318 Item
2319 \end_layout
2320
2321 \begin_layout List
2322 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2323
2324
2325 \series bold
2326 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
2327 -
2328 \series default
2329  Button # from the left (or right).
2330  
2331 \end_layout
2332
2333 \begin_deeper
2334 \begin_layout Standard
2335
2336 Brief description of button icon.
2337 \end_layout
2338 \end_deeper
2339 \begin_layout List
2340 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2341
2342
2343 \series bold
2344 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
2345 -
2346 \series default
2347  
2348 \family sans
2349 C-S-M-W-key
2350 \family default
2351  in 
2352 \family typewriter
2353 file1.bind
2354 \family default
2355 .
2356 \end_layout
2357
2358 \begin_deeper
2359 \begin_layout Standard
2360
2361
2362 \family sans
2363 C-S-M-W-key
2364 \family default
2365  in 
2366 \family typewriter
2367 file2.bind
2368 \family default
2369 .
2370 \end_layout
2371 \end_deeper
2372 \end_deeper
2373 \begin_layout Paragraph
2374
2375 Purpose:
2376 \end_layout
2377
2378 \begin_layout Standard
2379
2380 Description.
2381 \end_layout
2382
2383 \begin_layout Paragraph
2384
2385 Usage:
2386 \end_layout
2387
2388 \begin_layout Standard
2389
2390 Description.
2391 \end_layout
2392
2393 \begin_layout Paragraph
2394
2395 Examples:
2396 \end_layout
2397
2398 \begin_layout Standard
2399
2400 Examples.
2401 \end_layout
2402
2403 \begin_layout Paragraph
2404
2405 See Also:
2406 \end_layout
2407
2408 \begin_layout Standard
2409
2410 Other entries or documents.
2411  Separate many references by either a 
2412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2413 \end_inset
2414
2415 ;
2416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2417 \end_inset
2418
2419  or place in multiple paragraphs.
2420 \end_layout
2421
2422 \begin_layout Subsection
2423
2424 Insert Table
2425 \end_layout
2426
2427 \begin_layout Description
2428
2429 Default\InsetSpace ~
2430 Bindings:
2431 \end_layout
2432
2433 \begin_deeper
2434 \begin_layout List
2435 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2436
2437
2438 \series bold
2439 Menu\InsetSpace ~
2440 -
2441 \series default
2442  
2443 \family sans
2444 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2445 Item
2446 \end_layout
2447
2448 \begin_layout List
2449 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2450
2451
2452 \series bold
2453 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
2454 -
2455 \series default
2456  Button # from the left (or right).
2457  
2458 \end_layout
2459
2460 \begin_deeper
2461 \begin_layout Standard
2462
2463 Brief description of button icon.
2464 \end_layout
2465 \end_deeper
2466 \begin_layout List
2467 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2468
2469
2470 \series bold
2471 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
2472 -
2473 \series default
2474  
2475 \family sans
2476 C-S-M-W-key
2477 \family default
2478  in 
2479 \family typewriter
2480 file1.bind
2481 \family default
2482 .
2483 \end_layout
2484
2485 \begin_deeper
2486 \begin_layout Standard
2487
2488
2489 \family sans
2490 C-S-M-W-key
2491 \family default
2492  in 
2493 \family typewriter
2494 file2.bind
2495 \family default
2496 .
2497 \end_layout
2498 \end_deeper
2499 \end_deeper
2500 \begin_layout Paragraph
2501
2502 Purpose:
2503 \end_layout
2504
2505 \begin_layout Standard
2506
2507 Description.
2508 \end_layout
2509
2510 \begin_layout Paragraph
2511
2512 Usage:
2513 \end_layout
2514
2515 \begin_layout Standard
2516
2517 Description.
2518 \end_layout
2519
2520 \begin_layout Paragraph
2521
2522 Examples:
2523 \end_layout
2524
2525 \begin_layout Standard
2526
2527 Examples.
2528 \end_layout
2529
2530 \begin_layout Paragraph
2531
2532 See Also:
2533 \end_layout
2534
2535 \begin_layout Standard
2536
2537 Other entries or documents.
2538  Separate many references by either a 
2539 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2540 \end_inset
2541
2542 ;
2543 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2544 \end_inset
2545
2546  or place in multiple paragraphs.
2547 \end_layout
2548
2549 \begin_layout Subsection
2550
2551 Itemize Bullet Selection
2552 \end_layout
2553
2554 \begin_layout Description
2555
2556 Default\InsetSpace ~
2557 Bindings:
2558 \end_layout
2559
2560 \begin_deeper
2561 \begin_layout List
2562 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2563
2564
2565 \series bold
2566 Menu\InsetSpace ~
2567 -
2568 \series default
2569  
2570 \family sans
2571 \bar under
2572 L
2573 \bar default
2574 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2575
2576 \bar under
2577  D
2578 \bar default
2579 ocument 
2580 \family default
2581 to bring up the 
2582 \series bold
2583 Document\InsetSpace ~
2584 Layout
2585 \series default
2586  popup.
2587 \end_layout
2588
2589 \begin_deeper
2590 \begin_layout Description
2591
2592 Document\InsetSpace ~
2593 Layout: 
2594 \family sans
2595 \bar under
2596 B
2597 \bar default
2598 ullet Shapes
2599 \end_layout
2600 \end_deeper
2601 \begin_layout List
2602 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2603
2604
2605 \series bold
2606 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
2607 -
2608 \series default
2609  M-l i
2610 \end_layout
2611 \end_deeper
2612 \begin_layout Paragraph
2613
2614 Purpose:
2615 \end_layout
2616
2617 \begin_layout Standard
2618
2619 Allows you to change the bullets that appear at the various levels of an
2620  
2621 \family sans
2622 Itemize
2623 \family default
2624  layout on a per document basis.
2625 \end_layout
2626
2627 \begin_layout Paragraph
2628
2629 Usage:
2630 \end_layout
2631
2632 \begin_layout Standard
2633
2634 The popup provides you with a table of bullet shapes.
2635  A column of buttons on the left of the table provides access to the six
2636  different panels of bullet shapes.
2637  The row of buttons across the top is used to select which bullet depth
2638  you are changing.
2639  A text entry under the table shows the currently selected bullet shape's
2640  LaTeX equivalent and this can be edited if desired.
2641 \end_layout
2642
2643 \begin_layout Standard
2644
2645 Select which bullet depth you want to change then select the bullet shape
2646  and size.
2647
2648 \family sans
2649  Ok
2650 \family default
2651  and 
2652 \family sans
2653 Apply
2654 \family default
2655  will update the document.
2656  Changes will not be visible in LyX, but are visible when viewing the document
2657  using xdvi or ghostview.
2658 \end_layout
2659
2660 \begin_layout Paragraph
2661
2662 See Also:
2663 \end_layout
2664
2665 \begin_layout Standard
2666
2667 buffer-itemize-bullets-select;
2668 \end_layout
2669
2670 \begin_layout Standard
2671
2672
2673 \emph on
2674 Itemize Bullet Selection
2675 \emph default
2676  in 
2677 \emph on
2678 Extended Features
2679 \emph default
2680 ;
2681 \end_layout
2682
2683 \begin_layout Standard
2684
2685
2686 \family typewriter
2687 ItemizeBullets.lyx
2688 \family default
2689  in the examples directory.
2690 \end_layout
2691
2692 \begin_layout Subsection
2693
2694 Key Mappings
2695 \end_layout
2696
2697 \begin_layout Description
2698
2699 Default\InsetSpace ~
2700 Bindings:
2701 \end_layout
2702
2703 \begin_deeper
2704 \begin_layout List
2705 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2706
2707
2708 \series bold
2709 Menu\InsetSpace ~
2710 -
2711 \series default
2712  
2713 \family sans
2714 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2715 Item
2716 \end_layout
2717
2718 \begin_layout List
2719 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2720
2721
2722 \series bold
2723 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
2724 -
2725 \series default
2726  Button # from the left (or right).
2727  
2728 \end_layout
2729
2730 \begin_deeper
2731 \begin_layout Standard
2732
2733 Brief description of button icon.
2734 \end_layout
2735 \end_deeper
2736 \begin_layout List
2737 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2738
2739
2740 \series bold
2741 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
2742 -
2743 \series default
2744  
2745 \family sans
2746 C-S-M-W-key
2747 \family default
2748  in 
2749 \family typewriter
2750 file1.bind
2751 \family default
2752 .
2753 \end_layout
2754
2755 \begin_deeper
2756 \begin_layout Standard
2757
2758
2759 \family sans
2760 C-S-M-W-key
2761 \family default
2762  in 
2763 \family typewriter
2764 file2.bind
2765 \family default
2766 .
2767 \end_layout
2768 \end_deeper
2769 \end_deeper
2770 \begin_layout Paragraph
2771
2772 Purpose:
2773 \end_layout
2774
2775 \begin_layout Standard
2776
2777 Description.
2778 \end_layout
2779
2780 \begin_layout Paragraph
2781
2782 Usage:
2783 \end_layout
2784
2785 \begin_layout Standard
2786
2787 Description.
2788 \end_layout
2789
2790 \begin_layout Paragraph
2791
2792 Examples:
2793 \end_layout
2794
2795 \begin_layout Standard
2796
2797 Examples.
2798 \end_layout
2799
2800 \begin_layout Paragraph
2801
2802 See Also:
2803 \end_layout
2804
2805 \begin_layout Standard
2806
2807 Other entries or documents.
2808  Separate many references by either a 
2809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2810 \end_inset
2811
2812 ;
2813 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2814 \end_inset
2815
2816  or place in multiple paragraphs.
2817 \end_layout
2818
2819 \begin_layout Section
2820
2821 K-O
2822 \end_layout
2823
2824 \begin_layout Subsection
2825
2826 LaTeX Log
2827 \end_layout
2828
2829 \begin_layout Description
2830
2831 Default\InsetSpace ~
2832 Bindings:
2833 \end_layout
2834
2835 \begin_deeper
2836 \begin_layout List
2837 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2838
2839
2840 \series bold
2841 Menu\InsetSpace ~
2842 -
2843 \series default
2844  
2845 \family sans
2846 \bar under
2847 E
2848 \bar default
2849 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2850 Vie
2851 \bar under
2852 w
2853 \bar default
2854  LaTeX Log
2855 \end_layout
2856
2857 \begin_layout List
2858 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2859
2860
2861 \series bold
2862 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
2863 -
2864 \series default
2865  
2866 \family sans
2867 M-e\InsetSpace ~
2868 w
2869 \end_layout
2870 \end_deeper
2871 \begin_layout Paragraph
2872
2873 Purpose:
2874 \end_layout
2875
2876 \begin_layout Standard
2877
2878 Displays the log file produced by LaTeX.
2879 \end_layout
2880
2881 \begin_layout Paragraph
2882
2883 Usage:
2884 \end_layout
2885
2886 \begin_layout Standard
2887
2888 Scroll through the log file using either the cursor keys or the scrollbars.
2889  The 
2890 \family sans
2891 Update
2892 \family default
2893  button will refresh the popup with the log file contents.
2894 \end_layout
2895
2896 \begin_layout Paragraph
2897
2898 See Also:
2899 \end_layout
2900
2901 \begin_layout Standard
2902
2903 latex-view-log;
2904 \end_layout
2905
2906 \begin_layout Subsection
2907
2908 LaTeX Options
2909 \end_layout
2910
2911 \begin_layout Description
2912
2913 Default\InsetSpace ~
2914 Bindings:
2915 \end_layout
2916
2917 \begin_deeper
2918 \begin_layout List
2919 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2920
2921
2922 \series bold
2923 Menu\InsetSpace ~
2924 -
2925 \series default
2926  
2927 \family sans
2928 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2929 Item
2930 \end_layout
2931
2932 \begin_layout List
2933 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2934
2935
2936 \series bold
2937 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
2938 -
2939 \series default
2940  Button # from the left (or right).
2941  
2942 \end_layout
2943
2944 \begin_deeper
2945 \begin_layout Standard
2946
2947 Brief description of button icon.
2948 \end_layout
2949 \end_deeper
2950 \begin_layout List
2951 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2952
2953
2954 \series bold
2955 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
2956 -
2957 \series default
2958  
2959 \family sans
2960 C-S-M-W-key
2961 \family default
2962  in 
2963 \family typewriter
2964 file1.bind
2965 \family default
2966 .
2967 \end_layout
2968
2969 \begin_deeper
2970 \begin_layout Standard
2971
2972
2973 \family sans
2974 C-S-M-W-key
2975 \family default
2976  in 
2977 \family typewriter
2978 file2.bind
2979 \family default
2980 .
2981 \end_layout
2982 \end_deeper
2983 \end_deeper
2984 \begin_layout Paragraph
2985
2986 Purpose:
2987 \end_layout
2988
2989 \begin_layout Standard
2990
2991 Description.
2992 \end_layout
2993
2994 \begin_layout Paragraph
2995
2996 Usage:
2997 \end_layout
2998
2999 \begin_layout Standard
3000
3001 Description.
3002 \end_layout
3003
3004 \begin_layout Paragraph
3005
3006 Examples:
3007 \end_layout
3008
3009 \begin_layout Standard
3010
3011 Examples.
3012 \end_layout
3013
3014 \begin_layout Paragraph
3015
3016 See Also:
3017 \end_layout
3018
3019 \begin_layout Standard
3020
3021 Other entries or documents.
3022  Separate many references by either a 
3023 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3024 \end_inset
3025
3026 ;
3027 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3028 \end_inset
3029
3030  or place in multiple paragraphs.
3031 \end_layout
3032
3033 \begin_layout Subsection
3034
3035 Math Panel
3036 \end_layout
3037
3038 \begin_layout Description
3039
3040 Default\InsetSpace ~
3041 Bindings:
3042 \end_layout
3043
3044 \begin_deeper
3045 \begin_layout List
3046 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3047
3048
3049 \series bold
3050 Menu\InsetSpace ~
3051 -
3052 \series default
3053  
3054 \family sans
3055 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3056 Item
3057 \end_layout
3058
3059 \begin_layout List
3060 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3061
3062
3063 \series bold
3064 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
3065 -
3066 \series default
3067  Button # from the left (or right).
3068  
3069 \end_layout
3070
3071 \begin_deeper
3072 \begin_layout Standard
3073
3074 Brief description of button icon.
3075 \end_layout
3076 \end_deeper
3077 \begin_layout List
3078 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3079
3080
3081 \series bold
3082 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
3083 -
3084 \series default
3085  
3086 \family sans
3087 C-S-M-W-key
3088 \family default
3089  in 
3090 \family typewriter
3091 file1.bind
3092 \family default
3093 .
3094 \end_layout
3095
3096 \begin_deeper
3097 \begin_layout Standard
3098
3099
3100 \family sans
3101 C-S-M-W-key
3102 \family default
3103  in 
3104 \family typewriter
3105 file2.bind
3106 \family default
3107 .
3108 \end_layout
3109 \end_deeper
3110 \end_deeper
3111 \begin_layout Paragraph
3112
3113 Purpose:
3114 \end_layout
3115
3116 \begin_layout Standard
3117
3118 Description.
3119 \end_layout
3120
3121 \begin_layout Paragraph
3122
3123 Usage:
3124 \end_layout
3125
3126 \begin_layout Standard
3127
3128 Description.
3129 \end_layout
3130
3131 \begin_layout Paragraph
3132
3133 Examples:
3134 \end_layout
3135
3136 \begin_layout Standard
3137
3138 Examples.
3139 \end_layout
3140
3141 \begin_layout Paragraph
3142
3143 See Also:
3144 \end_layout
3145
3146 \begin_layout Standard
3147
3148 Other entries or documents.
3149  Separate many references by either a 
3150 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3151 \end_inset
3152
3153 ;
3154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3155 \end_inset
3156
3157  or place in multiple paragraphs.
3158 \end_layout
3159
3160 \begin_layout Subsection
3161
3162 Matrix
3163 \end_layout
3164
3165 \begin_layout Description
3166
3167 Default\InsetSpace ~
3168 Bindings:
3169 \end_layout
3170
3171 \begin_deeper
3172 \begin_layout List
3173 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3174
3175
3176 \series bold
3177 Menu\InsetSpace ~
3178 -
3179 \series default
3180  
3181 \family sans
3182 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3183 Item
3184 \end_layout
3185
3186 \begin_layout List
3187 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3188
3189
3190 \series bold
3191 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
3192 -
3193 \series default
3194  Button # from the left (or right).
3195  
3196 \end_layout
3197
3198 \begin_deeper
3199 \begin_layout Standard
3200
3201 Brief description of button icon.
3202 \end_layout
3203 \end_deeper
3204 \begin_layout List
3205 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3206
3207
3208 \series bold
3209 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
3210 -
3211 \series default
3212  
3213 \family sans
3214 C-S-M-W-key
3215 \family default
3216  in 
3217 \family typewriter
3218 file1.bind
3219 \family default
3220 .
3221 \end_layout
3222
3223 \begin_deeper
3224 \begin_layout Standard
3225
3226
3227 \family sans
3228 C-S-M-W-key
3229 \family default
3230  in 
3231 \family typewriter
3232 file2.bind
3233 \family default
3234 .
3235 \end_layout
3236 \end_deeper
3237 \end_deeper
3238 \begin_layout Paragraph
3239
3240 Purpose:
3241 \end_layout
3242
3243 \begin_layout Standard
3244
3245 Description.
3246 \end_layout
3247
3248 \begin_layout Paragraph
3249
3250 Usage:
3251 \end_layout
3252
3253 \begin_layout Standard
3254
3255 Description.
3256 \end_layout
3257
3258 \begin_layout Paragraph
3259
3260 Examples:
3261 \end_layout
3262
3263 \begin_layout Standard
3264
3265 Examples.
3266 \end_layout
3267
3268 \begin_layout Paragraph
3269
3270 See Also:
3271 \end_layout
3272
3273 \begin_layout Standard
3274
3275 Other entries or documents.
3276  Separate many references by either a 
3277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3278 \end_inset
3279
3280 ;
3281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3282 \end_inset
3283
3284  or place in multiple paragraphs.
3285 \end_layout
3286
3287 \begin_layout Section
3288
3289 P-Q
3290 \end_layout
3291
3292 \begin_layout Subsection
3293
3294 Paper Layout
3295 \end_layout
3296
3297 \begin_layout Description
3298
3299 Default\InsetSpace ~
3300 Bindings:
3301 \end_layout
3302
3303 \begin_deeper
3304 \begin_layout List
3305 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3306
3307
3308 \series bold
3309 Menu\InsetSpace ~
3310 -
3311 \series default
3312  
3313 \family sans
3314 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3315 Item
3316 \end_layout
3317
3318 \begin_layout List
3319 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3320
3321
3322 \series bold
3323 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
3324 -
3325 \series default
3326  Button # from the left (or right).
3327  
3328 \end_layout
3329
3330 \begin_deeper
3331 \begin_layout Standard
3332
3333 Brief description of button icon.
3334 \end_layout
3335 \end_deeper
3336 \begin_layout List
3337 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3338
3339
3340 \series bold
3341 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
3342 -
3343 \series default
3344  
3345 \family sans
3346 C-S-M-W-key
3347 \family default
3348  in 
3349 \family typewriter
3350 file1.bind
3351 \family default
3352 .
3353 \end_layout
3354
3355 \begin_deeper
3356 \begin_layout Standard
3357
3358
3359 \family sans
3360 C-S-M-W-key
3361 \family default
3362  in 
3363 \family typewriter
3364 file2.bind
3365 \family default
3366 .
3367 \end_layout
3368 \end_deeper
3369 \end_deeper
3370 \begin_layout Paragraph
3371
3372 Purpose:
3373 \end_layout
3374
3375 \begin_layout Standard
3376
3377 Description.
3378 \end_layout
3379
3380 \begin_layout Paragraph
3381
3382 Usage:
3383 \end_layout
3384
3385 \begin_layout Standard
3386
3387 Description.
3388 \end_layout
3389
3390 \begin_layout Paragraph
3391
3392 Examples:
3393 \end_layout
3394
3395 \begin_layout Standard
3396
3397 Examples.
3398 \end_layout
3399
3400 \begin_layout Paragraph
3401
3402 See Also:
3403 \end_layout
3404
3405 \begin_layout Standard
3406
3407 Other entries or documents.
3408  Separate many references by either a 
3409 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3410 \end_inset
3411
3412 ;
3413 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3414 \end_inset
3415
3416  or place in multiple paragraphs.
3417 \end_layout
3418
3419 \begin_layout Subsection
3420
3421 Paragraph Layout
3422 \end_layout
3423
3424 \begin_layout Description
3425
3426 Default\InsetSpace ~
3427 Bindings:
3428 \end_layout
3429
3430 \begin_deeper
3431 \begin_layout List
3432 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3433
3434
3435 \series bold
3436 Menu\InsetSpace ~
3437 -
3438 \series default
3439  
3440 \family sans
3441 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3442 Item
3443 \end_layout
3444
3445 \begin_layout List
3446 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3447
3448
3449 \series bold
3450 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
3451 -
3452 \series default
3453  Button # from the left (or right).
3454  
3455 \end_layout
3456
3457 \begin_deeper
3458 \begin_layout Standard
3459
3460 Brief description of button icon.
3461 \end_layout
3462 \end_deeper
3463 \begin_layout List
3464 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3465
3466
3467 \series bold
3468 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
3469 -
3470 \series default
3471  
3472 \family sans
3473 C-S-M-W-key
3474 \family default
3475  in 
3476 \family typewriter
3477 file1.bind
3478 \family default
3479 .
3480 \end_layout
3481
3482 \begin_deeper
3483 \begin_layout Standard
3484
3485
3486 \family sans
3487 C-S-M-W-key
3488 \family default
3489  in 
3490 \family typewriter
3491 file2.bind
3492 \family default
3493 .
3494 \end_layout
3495 \end_deeper
3496 \end_deeper
3497 \begin_layout Paragraph
3498
3499 Purpose:
3500 \end_layout
3501
3502 \begin_layout Standard
3503
3504 Description.
3505 \end_layout
3506
3507 \begin_layout Paragraph
3508
3509 Usage:
3510 \end_layout
3511
3512 \begin_layout Standard
3513
3514 Description.
3515 \end_layout
3516
3517 \begin_layout Paragraph
3518
3519 Examples:
3520 \end_layout
3521
3522 \begin_layout Standard
3523
3524 Examples.
3525 \end_layout
3526
3527 \begin_layout Paragraph
3528
3529 See Also:
3530 \end_layout
3531
3532 \begin_layout Standard
3533
3534 Other entries or documents.
3535  Separate many references by either a 
3536 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3537 \end_inset
3538
3539 ;
3540 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3541 \end_inset
3542
3543  or place in multiple paragraphs.
3544 \end_layout
3545
3546 \begin_layout Subsection
3547
3548 Print
3549 \end_layout
3550
3551 \begin_layout Description
3552
3553 Default\InsetSpace ~
3554 Bindings:
3555 \end_layout
3556
3557 \begin_deeper
3558 \begin_layout List
3559 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3560
3561
3562 \series bold
3563 Menu\InsetSpace ~
3564 -
3565 \series default
3566  
3567 \family sans
3568 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3569 Item
3570 \end_layout
3571
3572 \begin_layout List
3573 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3574
3575
3576 \series bold
3577 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
3578 -
3579 \series default
3580  Button # from the left (or right).
3581  
3582 \end_layout
3583
3584 \begin_deeper
3585 \begin_layout Standard
3586
3587 Brief description of button icon.
3588 \end_layout
3589 \end_deeper
3590 \begin_layout List
3591 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3592
3593
3594 \series bold
3595 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
3596 -
3597 \series default
3598  
3599 \family sans
3600 C-S-M-W-key
3601 \family default
3602  in 
3603 \family typewriter
3604 file1.bind
3605 \family default
3606 .
3607 \end_layout
3608
3609 \begin_deeper
3610 \begin_layout Standard
3611
3612
3613 \family sans
3614 C-S-M-W-key
3615 \family default
3616  in 
3617 \family typewriter
3618 file2.bind
3619 \family default
3620 .
3621 \end_layout
3622 \end_deeper
3623 \end_deeper
3624 \begin_layout Paragraph
3625
3626 Purpose:
3627 \end_layout
3628
3629 \begin_layout Standard
3630
3631 Description.
3632 \end_layout
3633
3634 \begin_layout Paragraph
3635
3636 Usage:
3637 \end_layout
3638
3639 \begin_layout Standard
3640
3641 Description.
3642 \end_layout
3643
3644 \begin_layout Paragraph
3645
3646 Examples:
3647 \end_layout
3648
3649 \begin_layout Standard
3650
3651 Examples.
3652 \end_layout
3653
3654 \begin_layout Paragraph
3655
3656 See Also:
3657 \end_layout
3658
3659 \begin_layout Standard
3660
3661 Other entries or documents.
3662  Separate many references by either a 
3663 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3664 \end_inset
3665
3666 ;
3667 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3668 \end_inset
3669
3670  or place in multiple paragraphs.
3671 \end_layout
3672
3673 \begin_layout Subsection
3674
3675 Quotes
3676 \end_layout
3677
3678 \begin_layout Description
3679
3680 Default\InsetSpace ~
3681 Bindings:
3682 \end_layout
3683
3684 \begin_deeper
3685 \begin_layout List
3686 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3687
3688
3689 \series bold
3690 Menu\InsetSpace ~
3691 -
3692 \series default
3693  
3694 \family sans
3695 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3696 Item
3697 \end_layout
3698
3699 \begin_layout List
3700 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3701
3702
3703 \series bold
3704 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
3705 -
3706 \series default
3707  Button # from the left (or right).
3708  
3709 \end_layout
3710
3711 \begin_deeper
3712 \begin_layout Standard
3713
3714 Brief description of button icon.
3715 \end_layout
3716 \end_deeper
3717 \begin_layout List
3718 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3719
3720
3721 \series bold
3722 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
3723 -
3724 \series default
3725  
3726 \family sans
3727 C-S-M-W-key
3728 \family default
3729  in 
3730 \family typewriter
3731 file1.bind
3732 \family default
3733 .
3734 \end_layout
3735
3736 \begin_deeper
3737 \begin_layout Standard
3738
3739
3740 \family sans
3741 C-S-M-W-key
3742 \family default
3743  in 
3744 \family typewriter
3745 file2.bind
3746 \family default
3747 .
3748 \end_layout
3749 \end_deeper
3750 \end_deeper
3751 \begin_layout Paragraph
3752
3753 Purpose:
3754 \end_layout
3755
3756 \begin_layout Standard
3757
3758 Description.
3759 \end_layout
3760
3761 \begin_layout Paragraph
3762
3763 Usage:
3764 \end_layout
3765
3766 \begin_layout Standard
3767
3768 Description.
3769 \end_layout
3770
3771 \begin_layout Paragraph
3772
3773 Examples:
3774 \end_layout
3775
3776 \begin_layout Standard
3777
3778 Examples.
3779 \end_layout
3780
3781 \begin_layout Paragraph
3782
3783 See Also:
3784 \end_layout
3785
3786 \begin_layout Standard
3787
3788 Other entries or documents.
3789  Separate many references by either a 
3790 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3791 \end_inset
3792
3793 ;
3794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3795 \end_inset
3796
3797  or place in multiple paragraphs.
3798 \end_layout
3799
3800 \begin_layout Section
3801
3802 S
3803 \end_layout
3804
3805 \begin_layout Subsection
3806
3807 Screen Options
3808 \end_layout
3809
3810 \begin_layout Description
3811
3812 Default\InsetSpace ~
3813 Bindings:
3814 \end_layout
3815
3816 \begin_deeper
3817 \begin_layout List
3818 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3819
3820
3821 \series bold
3822 Menu\InsetSpace ~
3823 -
3824 \series default
3825  
3826 \family sans
3827 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3828 Item
3829 \end_layout
3830
3831 \begin_layout List
3832 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3833
3834
3835 \series bold
3836 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
3837 -
3838 \series default
3839  Button # from the left (or right).
3840  
3841 \end_layout
3842
3843 \begin_deeper
3844 \begin_layout Standard
3845
3846 Brief description of button icon.
3847 \end_layout
3848 \end_deeper
3849 \begin_layout List
3850 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3851
3852
3853 \series bold
3854 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
3855 -
3856 \series default
3857  
3858 \family sans
3859 C-S-M-W-key
3860 \family default
3861  in 
3862 \family typewriter
3863 file1.bind
3864 \family default
3865 .
3866 \end_layout
3867
3868 \begin_deeper
3869 \begin_layout Standard
3870
3871
3872 \family sans
3873 C-S-M-W-key
3874 \family default
3875  in 
3876 \family typewriter
3877 file2.bind
3878 \family default
3879 .
3880 \end_layout
3881 \end_deeper
3882 \end_deeper
3883 \begin_layout Paragraph
3884
3885 Purpose:
3886 \end_layout
3887
3888 \begin_layout Standard
3889
3890 Description.
3891 \end_layout
3892
3893 \begin_layout Paragraph
3894
3895 Usage:
3896 \end_layout
3897
3898 \begin_layout Standard
3899
3900 Description.
3901 \end_layout
3902
3903 \begin_layout Paragraph
3904
3905 Examples:
3906 \end_layout
3907
3908 \begin_layout Standard
3909
3910 Examples.
3911 \end_layout
3912
3913 \begin_layout Paragraph
3914
3915 See Also:
3916 \end_layout
3917
3918 \begin_layout Standard
3919
3920 Other entries or documents.
3921  Separate many references by either a 
3922 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3923 \end_inset
3924
3925 ;
3926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3927 \end_inset
3928
3929  or place in multiple paragraphs.
3930 \end_layout
3931
3932 \begin_layout Subsection
3933
3934 Send Document to Command
3935 \end_layout
3936
3937 \begin_layout Description
3938
3939 Default\InsetSpace ~
3940 Bindings:
3941 \end_layout
3942
3943 \begin_deeper
3944 \begin_layout List
3945 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3946
3947
3948 \series bold
3949 Menu\InsetSpace ~
3950 -
3951 \series default
3952  
3953 \family sans
3954 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3955 Item
3956 \end_layout
3957
3958 \begin_layout List
3959 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3960
3961
3962 \series bold
3963 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
3964 -
3965 \series default
3966  Button # from the left (or right).
3967  
3968 \end_layout
3969
3970 \begin_deeper
3971 \begin_layout Standard
3972
3973 Brief description of button icon.
3974 \end_layout
3975 \end_deeper
3976 \begin_layout List
3977 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3978
3979
3980 \series bold
3981 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
3982 -
3983 \series default
3984  
3985 \family sans
3986 C-S-M-W-key
3987 \family default
3988  in 
3989 \family typewriter
3990 file1.bind
3991 \family default
3992 .
3993 \end_layout
3994
3995 \begin_deeper
3996 \begin_layout Standard
3997
3998
3999 \family sans
4000 C-S-M-W-key
4001 \family default
4002  in 
4003 \family typewriter
4004 file2.bind
4005 \family default
4006 .
4007 \end_layout
4008 \end_deeper
4009 \end_deeper
4010 \begin_layout Paragraph
4011
4012 Purpose:
4013 \end_layout
4014
4015 \begin_layout Standard
4016
4017 Description.
4018 \end_layout
4019
4020 \begin_layout Paragraph
4021
4022 Usage:
4023 \end_layout
4024
4025 \begin_layout Standard
4026
4027 Description.
4028 \end_layout
4029
4030 \begin_layout Paragraph
4031
4032 Examples:
4033 \end_layout
4034
4035 \begin_layout Standard
4036
4037 Examples.
4038 \end_layout
4039
4040 \begin_layout Paragraph
4041
4042 See Also:
4043 \end_layout
4044
4045 \begin_layout Standard
4046
4047 Other entries or documents.
4048  Separate many references by either a 
4049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4050 \end_inset
4051
4052 ;
4053 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4054 \end_inset
4055
4056  or place in multiple paragraphs.
4057 \end_layout
4058
4059 \begin_layout Subsection
4060
4061 Spacing
4062 \end_layout
4063
4064 \begin_layout Description
4065
4066 Default\InsetSpace ~
4067 Bindings:
4068 \end_layout
4069
4070 \begin_deeper
4071 \begin_layout List
4072 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4073
4074
4075 \series bold
4076 Menu\InsetSpace ~
4077 -
4078 \series default
4079  
4080 \family sans
4081 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4082 Item
4083 \end_layout
4084
4085 \begin_layout List
4086 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4087
4088
4089 \series bold
4090 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
4091 -
4092 \series default
4093  Button # from the left (or right).
4094  
4095 \end_layout
4096
4097 \begin_deeper
4098 \begin_layout Standard
4099
4100 Brief description of button icon.
4101 \end_layout
4102 \end_deeper
4103 \begin_layout List
4104 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4105
4106
4107 \series bold
4108 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
4109 -
4110 \series default
4111  
4112 \family sans
4113 C-S-M-W-key
4114 \family default
4115  in 
4116 \family typewriter
4117 file1.bind
4118 \family default
4119 .
4120 \end_layout
4121
4122 \begin_deeper
4123 \begin_layout Standard
4124
4125
4126 \family sans
4127 C-S-M-W-key
4128 \family default
4129  in 
4130 \family typewriter
4131 file2.bind
4132 \family default
4133 .
4134 \end_layout
4135 \end_deeper
4136 \end_deeper
4137 \begin_layout Paragraph
4138
4139 Purpose:
4140 \end_layout
4141
4142 \begin_layout Standard
4143
4144 Description.
4145 \end_layout
4146
4147 \begin_layout Paragraph
4148
4149 Usage:
4150 \end_layout
4151
4152 \begin_layout Standard
4153
4154 Description.
4155 \end_layout
4156
4157 \begin_layout Paragraph
4158
4159 Examples:
4160 \end_layout
4161
4162 \begin_layout Standard
4163
4164 Examples.
4165 \end_layout
4166
4167 \begin_layout Paragraph
4168
4169 See Also:
4170 \end_layout
4171
4172 \begin_layout Standard
4173
4174 Other entries or documents.
4175  Separate many references by either a 
4176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4177 \end_inset
4178
4179 ;
4180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4181 \end_inset
4182
4183  or place in multiple paragraphs.
4184 \end_layout
4185
4186 \begin_layout Subsection
4187
4188 Spellchecker
4189 \end_layout
4190
4191 \begin_layout Description
4192
4193 Default\InsetSpace ~
4194 Bindings:
4195 \end_layout
4196
4197 \begin_deeper
4198 \begin_layout List
4199 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4200
4201
4202 \series bold
4203 Menu\InsetSpace ~
4204 -
4205 \series default
4206  
4207 \family sans
4208 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4209 Item
4210 \end_layout
4211
4212 \begin_layout List
4213 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4214
4215
4216 \series bold
4217 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
4218 -
4219 \series default
4220  Button # from the left (or right).
4221  
4222 \end_layout
4223
4224 \begin_deeper
4225 \begin_layout Standard
4226
4227 Brief description of button icon.
4228 \end_layout
4229 \end_deeper
4230 \begin_layout List
4231 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4232
4233
4234 \series bold
4235 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
4236 -
4237 \series default
4238  
4239 \family sans
4240 C-S-M-W-key
4241 \family default
4242  in 
4243 \family typewriter
4244 file1.bind
4245 \family default
4246 .
4247 \end_layout
4248
4249 \begin_deeper
4250 \begin_layout Standard
4251
4252
4253 \family sans
4254 C-S-M-W-key
4255 \family default
4256  in 
4257 \family typewriter
4258 file2.bind
4259 \family default
4260 .
4261 \end_layout
4262 \end_deeper
4263 \end_deeper
4264 \begin_layout Paragraph
4265
4266 Purpose:
4267 \end_layout
4268
4269 \begin_layout Standard
4270
4271 Description.
4272 \end_layout
4273
4274 \begin_layout Paragraph
4275
4276 Usage:
4277 \end_layout
4278
4279 \begin_layout Standard
4280
4281 Description.
4282 \end_layout
4283
4284 \begin_layout Paragraph
4285
4286 Examples:
4287 \end_layout
4288
4289 \begin_layout Standard
4290
4291 Examples.
4292 \end_layout
4293
4294 \begin_layout Paragraph
4295
4296 See Also:
4297 \end_layout
4298
4299 \begin_layout Standard
4300
4301 Other entries or documents.
4302  Separate many references by either a 
4303 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4304 \end_inset
4305
4306 ;
4307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4308 \end_inset
4309
4310  or place in multiple paragraphs.
4311 \end_layout
4312
4313 \begin_layout Subsection
4314
4315 Spellchecker Options
4316 \end_layout
4317
4318 \begin_layout Description
4319
4320 Default\InsetSpace ~
4321 Bindings:
4322 \end_layout
4323
4324 \begin_deeper
4325 \begin_layout List
4326 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4327
4328
4329 \series bold
4330 Menu\InsetSpace ~
4331 -
4332 \series default
4333  
4334 \family sans
4335 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4336 Item
4337 \end_layout
4338
4339 \begin_layout List
4340 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4341
4342
4343 \series bold
4344 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
4345 -
4346 \series default
4347  Button # from the left (or right).
4348  
4349 \end_layout
4350
4351 \begin_deeper
4352 \begin_layout Standard
4353
4354 Brief description of button icon.
4355 \end_layout
4356 \end_deeper
4357 \begin_layout List
4358 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4359
4360
4361 \series bold
4362 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
4363 -
4364 \series default
4365  
4366 \family sans
4367 C-S-M-W-key
4368 \family default
4369  in 
4370 \family typewriter
4371 file1.bind
4372 \family default
4373 .
4374 \end_layout
4375
4376 \begin_deeper
4377 \begin_layout Standard
4378
4379
4380 \family sans
4381 C-S-M-W-key
4382 \family default
4383  in 
4384 \family typewriter
4385 file2.bind
4386 \family default
4387 .
4388 \end_layout
4389 \end_deeper
4390 \end_deeper
4391 \begin_layout Paragraph
4392
4393 Purpose:
4394 \end_layout
4395
4396 \begin_layout Standard
4397
4398 Description.
4399 \end_layout
4400
4401 \begin_layout Paragraph
4402
4403 Usage:
4404 \end_layout
4405
4406 \begin_layout Standard
4407
4408 Description.
4409 \end_layout
4410
4411 \begin_layout Paragraph
4412
4413 Examples:
4414 \end_layout
4415
4416 \begin_layout Standard
4417
4418 Examples.
4419 \end_layout
4420
4421 \begin_layout Paragraph
4422
4423 See Also:
4424 \end_layout
4425
4426 \begin_layout Standard
4427
4428 Other entries or documents.
4429  Separate many references by either a 
4430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4431 \end_inset
4432
4433 ;
4434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4435 \end_inset
4436
4437  or place in multiple paragraphs.
4438 \end_layout
4439
4440 \begin_layout Section
4441
4442 T-Z
4443 \end_layout
4444
4445 \begin_layout Subsection
4446
4447 Table Layout
4448 \end_layout
4449
4450 \begin_layout Description
4451
4452 Default\InsetSpace ~
4453 Bindings:
4454 \end_layout
4455
4456 \begin_deeper
4457 \begin_layout List
4458 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4459
4460
4461 \series bold
4462 Menu\InsetSpace ~
4463 -
4464 \series default
4465  
4466 \family sans
4467 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4468 Item
4469 \end_layout
4470
4471 \begin_layout List
4472 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4473
4474
4475 \series bold
4476 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
4477 -
4478 \series default
4479  Button # from the left (or right).
4480  
4481 \end_layout
4482
4483 \begin_deeper
4484 \begin_layout Standard
4485
4486 Brief description of button icon.
4487 \end_layout
4488 \end_deeper
4489 \begin_layout List
4490 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4491
4492
4493 \series bold
4494 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
4495 -
4496 \series default
4497  
4498 \family sans
4499 C-S-M-W-key
4500 \family default
4501  in 
4502 \family typewriter
4503 file1.bind
4504 \family default
4505 .
4506 \end_layout
4507
4508 \begin_deeper
4509 \begin_layout Standard
4510
4511
4512 \family sans
4513 C-S-M-W-key
4514 \family default
4515  in 
4516 \family typewriter
4517 file2.bind
4518 \family default
4519 .
4520 \end_layout
4521 \end_deeper
4522 \end_deeper
4523 \begin_layout Paragraph
4524
4525 Purpose:
4526 \end_layout
4527
4528 \begin_layout Standard
4529
4530 Description.
4531 \end_layout
4532
4533 \begin_layout Paragraph
4534
4535 Usage:
4536 \end_layout
4537
4538 \begin_layout Standard
4539
4540 Description.
4541 \end_layout
4542
4543 \begin_layout Paragraph
4544
4545 Examples:
4546 \end_layout
4547
4548 \begin_layout Standard
4549
4550 Examples.
4551 \end_layout
4552
4553 \begin_layout Paragraph
4554
4555 See Also:
4556 \end_layout
4557
4558 \begin_layout Standard
4559
4560 Other entries or documents.
4561  Separate many references by either a 
4562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4563 \end_inset
4564
4565 ;
4566 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4567 \end_inset
4568
4569  or place in multiple paragraphs.
4570 \end_layout
4571
4572 \begin_layout Subsection
4573
4574 Table of Contents
4575 \end_layout
4576
4577 \begin_layout Description
4578
4579 Default\InsetSpace ~
4580 Bindings:
4581 \end_layout
4582
4583 \begin_deeper
4584 \begin_layout List
4585 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4586
4587
4588 \series bold
4589 Menu\InsetSpace ~
4590 -
4591 \series default
4592  
4593 \family sans
4594 \bar under
4595 E
4596 \bar default
4597 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4598 T
4599 \bar under
4600 a
4601 \bar default
4602 ble\InsetSpace ~
4603 of\InsetSpace ~
4604 Contents
4605 \end_layout
4606
4607 \begin_layout List
4608 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4609
4610
4611 \series bold
4612 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
4613 -
4614 \series default
4615  
4616 \family sans
4617 M-e t
4618 \end_layout
4619 \end_deeper
4620 \begin_layout Paragraph
4621
4622 Purpose:
4623 \end_layout
4624
4625 \begin_layout Standard
4626
4627 Displays the Table of Contents of the current document.
4628  Also allows rapid browsing and movement between sections.
4629 \end_layout
4630
4631 \begin_layout Paragraph
4632
4633 Usage:
4634 \end_layout
4635
4636 \begin_layout Standard
4637
4638 You can move about the table of contents using either the scrollbar or your
4639  cursor keys.
4640  Only two buttons are provided.
4641  A 
4642 \family sans
4643 Close
4644 \family default
4645  button to close the popup and an 
4646 \family sans
4647 Update
4648 \family default
4649  button to rebuild the table of contents.
4650  If you click on an entry with your mouse or move the selector using the
4651  cursor keys the document is moved so that that section is visible on screen.
4652  This allows rapid and simple navigation through your documents.
4653 \end_layout
4654
4655 \begin_layout Paragraph
4656
4657 Examples:
4658 \end_layout
4659
4660 \begin_layout Standard
4661
4662 Try it now.
4663 \end_layout
4664
4665 \begin_layout Paragraph
4666
4667 See Also:
4668 \end_layout
4669
4670 \begin_layout Standard
4671
4672 toc-insert; toc-view; 
4673 \emph on
4674 Table of Contents
4675 \emph default
4676  in 
4677 \emph on
4678 User Guide
4679 \end_layout
4680
4681 \begin_layout Chapter
4682
4683 Bindable Functions
4684 \end_layout
4685
4686 \begin_layout Standard
4687
4688
4689 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{ch:functions}
4690
4691 \end_inset
4692
4693 We have some quick, last minute notes for you about this chapter.
4694 \end_layout
4695
4696 \begin_layout Standard
4697
4698 If a particular piece of an entry is missing, it's equivalent to saying,
4699  
4700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4701 \end_inset
4702
4703 There is none.
4704 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4705 \end_inset
4706
4707  For example, if, under 
4708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4709 \end_inset
4710
4711
4712 \series bold
4713 Default Bindings
4714 \series default
4715
4716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4717 \end_inset
4718
4719  there was no 
4720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4721 \end_inset
4722
4723
4724 \series bold
4725 Menu
4726 \series default
4727
4728 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4729 \end_inset
4730
4731  item, it means there is no menu binding.
4732  Likewise, the guy who wrote the entry may have decided that the function's
4733  purpose is self-explanatory.
4734  So, there'd be no 
4735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4736 \end_inset
4737
4738
4739 \series bold
4740 Purpose
4741 \series default
4742
4743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4744 \end_inset
4745
4746  section in the entry.
4747 \end_layout
4748
4749 \begin_layout Standard
4750
4751 Hopefully, all of that is clear.
4752 \end_layout
4753
4754 \begin_layout Standard
4755
4756 If you haven't noticed already, this is a 
4757 \emph on
4758 huge
4759 \emph default
4760  chapter.
4761  Your best bet for getting around in it is to open up the 
4762 \family sans
4763 Table\InsetSpace ~
4764 of\InsetSpace ~
4765 Contents
4766 \family default
4767  browser.
4768  Select 
4769 \family sans
4770 \bar under
4771 T
4772 \bar default
4773 able\InsetSpace ~
4774 of\InsetSpace ~
4775 Contents...
4776
4777 \family default
4778  from the 
4779 \family sans
4780 \bar under
4781 E
4782 \bar default
4783 dit
4784 \family default
4785  menu.
4786 \end_layout
4787
4788 \begin_layout Standard
4789
4790 Lastly, some credits:
4791 \end_layout
4792
4793 \begin_layout Standard
4794
4795
4796 \noun on
4797 Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra
4798 \noun default
4799  wrote the math entries.
4800 \end_layout
4801
4802 \begin_layout Standard
4803
4804
4805 \noun on
4806 Rich Fields
4807 \noun default
4808  wrote most of the entries in here.
4809 \end_layout
4810
4811 \begin_layout Standard
4812
4813
4814 \noun on
4815 John Weiss
4816 \noun default
4817  edited this chapter.
4818 \end_layout
4819
4820 \begin_layout Section
4821
4822 A
4823 \end_layout
4824
4825 \begin_layout Subsection
4826
4827 accent-acute
4828 \end_layout
4829
4830 \begin_layout Description
4831
4832 Default\InsetSpace ~
4833 Bindings: None.
4834 \end_layout
4835
4836 \begin_layout Paragraph
4837
4838 Purpose:
4839 \end_layout
4840
4841 \begin_layout Standard
4842
4843 To produce accented characters from the ISO-Latin-1 character set.
4844 \end_layout
4845
4846 \begin_layout Standard
4847
4848 All of the commands of the form 
4849 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4850 \end_inset
4851
4852
4853 \family typewriter
4854 accent-xxxxxx
4855 \family default
4856 ,
4857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4858 \end_inset
4859
4860  are of the same type.
4861  Rather than repeat the same entry 17 times, we'll explain how all of the
4862  
4863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4864 \end_inset
4865
4866
4867 \family typewriter
4868 accent-*
4869 \family default
4870
4871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4872 \end_inset
4873
4874  commands work.
4875 \end_layout
4876
4877 \begin_layout Paragraph
4878
4879 Usage:
4880 \end_layout
4881
4882 \begin_layout Standard
4883
4884 All of the 
4885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4886 \end_inset
4887
4888
4889 \family typewriter
4890 accent-*
4891 \family default
4892
4893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4894 \end_inset
4895
4896  commands work like a 
4897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4898 \end_inset
4899
4900 Compose
4901 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4902 \end_inset
4903
4904  key.
4905  They add a particular accent to the next character typed.
4906  There are two ways to use these commands:
4907 \end_layout
4908
4909 \begin_layout Enumerate
4910
4911 Direct Execution:
4912 \end_layout
4913
4914 \begin_deeper
4915 \begin_layout Enumerate
4916
4917 Use the 
4918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4919 \end_inset
4920
4921
4922 \family typewriter
4923 command-execute
4924 \family default
4925
4926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4927 \end_inset
4928
4929  key to enter the desired 
4930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4931 \end_inset
4932
4933
4934 \family typewriter
4935 accent-*
4936 \family default
4937
4938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4939 \end_inset
4940
4941  command in the minibuffer.
4942 \end_layout
4943
4944 \begin_deeper
4945 \begin_layout Standard
4946
4947 [See the entry for 
4948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4949 \end_inset
4950
4951
4952 \family typewriter
4953 command-execute
4954 \family default
4955
4956 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4957 \end_inset
4958
4959  if you don't know how to execute LyX commands directly.]
4960 \end_layout
4961 \end_deeper
4962 \begin_layout Enumerate
4963
4964 Next, type the letter you wish to accent.
4965 \end_layout
4966 \end_deeper
4967 \begin_layout Enumerate
4968
4969 Dead Keys
4970 \end_layout
4971
4972 \begin_deeper
4973 \begin_layout Enumerate
4974
4975 Bind the desired 
4976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4977 \end_inset
4978
4979
4980 \family typewriter
4981 accent-*
4982 \family default
4983
4984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4985 \end_inset
4986
4987  command to a keyboard key.
4988  Typically, you bind the command to the key that looks like the accent.
4989 \end_layout
4990
4991 \begin_deeper
4992 \begin_layout Standard
4993
4994 For example, you'd bind 
4995 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4996 \end_inset
4997
4998
4999 \family typewriter
5000 accent-acute
5001 \family default
5002
5003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5004 \end_inset
5005
5006  to the apostrophe key (the ' ) and 
5007 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5008 \end_inset
5009
5010
5011 \family typewriter
5012 accent-circumflex
5013 \family default
5014
5015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5016 \end_inset
5017
5018  to the 
5019 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5020 \end_inset
5021
5022 ^
5023 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5024 \end_inset
5025
5026  key (Shift-6 on a US keyboard).
5027 \end_layout
5028
5029 \begin_layout Standard
5030
5031 [See the manual 
5032 \family typewriter
5033 Customization.lyx
5034 \family default
5035  for information about binding keys.]
5036 \begin_inset Foot
5037 status collapsed
5038
5039 \begin_layout Standard
5040
5041
5042 \emph on
5043 Editor's Note: I may change this and put an entry to the bind command in
5044  this manual.
5045  -jw
5046 \end_layout
5047
5048 \end_inset
5049
5050
5051 \end_layout
5052 \end_deeper
5053 \begin_layout Enumerate
5054
5055 Restart LyX if it's already running, so that the new bindings can take effect.
5056 \end_layout
5057
5058 \begin_layout Enumerate
5059
5060 Type the dead-key, followed by the letter you wish to accent.
5061 \end_layout
5062
5063 \begin_deeper
5064 \begin_layout Standard
5065
5066 Using our earlier example, if you type 
5067 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5068 \end_inset
5069
5070 ^
5071 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5072 \end_inset
5073
5074  followed by the letter 
5075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5076 \end_inset
5077
5078 e
5079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5080 \end_inset
5081
5082 , you'll produce the character 
5083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5084 \end_inset
5085
5086 ê
5087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5088 \end_inset
5089
5090 .
5091 \end_layout
5092 \end_deeper
5093 \end_deeper
5094 \begin_layout Standard
5095
5096 To produce the accent by itself, hit the Space key instead of a character.
5097 \end_layout
5098
5099 \begin_layout Paragraph
5100
5101 Examples:
5102 \end_layout
5103
5104 \begin_layout Standard
5105
5106 This command produces the following accent:
5107 \end_layout
5108
5109 \begin_layout Standard
5110
5111 \i \'{}
5112
5113 \end_layout
5114
5115 \begin_layout Standard
5116
5117 Valid letters with an acute accent:
5118 \end_layout
5119
5120 \begin_layout Standard
5121
5122 á é í ó ú ý Á É Í Ó Ú Ý \i \'{s}
5123  \i \'{z}
5124  \i \'{S}
5125  \i \'{Z}
5126  \i \'{r}
5127  \i \'{l}
5128  \i \'{c}
5129  \i \'{n}
5130  \i \'{R}
5131  \i \'{L}
5132  \i \'{C}
5133  \i \'{N}
5134
5135 \end_layout
5136
5137 \begin_layout Paragraph
5138
5139 See Also:
5140 \end_layout
5141
5142 \begin_layout Standard
5143
5144 command-execute;
5145 \end_layout
5146
5147 \begin_layout Standard
5148
5149 the key binding section in 
5150 \family typewriter
5151 Customization.lyx
5152 \family default
5153  ;
5154 \end_layout
5155
5156 \begin_layout Standard
5157
5158 accent-breve; accent-caron; accent-cedilla; accent-circle; accent-circumflex;
5159  accent-dot; accent-grave; accent-hungarian-umlaut; accent-macron; accent-specia
5160 l-caron; accent-tie; accent-tilde; accent-umlaut; accent-underbar; accent-underd
5161 ot.
5162 \end_layout
5163
5164 \begin_layout Subsection
5165
5166 accent-breve
5167 \end_layout
5168
5169 \begin_layout Description
5170
5171 Default\InsetSpace ~
5172 Bindings: None.
5173 \end_layout
5174
5175 \begin_layout Paragraph
5176
5177 Examples:
5178 \end_layout
5179
5180 \begin_layout Standard
5181
5182 This command produces the following accent:
5183 \end_layout
5184
5185 \begin_layout Standard
5186
5187 \i \u{}
5188
5189 \end_layout
5190
5191 \begin_layout Standard
5192
5193 Valid letters with a breve accent:
5194 \end_layout
5195
5196 \begin_layout Standard
5197
5198 \i \u{a}
5199  \i \u{g}
5200  \i \u{u}
5201  \i \u{A}
5202  \i \u{G}
5203  \i \u{U}
5204
5205 \end_layout
5206
5207 \begin_layout Paragraph
5208
5209 See Also:
5210 \end_layout
5211
5212 \begin_layout Standard
5213
5214 accent-acute.
5215 \end_layout
5216
5217 \begin_layout Subsection
5218
5219 accent-caron
5220 \end_layout
5221
5222 \begin_layout Description
5223
5224 Default\InsetSpace ~
5225 Bindings: None.
5226 \end_layout
5227
5228 \begin_layout Paragraph
5229
5230 Examples:
5231 \end_layout
5232
5233 \begin_layout Standard
5234
5235 This command produces the following accent:
5236 \end_layout
5237
5238 \begin_layout Standard
5239
5240 \i \v{}
5241
5242 \end_layout
5243
5244 \begin_layout Standard
5245
5246 Valid letters with a caron accent:
5247 \end_layout
5248
5249 \begin_layout Standard
5250
5251 \i \v{c}
5252  \i \v{s}
5253  \i \v{z}
5254  \i \v{C}
5255  \i \v{S}
5256  \i \v{Z}
5257  \i \v{d}
5258  \i \v{l}
5259  \i \v{n}
5260  \i \v{r}
5261  \i \v{t}
5262  \i \v{D}
5263  \i \v{L}
5264  \i \v{N}
5265  \i \v{R}
5266  \i \v{T}
5267  \i \v{e}
5268  \i \v{E}
5269
5270 \end_layout
5271
5272 \begin_layout Paragraph
5273
5274 See Also:
5275 \end_layout
5276
5277 \begin_layout Standard
5278
5279 accent-acute.
5280 \end_layout
5281
5282 \begin_layout Subsection
5283
5284 accent-cedilla
5285 \end_layout
5286
5287 \begin_layout Description
5288
5289 Default\InsetSpace ~
5290 Bindings: None.
5291 \end_layout
5292
5293 \begin_layout Paragraph
5294
5295 Examples:
5296 \end_layout
5297
5298 \begin_layout Standard
5299
5300 This command produces the following accent:
5301 \end_layout
5302
5303 \begin_layout Standard
5304
5305 \i \c{}
5306
5307 \end_layout
5308
5309 \begin_layout Standard
5310
5311 Valid letters with a cedilla accent:
5312 \end_layout
5313
5314 \begin_layout Standard
5315
5316 ç Ç \i \c{g}
5317  \i \c{k}
5318  \i \c{l}
5319  \i \c{n}
5320  \i \c{r}
5321  \i \c{s}
5322  \i \c{t}
5323  \i \c{G}
5324  \i \c{K}
5325  \i \c{L}
5326  \i \c{N}
5327  \i \c{R}
5328  \i \c{S}
5329  \i \c{T}
5330
5331 \end_layout
5332
5333 \begin_layout Paragraph
5334
5335 See Also:
5336 \end_layout
5337
5338 \begin_layout Standard
5339
5340 accent-acute.
5341 \end_layout
5342
5343 \begin_layout Subsection
5344
5345 accent-circle
5346 \end_layout
5347
5348 \begin_layout Description
5349
5350 Default\InsetSpace ~
5351 Bindings: None.
5352 \end_layout
5353
5354 \begin_layout Paragraph
5355
5356 Examples:
5357 \end_layout
5358
5359 \begin_layout Standard
5360
5361 This command produces the following accent:
5362 \end_layout
5363
5364 \begin_layout Standard
5365
5366 \i \r{}
5367
5368 \end_layout
5369
5370 \begin_layout Standard
5371
5372 Valid letters with a circle accent:
5373 \end_layout
5374
5375 \begin_layout Standard
5376
5377 \i \r{a}
5378  \i \r{u}
5379  \i \r{A}
5380  \i \r{U}
5381
5382 \end_layout
5383
5384 \begin_layout Paragraph
5385
5386 See Also:
5387 \end_layout
5388
5389 \begin_layout Standard
5390
5391 accent-acute.
5392 \end_layout
5393
5394 \begin_layout Subsection
5395
5396 accent-circumflex
5397 \end_layout
5398
5399 \begin_layout Description
5400
5401 Default\InsetSpace ~
5402 Bindings: None.
5403 \end_layout
5404
5405 \begin_layout Paragraph
5406
5407 Examples:
5408 \end_layout
5409
5410 \begin_layout Standard
5411
5412 This command produces the following accent:
5413 \end_layout
5414
5415 \begin_layout Standard
5416
5417 \i \^{}
5418
5419 \end_layout
5420
5421 \begin_layout Standard
5422
5423 Valid letters with a circumflex accent:
5424 \end_layout
5425
5426 \begin_layout Standard
5427
5428 â ê î ô û Â Ê Î Ô Û \i \^{c}
5429  \i \^{g}
5430  \i \^{h}
5431  \i \^{\j}
5432  \i \^{s}
5433  \i \^{C}
5434  \i \^{G}
5435  \i \^{H}
5436  \i \^{J}
5437  \i \^{S}
5438
5439 \end_layout
5440
5441 \begin_layout Paragraph
5442
5443 See Also:
5444 \end_layout
5445
5446 \begin_layout Standard
5447
5448 accent-acute.
5449 \end_layout
5450
5451 \begin_layout Subsection
5452
5453 accent-dot
5454 \end_layout
5455
5456 \begin_layout Description
5457
5458 Default\InsetSpace ~
5459 Bindings: None.
5460 \end_layout
5461
5462 \begin_layout Paragraph
5463
5464 Examples:
5465 \end_layout
5466
5467 \begin_layout Standard
5468
5469 This command produces the following accent:
5470 \end_layout
5471
5472 \begin_layout Standard
5473
5474 \i \.{}
5475
5476 \end_layout
5477
5478 \begin_layout Standard
5479
5480 Valid letters with a dot accent:
5481 \end_layout
5482
5483 \begin_layout Standard
5484
5485 \i \.{e}
5486  \i \.{\i}
5487  \i \.{E}
5488  \i \.{I}
5489  \i \.{c}
5490  \i \.{g}
5491  \i \.{z}
5492  \i \.{C}
5493  \i \.{G}
5494  \i \.{Z}
5495
5496 \end_layout
5497
5498 \begin_layout Paragraph
5499
5500 See Also:
5501 \end_layout
5502
5503 \begin_layout Standard
5504
5505 accent-acute.
5506 \end_layout
5507
5508 \begin_layout Subsection
5509
5510 accent-grave
5511 \end_layout
5512
5513 \begin_layout Description
5514
5515 Default\InsetSpace ~
5516 Bindings: None.
5517 \end_layout
5518
5519 \begin_layout Paragraph
5520
5521 Examples:
5522 \end_layout
5523
5524 \begin_layout Standard
5525
5526 This command produces the following accent:
5527 \end_layout
5528
5529 \begin_layout Standard
5530
5531 \i \`{}
5532
5533 \end_layout
5534
5535 \begin_layout Standard
5536
5537 Valid letters with a grave accent:
5538 \end_layout
5539
5540 \begin_layout Standard
5541
5542 à è ì ò ù À È Ì Ò Ù
5543 \end_layout
5544
5545 \begin_layout Paragraph
5546
5547 See Also:
5548 \end_layout
5549
5550 \begin_layout Standard
5551
5552 accent-acute.
5553 \end_layout
5554
5555 \begin_layout Subsection
5556
5557 accent-hungarian-umlaut
5558 \end_layout
5559
5560 \begin_layout Description
5561
5562 Default\InsetSpace ~
5563 Bindings: None.
5564 \end_layout
5565
5566 \begin_layout Paragraph
5567
5568 Examples:
5569 \end_layout
5570
5571 \begin_layout Standard
5572
5573 This command produces the following accent:
5574 \end_layout
5575
5576 \begin_layout Standard
5577
5578 \i \H{}
5579
5580 \end_layout
5581
5582 \begin_layout Standard
5583
5584 Valid letters with a hungarian umlaut accent:
5585 \end_layout
5586
5587 \begin_layout Standard
5588
5589 \i \H{o}
5590  \i \H{u}
5591  \i \H{O}
5592  \i \H{U}
5593
5594 \end_layout
5595
5596 \begin_layout Paragraph
5597
5598 See Also:
5599 \end_layout
5600
5601 \begin_layout Standard
5602
5603 accent-acute.
5604 \end_layout
5605
5606 \begin_layout Subsection
5607
5608 accent-macron
5609 \end_layout
5610
5611 \begin_layout Description
5612
5613 Default\InsetSpace ~
5614 Bindings: None.
5615 \end_layout
5616
5617 \begin_layout Paragraph
5618
5619 Examples:
5620 \end_layout
5621
5622 \begin_layout Standard
5623
5624 This command produces the following accent:
5625 \end_layout
5626
5627 \begin_layout Standard
5628
5629 \i \={}
5630
5631 \end_layout
5632
5633 \begin_layout Standard
5634
5635 Valid letters with a macron accent:
5636 \end_layout
5637
5638 \begin_layout Standard
5639
5640 \i \={a}
5641  \i \={e}
5642  \i \={\i}
5643  \i \={o}
5644  \i \={u}
5645  \i \={A}
5646  \i \={E}
5647  \i \={I}
5648  \i \={O}
5649  \i \={U}
5650
5651 \end_layout
5652
5653 \begin_layout Paragraph
5654
5655 See Also:
5656 \end_layout
5657
5658 \begin_layout Standard
5659
5660 accent-acute.
5661 \end_layout
5662
5663 \begin_layout Subsection
5664
5665 accent-special-caron
5666 \end_layout
5667
5668 \begin_layout Description
5669
5670 Default\InsetSpace ~
5671 Bindings: None.
5672 \end_layout
5673
5674 \begin_layout Paragraph
5675
5676 Examples:
5677 \end_layout
5678
5679 \begin_layout Standard
5680
5681 WARNING! THIS ACCENT COMMAND CURRENTLY CRASHES LyX! DO NOT USE!
5682 \end_layout
5683
5684 \begin_layout Standard
5685
5686 This command produces the following accent:
5687 \end_layout
5688
5689 \begin_layout Standard
5690
5691 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
5692
5693 \end_layout
5694
5695 \begin_layout Standard
5696
5697 Some letters with a special caron accent:
5698 \end_layout
5699
5700 \begin_layout Standard
5701
5702 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
5703
5704 \end_layout
5705
5706 \begin_layout Paragraph
5707
5708 See Also:
5709 \end_layout
5710
5711 \begin_layout Standard
5712
5713 accent-acute.
5714 \end_layout
5715
5716 \begin_layout Subsection
5717
5718 accent-tie
5719 \end_layout
5720
5721 \begin_layout Description
5722
5723 Default\InsetSpace ~
5724 Bindings: None.
5725 \end_layout
5726
5727 \begin_layout Paragraph
5728
5729 Examples:
5730 \end_layout
5731
5732 \begin_layout Standard
5733
5734 This command produces the following accent:
5735 \end_layout
5736
5737 \begin_layout Standard
5738
5739 \i \t{}
5740
5741 \end_layout
5742
5743 \begin_layout Standard
5744
5745 Valid letters with a tie accent: None.
5746  Just the accent itself.
5747 \end_layout
5748
5749 \begin_layout Paragraph
5750
5751 See Also:
5752 \end_layout
5753
5754 \begin_layout Standard
5755
5756 accent-acute.
5757 \end_layout
5758
5759 \begin_layout Subsection
5760
5761 accent-tilde
5762 \end_layout
5763
5764 \begin_layout Description
5765
5766 Default\InsetSpace ~
5767 Bindings: None.
5768 \end_layout
5769
5770 \begin_layout Paragraph
5771
5772 Examples:
5773 \end_layout
5774
5775 \begin_layout Standard
5776
5777 This command produces the following accent:
5778 \end_layout
5779
5780 \begin_layout Standard
5781
5782 \i \~{}
5783
5784 \end_layout
5785
5786 \begin_layout Standard
5787
5788 Valid letters with a tilde accent:
5789 \end_layout
5790
5791 \begin_layout Standard
5792
5793 ñ Ñ ã \i \~{\i}
5794  õ \i \~{u}
5795  Ã \i \~{I}
5796  Õ \i \~{U}
5797
5798 \end_layout
5799
5800 \begin_layout Paragraph
5801
5802 See Also:
5803 \end_layout
5804
5805 \begin_layout Standard
5806
5807 accent-acute.
5808 \end_layout
5809
5810 \begin_layout Subsection
5811
5812 accent-umlaut
5813 \end_layout
5814
5815 \begin_layout Description
5816
5817 Default\InsetSpace ~
5818 Bindings: None.
5819 \end_layout
5820
5821 \begin_layout Paragraph
5822
5823 Examples:
5824 \end_layout
5825
5826 \begin_layout Standard
5827
5828 This command produces the following accent:
5829 \end_layout
5830
5831 \begin_layout Standard
5832
5833 \i \"{}
5834
5835 \end_layout
5836
5837 \begin_layout Standard
5838
5839 Some letters with an umlaut accent:
5840 \end_layout
5841
5842 \begin_layout Standard
5843
5844 ä ë ï ö ü ÿ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü
5845 \end_layout
5846
5847 \begin_layout Paragraph
5848
5849 See Also:
5850 \end_layout
5851
5852 \begin_layout Standard
5853
5854 accent-acute.
5855 \end_layout
5856
5857 \begin_layout Subsection
5858
5859 accent-underbar
5860 \end_layout
5861
5862 \begin_layout Description
5863
5864 Default\InsetSpace ~
5865 Bindings: None.
5866 \end_layout
5867
5868 \begin_layout Paragraph
5869
5870 Examples:
5871 \end_layout
5872
5873 \begin_layout Standard
5874
5875 This command produces the following accent:
5876 \end_layout
5877
5878 \begin_layout Standard
5879
5880 \i \b{}
5881
5882 \end_layout
5883
5884 \begin_layout Standard
5885
5886 Some letters with an underbar accent: None.
5887  Just the accent itself.
5888 \end_layout
5889
5890 \begin_layout Paragraph
5891
5892 See Also:
5893 \end_layout
5894
5895 \begin_layout Standard
5896
5897 accent-acute.
5898 \end_layout
5899
5900 \begin_layout Subsection
5901
5902 accent-underdot
5903 \end_layout
5904
5905 \begin_layout Description
5906
5907 Default\InsetSpace ~
5908 Bindings: None.
5909 \end_layout
5910
5911 \begin_layout Paragraph
5912
5913 Examples:
5914 \end_layout
5915
5916 \begin_layout Standard
5917
5918 This command produces the following accent:
5919 \end_layout
5920
5921 \begin_layout Standard
5922
5923 \i \d{}
5924
5925 \end_layout
5926
5927 \begin_layout Standard
5928
5929 Valid letters with an underdot accent: None.
5930  Just the accent itself.
5931 \end_layout
5932
5933 \begin_layout Paragraph
5934
5935 See Also:
5936 \end_layout
5937
5938 \begin_layout Standard
5939
5940 accent-acute.
5941 \end_layout
5942
5943 \begin_layout Section
5944
5945 B
5946 \end_layout
5947
5948 \begin_layout Subsection
5949
5950 backward-select
5951 \end_layout
5952
5953 \begin_layout Description
5954
5955 Default\InsetSpace ~
5956 Bindings:
5957 \end_layout
5958
5959 \begin_deeper
5960 \begin_layout List
5961 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
5962
5963
5964 \series bold
5965 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
5966 -
5967 \series default
5968  
5969 \family sans
5970 S-Left
5971 \family default
5972  
5973 \end_layout
5974 \end_deeper
5975 \begin_layout Paragraph
5976
5977 Purpose:
5978 \end_layout
5979
5980 \begin_layout Standard
5981
5982 Highlights a single character to the left of the current cursor location.
5983  If the cursor is at the left screen margin the cursor moves to the end
5984  of the previous line, and the whitespace in-between is selected.
5985  The selected text will be in reverse-video.
5986 \end_layout
5987
5988 \begin_layout Paragraph
5989
5990 See Also:
5991 \end_layout
5992
5993 \begin_layout Standard
5994
5995 char-backward;
5996 \end_layout
5997
5998 \begin_layout Standard
5999
6000 forward-select; up-select; down-select; word-forward-select; word-backward-selec
6001 t; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select; screen-down-select;
6002  buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select.
6003 \end_layout
6004
6005 \begin_layout Subsection
6006
6007 break-line
6008 \end_layout
6009
6010 \begin_layout Description
6011
6012 Default\InsetSpace ~
6013 Bindings:
6014 \end_layout
6015
6016 \begin_deeper
6017 \begin_layout List
6018 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6019
6020
6021 \series bold
6022 Menu\InsetSpace ~
6023 -
6024 \series default
6025  
6026 \family sans
6027 \bar under
6028 I
6029 \bar default
6030 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6031 S
6032 \bar under
6033 p
6034 \bar default
6035 ecial\InsetSpace ~
6036 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6037
6038 \bar under
6039 L
6040 \bar default
6041 inebreak
6042 \end_layout
6043
6044 \begin_layout List
6045 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6046
6047
6048 \series bold
6049 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
6050 -
6051 \series default
6052  
6053 \family sans
6054 C-Return
6055 \end_layout
6056 \end_deeper
6057 \begin_layout Paragraph
6058
6059 Purpose:
6060 \end_layout
6061
6062 \begin_layout Standard
6063
6064 To forcibly split the current line without ending the current paragraph.
6065 \end_layout
6066
6067 \begin_layout Paragraph
6068
6069 Usage:
6070 \end_layout
6071
6072 \begin_layout Standard
6073
6074 This command has several purposes, depending on context.
6075  Its primary function is to manually end a line without ending the paragraph.
6076  This should only be done when you need some fine-tuning.
6077 \end_layout
6078
6079 \begin_layout Standard
6080
6081 In math-mode, the 
6082 \family typewriter
6083 break-line
6084 \family default
6085  command automagically turns a one-line equation into a multiline expression,
6086  inserting the new equation line as well as all alignment delimiters.
6087 \end_layout
6088
6089 \begin_layout Paragraph
6090
6091 See Also:
6092 \end_layout
6093
6094 \begin_layout Standard
6095
6096 break-paragraph; break-paragraph-keep-layout.
6097 \end_layout
6098
6099 \begin_layout Subsection
6100
6101 break-paragraph
6102 \end_layout
6103
6104 \begin_layout Description
6105
6106 Default\InsetSpace ~
6107 Bindings:
6108 \end_layout
6109
6110 \begin_deeper
6111 \begin_layout List
6112 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6113
6114
6115 \series bold
6116 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
6117 -
6118 \series default
6119  
6120 \family sans
6121 Return
6122 \end_layout
6123 \end_deeper
6124 \begin_layout Paragraph
6125
6126 Purpose:
6127 \end_layout
6128
6129 \begin_layout Standard
6130
6131 To terminate the current paragraph.
6132 \end_layout
6133
6134 \begin_layout Paragraph
6135
6136 Usage:
6137 \end_layout
6138
6139 \begin_layout Standard
6140
6141 This command does slightly different things, depending on context.
6142  Typically, it ends the current paragraph, breaks the current line, and
6143  starts a new paragraph in the 
6144 \family sans
6145 Standard
6146 \family default
6147  paragraph environment on the next line.
6148  It also typically removes all environment nesting.
6149 \end_layout
6150
6151 \begin_layout Standard
6152
6153 If you are in the middle of a paragraph, 
6154 \family typewriter
6155 break-paragraph
6156 \family default
6157  splits it in two.
6158  If the paragraph is a list item, it creates a new list item in the process.
6159 \end_layout
6160
6161 \begin_layout Standard
6162
6163 If you are at the end of a paragraph, 
6164 \family typewriter
6165 break-paragraph
6166 \family default
6167  starts the new paragraph after the current one.
6168  If you are at the beginning of a paragraph, the new paragraph starts 
6169 \emph on
6170 before
6171 \emph default
6172  the current one.
6173 \end_layout
6174
6175 \begin_layout Standard
6176
6177
6178 \family typewriter
6179 break-paragraph
6180 \family default
6181  may start the new paragraph in an environment other than 
6182 \family sans
6183 Standard
6184 \family default
6185 , but the behavior is not consistent.
6186  For example, if you move to the middle of an 
6187 \family sans
6188 Itemize
6189 \family default
6190  list, to the end of one of the items or the beginning of the next item,
6191  
6192 \family typewriter
6193 break-paragraph
6194 \family default
6195  will not change the paragraph environment.
6196  It will still mess up the environment nesting, however.
6197 \end_layout
6198
6199 \begin_layout Paragraph
6200
6201 Examples:
6202 \end_layout
6203
6204 \begin_layout Standard
6205
6206 None.
6207  Your best bet is to just play with hitting return until you build an intuition
6208  for how this works.
6209 \end_layout
6210
6211 \begin_layout Paragraph
6212
6213 See Also:
6214 \end_layout
6215
6216 \begin_layout Standard
6217
6218 break-paragraph-keep-layout; break-line;
6219 \end_layout
6220
6221 \begin_layout Standard
6222
6223 depth-decrement; depth-increment.
6224 \end_layout
6225
6226 \begin_layout Subsection
6227
6228 break-paragraph-keep-layout
6229 \end_layout
6230
6231 \begin_layout Description
6232
6233 Default\InsetSpace ~
6234 Bindings:
6235 \end_layout
6236
6237 \begin_deeper
6238 \begin_layout List
6239 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6240
6241
6242 \series bold
6243 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
6244 -
6245 \series default
6246  
6247 \family sans
6248 M-Return
6249 \end_layout
6250 \end_deeper
6251 \begin_layout Paragraph
6252
6253 Purpose:
6254 \end_layout
6255
6256 \begin_layout Standard
6257
6258 To terminate the current paragraph without changing the paragraph environment
6259  or nesting depth.
6260 \end_layout
6261
6262 \begin_layout Paragraph
6263
6264 Usage:
6265 \end_layout
6266
6267 \begin_layout Standard
6268
6269 Its usage is very much the same as 
6270 \family typewriter
6271 break-paragraph
6272 \family default
6273 , with one important difference.
6274  The new paragraph 
6275 \emph on
6276 always
6277 \emph default
6278  has the same environment and nesting depth as the old one.
6279 \end_layout
6280
6281 \begin_layout Paragraph
6282
6283 See Also:
6284 \end_layout
6285
6286 \begin_layout Standard
6287
6288 break-paragraph; break-line;
6289 \end_layout
6290
6291 \begin_layout Standard
6292
6293 depth-decrement; depth-increment.
6294 \end_layout
6295
6296 \begin_layout Subsection
6297
6298 buffer-auto-save
6299 \end_layout
6300
6301 \begin_layout Description
6302
6303 Default\InsetSpace ~
6304 Bindings:
6305 \end_layout
6306
6307 \begin_deeper
6308 \begin_layout List
6309 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6310
6311
6312 \series bold
6313 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
6314 -
6315 \series default
6316  
6317 \family sans
6318 C-x a
6319 \family default
6320  or 
6321 \family sans
6322 C-x C-a
6323 \family default
6324  in 
6325 \family typewriter
6326 emacs.bind
6327 \family default
6328  only.
6329 \end_layout
6330 \end_deeper
6331 \begin_layout Paragraph
6332
6333 Purpose:
6334 \end_layout
6335
6336 \begin_layout Standard
6337
6338 Forces an autosave on the current document.
6339 \end_layout
6340
6341 \begin_layout Paragraph
6342
6343 Usage:
6344 \end_layout
6345
6346 \begin_layout Standard
6347
6348 Backward compatibility.
6349  This function used to be the only way to undo any editing.
6350  With the advent of a true undo/redo function in LyX, forcibly autosaving
6351  a document doesn't have much use.
6352  
6353 \emph on
6354 (The undo-mechanism has been limited to 100 steps in the beta-version.)
6355 \end_layout
6356
6357 \begin_layout Paragraph
6358
6359 See Also:
6360 \end_layout
6361
6362 \begin_layout Standard
6363
6364 buffer-load-auto-save
6365 \end_layout
6366
6367 \begin_layout Subsection
6368
6369 buffer-begin
6370 \end_layout
6371
6372 \begin_layout Description
6373
6374 Default\InsetSpace ~
6375 Bindings:
6376 \end_layout
6377
6378 \begin_deeper
6379 \begin_layout List
6380 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6381
6382
6383 \series bold
6384 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
6385 -
6386 \series default
6387  
6388 \family sans
6389 C-Home
6390 \family default
6391  in 
6392 \family typewriter
6393 cua.bind
6394 \family default
6395 .
6396 \end_layout
6397
6398 \begin_deeper
6399 \begin_layout Standard
6400
6401
6402 \family sans
6403 Home
6404 \family default
6405  in 
6406 \family typewriter
6407 emacs.bind
6408 \family default
6409 .
6410 \end_layout
6411 \end_deeper
6412 \end_deeper
6413 \begin_layout Paragraph
6414
6415 Purpose:
6416 \end_layout
6417
6418 \begin_layout Standard
6419
6420 Moves the cursor location to the top of the current buffer.
6421 \end_layout
6422
6423 \begin_layout Paragraph
6424
6425 See Also:
6426 \end_layout
6427
6428 \begin_layout Standard
6429
6430 char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; line-begin; line-end;
6431  tab-forward; up; down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-end.
6432 \end_layout
6433
6434 \begin_layout Subsection
6435
6436 buffer-begin-select
6437 \end_layout
6438
6439 \begin_layout Description
6440
6441 Default\InsetSpace ~
6442 Bindings:
6443 \end_layout
6444
6445 \begin_deeper
6446 \begin_layout List
6447 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6448
6449
6450 \series bold
6451 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
6452 -
6453 \series default
6454  
6455 \family sans
6456 S-C-Home
6457 \family default
6458  
6459 \end_layout
6460 \end_deeper
6461 \begin_layout Paragraph
6462
6463 Purpose:
6464 \end_layout
6465
6466 \begin_layout Standard
6467
6468 Highlights text from the current cursor location to the top of the current
6469  buffer.
6470  The selected text is shown in reverse-video.
6471 \end_layout
6472
6473 \begin_layout Paragraph
6474
6475 See Also:
6476 \end_layout
6477
6478 \begin_layout Standard
6479
6480 buffer-begin;
6481 \end_layout
6482
6483 \begin_layout Standard
6484
6485 backward-select; forward-select; up-select; down-select; word-forward-select;
6486  word-backward-select; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select;
6487  screen-down-select; buffer-end-select.
6488 \end_layout
6489
6490 \begin_layout Subsection
6491
6492 buffer-chktex 
6493 \end_layout
6494
6495 \begin_layout Description
6496
6497 Default\InsetSpace ~
6498 Bindings:
6499 \end_layout
6500
6501 \begin_deeper
6502 \begin_layout List
6503 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6504
6505
6506 \series bold
6507 Menu\InsetSpace ~
6508 -
6509 \series default
6510  
6511 \family sans
6512 \bar under
6513 E
6514 \bar default
6515 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6516 C
6517 \bar under
6518 h
6519 \bar default
6520 eck TeX
6521 \end_layout
6522
6523 \begin_layout List
6524 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6525
6526
6527 \series bold
6528 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
6529 -
6530 \series default
6531  
6532 \family sans
6533 M-e h
6534 \family default
6535  (standard).
6536 \end_layout
6537 \end_deeper
6538 \begin_layout Paragraph
6539
6540 Purpose:
6541 \end_layout
6542
6543 \begin_layout Standard
6544
6545 Checks document for typographical errors.
6546 \end_layout
6547
6548 \begin_layout Paragraph
6549
6550 Usage:
6551 \end_layout
6552
6553 \begin_layout Standard
6554
6555 This function runs 
6556 \family typewriter
6557 ChkTeX
6558 \family default
6559  on the document and inserts error boxes with the results.
6560  It is used to find common typographical errors.
6561 \end_layout
6562
6563 \begin_layout Paragraph
6564
6565 See Also:
6566 \end_layout
6567
6568 \begin_layout Standard
6569
6570 error-next; description in 
6571 \emph on
6572 Extended Features
6573 \emph default
6574 .
6575 \end_layout
6576
6577 \begin_layout Subsection
6578
6579 buffer-close 
6580 \end_layout
6581
6582 \begin_layout Description
6583
6584 Default\InsetSpace ~
6585 Bindings:
6586 \end_layout
6587
6588 \begin_deeper
6589 \begin_layout List
6590 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6591
6592
6593 \series bold
6594 Menu\InsetSpace ~
6595 -
6596 \series default
6597  
6598 \family sans
6599 \bar under
6600 F
6601 \bar default
6602 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6603
6604 \bar under
6605 C
6606 \bar default
6607 lose
6608 \end_layout
6609
6610 \begin_layout List
6611 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6612
6613
6614 \series bold
6615 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
6616 -
6617 \series default
6618  
6619 \family sans
6620 M-f c
6621 \family default
6622  (standard).
6623 \end_layout
6624
6625 \begin_deeper
6626 \begin_layout Standard
6627
6628
6629 \family sans
6630 C-w
6631 \family default
6632  in 
6633 \family typewriter
6634 cua.bind
6635 \family default
6636 .
6637 \newline
6638
6639 \family sans
6640 C-x k 
6641 \family default
6642 or 
6643 \family sans
6644 C-x C-k
6645 \family default
6646  in 
6647 \family typewriter
6648 emacs.bind.
6649 \end_layout
6650 \end_deeper
6651 \end_deeper
6652 \begin_layout Paragraph
6653
6654 Purpose:
6655 \end_layout
6656
6657 \begin_layout Standard
6658
6659 Closes the current buffer.
6660  If changes have been made since it was first opened, or since the last
6661  
6662 \family typewriter
6663 buffer-save
6664 \family default
6665  or 
6666 \family typewriter
6667 buffer-save-as
6668 \family default
6669  command, you will be asked if you want to save the buffer to its file before
6670  closing the buffer.
6671 \end_layout
6672
6673 \begin_layout Paragraph
6674
6675 See Also:
6676 \end_layout
6677
6678 \begin_layout Standard
6679
6680 buffer-open.
6681 \end_layout
6682
6683 \begin_layout Subsection
6684
6685 buffer-end
6686 \end_layout
6687
6688 \begin_layout Description
6689
6690 Default\InsetSpace ~
6691 Bindings:
6692 \end_layout
6693
6694 \begin_deeper
6695 \begin_layout List
6696 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6697
6698
6699 \series bold
6700 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
6701 -
6702 \series default
6703  
6704 \family sans
6705 C-End
6706 \family default
6707  
6708 \family roman
6709 in 
6710 \family typewriter
6711 cua.bind
6712 \family default
6713 .
6714 \newline
6715
6716 \family sans
6717 End
6718 \family default
6719  in 
6720 \family typewriter
6721 emacs.bind
6722 \end_layout
6723 \end_deeper
6724 \begin_layout Paragraph
6725
6726 Purpose:
6727 \end_layout
6728
6729 \begin_layout Standard
6730
6731 Moves both the screen display and the current cursor location to the end
6732  of the current buffer.
6733 \end_layout
6734
6735 \begin_layout Paragraph
6736
6737 See Also:
6738 \end_layout
6739
6740 \begin_layout Standard
6741
6742 char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; line-begin; line-end;
6743  tab-forward; up; down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin.
6744 \end_layout
6745
6746 \begin_layout Subsection
6747
6748 buffer-end-select
6749 \end_layout
6750
6751 \begin_layout Description
6752
6753 Default\InsetSpace ~
6754 Bindings:
6755 \end_layout
6756
6757 \begin_deeper
6758 \begin_layout List
6759 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6760
6761
6762 \series bold
6763 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
6764 -
6765 \series default
6766  
6767 \family sans
6768 S-C-End
6769 \family default
6770  
6771 \end_layout
6772 \end_deeper
6773 \begin_layout Paragraph
6774
6775 Purpose:
6776 \end_layout
6777
6778 \begin_layout Standard
6779
6780 Selects text from the current cursor location to the bottom of the current
6781  buffer.
6782  The selected text is shown in reverse-video.
6783 \end_layout
6784
6785 \begin_layout Paragraph
6786
6787 See Also:
6788 \end_layout
6789
6790 \begin_layout Standard
6791
6792 buffer-end-select;
6793 \end_layout
6794
6795 \begin_layout Standard
6796
6797 backward-select; forward-select; up-select; down-select; word-forward-select;
6798  word-backward-select; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select;
6799  screen-down-select; buffer-begin-select.
6800 \end_layout
6801
6802 \begin_layout Subsection
6803
6804 buffer-itemize-bullets-select
6805 \end_layout
6806
6807 \begin_layout Description
6808
6809 Default\InsetSpace ~
6810 Bindings:
6811 \end_layout
6812
6813 \begin_deeper
6814 \begin_layout List
6815 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6816
6817
6818 \series bold
6819 Menu\InsetSpace ~
6820 -
6821 \series default
6822  
6823 \family sans
6824 \bar under
6825 L
6826 \bar default
6827 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6828
6829 \bar under
6830 D
6831 \bar default
6832 ocument 
6833 \family default
6834 to bring up the 
6835 \series bold
6836 Document\InsetSpace ~
6837 Layout
6838 \series default
6839  popup.
6840 \end_layout
6841
6842 \begin_deeper
6843 \begin_layout Description
6844
6845 Document\InsetSpace ~
6846 Layout: 
6847 \family sans
6848 \bar under
6849 B
6850 \bar default
6851 ullet Shapes
6852 \end_layout
6853 \end_deeper
6854 \begin_layout List
6855 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6856
6857
6858 \series bold
6859 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
6860 -
6861 \series default
6862  M-l d M-b
6863 \end_layout
6864
6865 \begin_deeper
6866 \begin_layout Standard
6867
6868 M-l i
6869 \end_layout
6870 \end_deeper
6871 \end_deeper
6872 \begin_layout Paragraph
6873
6874 Purpose:
6875 \end_layout
6876
6877 \begin_layout Standard
6878
6879 Opens the document's 
6880 \series bold
6881 Itemize\InsetSpace ~
6882 Bullet\InsetSpace ~
6883 Selection
6884 \series default
6885  popup which allows you to change the bullets that appear at the various
6886  levels of an 
6887 \family sans
6888 Itemize
6889 \family default
6890  layout.
6891 \end_layout
6892
6893 \begin_layout Paragraph
6894
6895 See Also:
6896 \end_layout
6897
6898 \begin_layout Standard
6899
6900 Itemize Bullet Selection;
6901 \end_layout
6902
6903 \begin_layout Standard
6904
6905
6906 \emph on
6907 Itemize Bullet Selection
6908 \emph default
6909  in 
6910 \emph on
6911 Extended Features
6912 \emph default
6913 ;
6914 \end_layout
6915
6916 \begin_layout Subsection
6917
6918 buffer-load-auto-save
6919 \end_layout
6920
6921 \begin_layout Description
6922
6923 Default\InsetSpace ~
6924 Bindings: None
6925 \end_layout
6926
6927 \begin_layout Paragraph
6928
6929 Purpose:
6930 \end_layout
6931
6932 \begin_layout Standard
6933
6934 Loads the autosave file.
6935 \end_layout
6936
6937 \begin_layout Paragraph
6938
6939 Usage:
6940 \end_layout
6941
6942 \begin_layout Standard
6943
6944 To invoke this function, you must use the 
6945 \family typewriter
6946 command-execute
6947 \family default
6948  key to enter 
6949 \family typewriter
6950 buffer-load-autosave
6951 \family default
6952  in the minibuffer.
6953 \end_layout
6954
6955 \begin_layout Standard
6956
6957 Invoking this command once loads the autosave file (which has the suffix
6958  
6959 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6960 \end_inset
6961
6962
6963 \family typewriter
6964 .bak
6965 \family default
6966
6967 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6968 \end_inset
6969
6970 ) in place of the current document.
6971  Invoking it two times in a row loads the autosave backup file (which has
6972  the 
6973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6974 \end_inset
6975
6976
6977 \family typewriter
6978 .bak~
6979 \family default
6980
6981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6982 \end_inset
6983
6984  suffix) in place of the current document.
6985 \end_layout
6986
6987 \begin_layout Standard
6988
6989 You cannot change the time interval between autosaves on the fly.
6990  The interval, in seconds, is set in the main 
6991 \family typewriter
6992 lyxrc
6993 \family default
6994  file or in the user's local 
6995 \family typewriter
6996 ${HOME}/.lyx/lyxrc
6997 \family default
6998 .
6999  
7000 \end_layout
7001
7002 \begin_layout Paragraph
7003
7004 See Also:
7005 \end_layout
7006
7007 \begin_layout Standard
7008
7009 command-execute; 
7010 \end_layout
7011
7012 \begin_layout Standard
7013
7014 buffer-auto-save.
7015 \end_layout
7016
7017 \begin_layout Subsection
7018
7019 buffer-new 
7020 \end_layout
7021
7022 \begin_layout Description
7023
7024 Default\InsetSpace ~
7025 Bindings:
7026 \end_layout
7027
7028 \begin_deeper
7029 \begin_layout List
7030 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7031
7032
7033 \series bold
7034 Menu\InsetSpace ~
7035 -
7036 \series default
7037  
7038 \family sans
7039 \bar under
7040 F
7041 \bar default
7042 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7043
7044 \bar under
7045 N
7046 \bar default
7047 ew
7048 \end_layout
7049
7050 \begin_layout List
7051 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7052
7053
7054 \series bold
7055 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
7056 -
7057 \series default
7058  
7059 \family sans
7060 M-f n
7061 \family default
7062  (standard).
7063 \end_layout
7064
7065 \begin_deeper
7066 \begin_layout Standard
7067
7068
7069 \family sans
7070 C-n
7071 \family default
7072  in 
7073 \family typewriter
7074 cua.bind
7075 \family default
7076 .
7077 \end_layout
7078
7079 \begin_layout Standard
7080
7081
7082 \family sans
7083 C-x d 
7084 \family roman
7085 or 
7086 \family sans
7087 C-x C-d
7088 \family default
7089  in 
7090 \family typewriter
7091 emacs.bind
7092 \family default
7093 .
7094 \end_layout
7095 \end_deeper
7096 \end_deeper
7097 \begin_layout Paragraph
7098
7099 Purpose:
7100 \end_layout
7101
7102 \begin_layout Standard
7103
7104 Opens a new buffer for a new LyX document.
7105 \end_layout
7106
7107 \begin_layout Paragraph
7108
7109 Usage:
7110 \end_layout
7111
7112 \begin_layout Standard
7113
7114 This function first opens a 
7115 \family sans
7116 File Browser
7117 \family default
7118  window.
7119  You must now specify a new filename for the new document.
7120  You can use the 
7121 \family sans
7122 File Browser
7123 \family default
7124  to choose the directory for the new file, but the file name itself must
7125  be unique.
7126  The file cannot already exist.
7127 \end_layout
7128
7129 \begin_layout Paragraph
7130
7131 See Also:
7132 \end_layout
7133
7134 \begin_layout Standard
7135
7136 File Browser; 
7137 \end_layout
7138
7139 \begin_layout Standard
7140
7141 LyX Template Files; 
7142 \end_layout
7143
7144 \begin_layout Standard
7145
7146
7147 \emph on
7148 Editor's Note: These first two will be added at a later date.
7149  - jw
7150 \end_layout
7151
7152 \begin_layout Standard
7153
7154 buffer-new-template; buffer-open; buffer-close; buffer-write; buffer-write-as.
7155 \end_layout
7156
7157 \begin_layout Subsection
7158
7159 buffer-new-template 
7160 \end_layout
7161
7162 \begin_layout Description
7163
7164 Default\InsetSpace ~
7165 Bindings:
7166 \end_layout
7167
7168 \begin_deeper
7169 \begin_layout List
7170 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7171
7172
7173 \series bold
7174 Menu\InsetSpace ~
7175 -
7176 \series default
7177  
7178 \family sans
7179 \bar under
7180 F
7181 \bar default
7182 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7183 New from
7184 \bar under
7185  t
7186 \bar default
7187 emplate
7188 \end_layout
7189
7190 \begin_layout List
7191 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7192
7193
7194 \series bold
7195 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
7196 -
7197 \series default
7198  
7199 \family sans
7200 M-f t 
7201 \family default
7202 (standard).
7203 \end_layout
7204
7205 \begin_deeper
7206 \begin_layout Standard
7207
7208
7209 \family sans
7210 C-N
7211 \family default
7212  in 
7213 \family typewriter
7214 cua.bind
7215 \family default
7216 .
7217 \end_layout
7218 \end_deeper
7219 \end_deeper
7220 \begin_layout Paragraph
7221
7222 Purpose:
7223 \end_layout
7224
7225 \begin_layout Standard
7226
7227 Opens a new buffer for a new LyX document with a template document.
7228 \end_layout
7229
7230 \begin_layout Paragraph
7231
7232 Usage:
7233 \end_layout
7234
7235 \begin_layout Standard
7236
7237 This function first opens a 
7238 \family sans
7239 File Browser
7240 \family default
7241  window.
7242  You must now specify a new filename for the new document.
7243  You can use the 
7244 \family sans
7245 File Browser
7246 \family default
7247  to choose the directory for the new file, but the file name itself must
7248  be unique.
7249  The file cannot already exist.
7250 \end_layout
7251
7252 \begin_layout Standard
7253
7254 After you enter the filename and choose 
7255 \family sans
7256 OK
7257 \family default
7258 , the 
7259 \family sans
7260 File Browser
7261 \family default
7262  window opens again.
7263  This time, it has the title 
7264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7265 \end_inset
7266
7267 Choose Template.
7268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7269 \end_inset
7270
7271  If you wish to use a LyX template file for this new document, use the 
7272 \family sans
7273 File Browser
7274 \family default
7275  to choose one.
7276  Otherwise, hit the 
7277 \family sans
7278 Cancel
7279 \family default
7280  button.
7281 \end_layout
7282
7283 \begin_layout Paragraph
7284
7285 See Also:
7286 \end_layout
7287
7288 \begin_layout Standard
7289
7290 File Browser; 
7291 \end_layout
7292
7293 \begin_layout Standard
7294
7295 LyX Template Files; 
7296 \end_layout
7297
7298 \begin_layout Standard
7299
7300
7301 \emph on
7302 Editor's Note: These first two will be added at a later date.
7303  - jw
7304 \end_layout
7305
7306 \begin_layout Standard
7307
7308 buffer-new; buffer-open; buffer-close; buffer-write; buffer-write-as.
7309 \end_layout
7310
7311 \begin_layout Subsection
7312
7313 buffer-open 
7314 \end_layout
7315
7316 \begin_layout Description
7317
7318 Default\InsetSpace ~
7319 Bindings:
7320 \end_layout
7321
7322 \begin_deeper
7323 \begin_layout List
7324 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7325
7326
7327 \series bold
7328 Menu\InsetSpace ~
7329 -
7330 \series default
7331  
7332 \family sans
7333 \bar under
7334 F
7335 \bar default
7336 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7337
7338 \bar under
7339 O
7340 \bar default
7341 pen
7342 \end_layout
7343
7344 \begin_layout List
7345 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7346
7347
7348 \series bold
7349 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
7350 -
7351 \series default
7352  First button from the left.
7353  
7354 \end_layout
7355
7356 \begin_deeper
7357 \begin_layout Standard
7358
7359 File folder with an arrow.
7360  
7361 \end_layout
7362 \end_deeper
7363 \begin_layout List
7364 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7365
7366
7367 \series bold
7368 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
7369 -
7370 \series default
7371  
7372 \family sans
7373 M-f o
7374 \family default
7375  (standard).
7376 \end_layout
7377
7378 \begin_deeper
7379 \begin_layout Standard
7380
7381
7382 \family sans
7383 C-o
7384 \family default
7385  in 
7386 \family typewriter
7387 cua.bind
7388 \family default
7389 .
7390 \end_layout
7391
7392 \begin_layout Standard
7393
7394
7395 \family sans
7396 C-x f 
7397 \family roman
7398 or
7399 \family sans
7400  C-x C-f
7401 \family default
7402  in 
7403 \family typewriter
7404 emacs.bind
7405 \family default
7406 .
7407 \end_layout
7408 \end_deeper
7409 \end_deeper
7410 \begin_layout Paragraph
7411
7412 Purpose:
7413 \end_layout
7414
7415 \begin_layout Standard
7416
7417 Opens an existing file and places it in a new buffer.
7418 \end_layout
7419
7420 \begin_layout Paragraph
7421
7422 Usage:
7423 \end_layout
7424
7425 \begin_layout Standard
7426
7427 This function opens a 
7428 \family sans
7429 File Browser
7430 \family default
7431  window with the title 
7432 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7433 \end_inset
7434
7435 Document to Open.
7436 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7437 \end_inset
7438
7439  Choose the file to open and hit 
7440 \family sans
7441 O
7442 \family default
7443 K\SpecialChar \@.
7444
7445 \end_layout
7446
7447 \begin_layout Paragraph
7448
7449 See Also:
7450 \end_layout
7451
7452 \begin_layout Standard
7453
7454 File Browser; [
7455 \emph on
7456 Editor's Note: To be added.
7457  - jw 
7458 \emph default
7459 ]
7460 \end_layout
7461
7462 \begin_layout Standard
7463
7464 buffer-open; buffer-close; buffer-write; buffer-write-as.
7465 \end_layout
7466
7467 \begin_layout Subsection
7468
7469 buffer-previous 
7470 \end_layout
7471
7472 \begin_layout Description
7473
7474 Default\InsetSpace ~
7475 Bindings:
7476 \end_layout
7477
7478 \begin_deeper
7479 \begin_layout List
7480 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7481
7482
7483 \series bold
7484 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
7485 -
7486 \series default
7487  
7488 \family sans
7489 M-d p
7490 \family default
7491  (standard).
7492 \end_layout
7493
7494 \begin_deeper
7495 \begin_layout Standard
7496
7497
7498 \family sans
7499 C-x b 
7500 \family default
7501 or
7502 \family sans
7503  C-x C-b
7504 \family default
7505  in 
7506 \family typewriter
7507 emacs.bind
7508 \family default
7509 .
7510 \end_layout
7511 \end_deeper
7512 \end_deeper
7513 \begin_layout Paragraph
7514
7515 Purpose:
7516 \end_layout
7517
7518 \begin_layout Standard
7519
7520 Changes from the current document to another open and previously viewed
7521  document.
7522  
7523 \end_layout
7524
7525 \begin_layout Paragraph
7526
7527 Usage:
7528 \end_layout
7529
7530 \begin_layout Standard
7531
7532 Self-explanatory.
7533 \end_layout
7534
7535 \begin_layout Standard
7536
7537 If only one document is open, 
7538 \family typewriter
7539 buffer-previous
7540 \family default
7541  has no effect.
7542 \end_layout
7543
7544 \begin_layout Standard
7545
7546 If more than two documents are open, 
7547 \family typewriter
7548 buffer-previous
7549 \family default
7550  switches to whichever document you were last working on.
7551 \end_layout
7552
7553 \begin_layout Standard
7554
7555 You can also switch between open documents using the 
7556 \family sans
7557 Documents
7558 \family default
7559  menu.
7560 \end_layout
7561
7562 \begin_layout Standard
7563
7564 Using 
7565 \family typewriter
7566 buffer-previous
7567 \family default
7568  several times in a row switches back and forth between two documents.
7569  This is useful for cutting and pasting between two different documents.
7570 \end_layout
7571
7572 \begin_layout Paragraph
7573
7574 See Also:
7575 \end_layout
7576
7577 \begin_layout Standard
7578
7579 Documents Menu.
7580  [
7581 \emph on
7582 Ed.
7583  Note - to be added.
7584  -jw
7585 \emph default
7586 ]
7587 \end_layout
7588
7589 \begin_layout Subsection
7590
7591 buffer-print 
7592 \end_layout
7593
7594 \begin_layout Description
7595
7596 Default\InsetSpace ~
7597 Bindings:
7598 \end_layout
7599
7600 \begin_deeper
7601 \begin_layout List
7602 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7603
7604
7605 \series bold
7606 Menu\InsetSpace ~
7607 -
7608 \series default
7609  
7610 \family sans
7611 \bar under
7612 F
7613 \bar default
7614 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7615
7616 \bar under
7617 P
7618 \bar default
7619 rint
7620 \end_layout
7621
7622 \begin_layout List
7623 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7624
7625
7626 \series bold
7627 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
7628 -
7629 \series default
7630  Button #3 from the left.
7631  
7632 \end_layout
7633
7634 \begin_deeper
7635 \begin_layout Standard
7636
7637 A stylized printer.
7638 \end_layout
7639 \end_deeper
7640 \begin_layout List
7641 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7642
7643
7644 \series bold
7645 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
7646 -
7647 \series default
7648  
7649 \family sans
7650 M-f p
7651 \family default
7652  (standard).
7653 \end_layout
7654
7655 \begin_deeper
7656 \begin_layout Standard
7657
7658
7659 \family sans
7660 C-
7661 \family default
7662 p in 
7663 \family typewriter
7664 cua.
7665 \family default
7666 bind.
7667 \end_layout
7668 \end_deeper
7669 \end_deeper
7670 \begin_layout Paragraph
7671
7672 Purpose:
7673 \end_layout
7674
7675 \begin_layout Standard
7676
7677 Prints the current document.
7678 \end_layout
7679
7680 \begin_layout Paragraph
7681
7682 Usage:
7683 \end_layout
7684
7685 \begin_layout Standard
7686
7687 This function opens the 
7688 \family sans
7689 Print
7690 \family default
7691  panel, which allows print control via buttons and typed inputs; a buffer
7692  can be printed either to a file or to a spooled print device.
7693  When printing to a printer, the printer name you specify in the 
7694 \family sans
7695 Printer
7696 \family default
7697  box must be configured for 
7698 \family typewriter
7699 dvips
7700 \family default
7701 .
7702 \begin_inset Foot
7703 status collapsed
7704
7705 \begin_layout Standard
7706
7707 This is explained in greater detail in 
7708 \family typewriter
7709 UserGuide.lyx
7710 \family default
7711 .
7712 \end_layout
7713
7714 \end_inset
7715
7716  Most systems have 
7717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7718 \end_inset
7719
7720
7721 \family typewriter
7722 ps
7723 \family default
7724
7725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7726 \end_inset
7727
7728  as their default PostScript® printer, for which 
7729 \family typewriter
7730 dvips
7731 \family default
7732  comes preconfigured.
7733 \end_layout
7734
7735 \begin_layout Paragraph
7736
7737 See Also:
7738 \end_layout
7739
7740 \begin_layout Standard
7741
7742 The section on dvips in 
7743 \family typewriter
7744 UserGuide.lyx;
7745 \end_layout
7746
7747 \begin_layout Standard
7748
7749 Print panel; [
7750 \emph on
7751 Ed.
7752  Note - To be added.
7753  - jw.
7754 \emph default
7755 ]
7756 \end_layout
7757
7758 \begin_layout Standard
7759
7760 buffer-view; buffer-view-ps.
7761 \end_layout
7762
7763 \begin_layout Subsection
7764
7765 buffer-typeset
7766 \end_layout
7767
7768 \begin_layout Description
7769
7770 Default\InsetSpace ~
7771 Bindings:
7772 \end_layout
7773
7774 \begin_deeper
7775 \begin_layout List
7776 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7777
7778
7779 \series bold
7780 Menu\InsetSpace ~
7781 -
7782 \series default
7783  
7784 \family sans
7785 \bar under
7786 F
7787 \bar default
7788 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7789
7790 \bar under
7791 U
7792 \bar default
7793 pdate dvi
7794 \end_layout
7795
7796 \begin_layout List
7797 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7798
7799
7800 \series bold
7801 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
7802 -
7803 \series default
7804  
7805 \family sans
7806 M-f u 
7807 \family default
7808 (standard).
7809 \end_layout
7810
7811 \begin_deeper
7812 \begin_layout Standard
7813
7814
7815 \family sans
7816 C-D
7817 \family default
7818  in 
7819 \family typewriter
7820 cua.bind
7821 \family default
7822 .
7823 \end_layout
7824
7825 \begin_layout Standard
7826
7827
7828 \family sans
7829 C-x r, C-x t, C-x C-r, 
7830 \family roman
7831 or
7832 \family sans
7833  C-x C-t 
7834 \family default
7835 in 
7836 \family typewriter
7837 emacs.bind
7838 \family default
7839 .
7840 \end_layout
7841 \end_deeper
7842 \end_deeper
7843 \begin_layout Paragraph
7844
7845 Purpose:
7846 \end_layout
7847
7848 \begin_layout Standard
7849
7850 Updates the dvi file for the current buffer (runs LaTeX).
7851 \end_layout
7852
7853 \begin_layout Paragraph
7854
7855 Usage:
7856 \end_layout
7857
7858 \begin_layout Standard
7859
7860 A LaTeX scratch file is created, based on the contents of the current buffer,
7861  and the file is processed with LaTeX.
7862  LaTeX messages are posted to the screen of the parent window, and approximate
7863  LaTeX error locations are marked within the current buffer with an error
7864  box; the text of the actual LaTeX error can be displayed by clicking on
7865  the error-box.
7866 \end_layout
7867
7868 \begin_layout Paragraph
7869
7870 See Also:
7871 \end_layout
7872
7873 \begin_layout Standard
7874
7875 error-next; buffer-typeset-ps.
7876  
7877 \end_layout
7878
7879 \begin_layout Subsection
7880
7881 buffer-typeset-ps
7882 \end_layout
7883
7884 \begin_layout Description
7885
7886 Default\InsetSpace ~
7887 Bindings:
7888 \end_layout
7889
7890 \begin_deeper
7891 \begin_layout List
7892 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7893
7894
7895 \series bold
7896 Menu\InsetSpace ~
7897 -
7898 \series default
7899  
7900 \family sans
7901 \bar under
7902 F
7903 \bar default
7904 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7905 Updat
7906 \bar under
7907 e
7908 \bar default
7909  PostScript
7910 \end_layout
7911
7912 \begin_layout List
7913 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7914
7915
7916 \series bold
7917 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
7918 -
7919 \series default
7920  
7921 \family sans
7922 M-f e 
7923 \family default
7924 (standard).
7925 \end_layout
7926
7927 \begin_deeper
7928 \begin_layout Standard
7929
7930
7931 \family sans
7932 C-T
7933 \family default
7934  in 
7935 \family typewriter
7936 cua.bind
7937 \family default
7938 .
7939 \end_layout
7940 \end_deeper
7941 \end_deeper
7942 \begin_layout Paragraph
7943
7944 Purpose:
7945 \end_layout
7946
7947 \begin_layout Standard
7948
7949 Updates the PostScript® file for the current buffer (runs LaTeX and dvips).
7950 \end_layout
7951
7952 \begin_layout Paragraph
7953
7954 Usage:
7955 \end_layout
7956
7957 \begin_layout Standard
7958
7959 A LaTeX scratch file is created, based on the contents of the current buffer,
7960  and the file is processed with LaTeX.
7961  Then, dvips is run to produce a PostScript® version scratch file.
7962  LaTeX messages are posted to the screen of the parent window, and approximate
7963  LaTeX error locations are marked within the current buffer with an error
7964  box; the text of the actual LaTeX error can be displayed by clicking on
7965  the error-box.
7966 \end_layout
7967
7968 \begin_layout Paragraph
7969
7970 See Also:
7971 \end_layout
7972
7973 \begin_layout Standard
7974
7975 error-next; buffer-typeset.
7976  
7977 \end_layout
7978
7979 \begin_layout Subsection
7980
7981 buffer-view
7982 \end_layout
7983
7984 \begin_layout Description
7985
7986 Default\InsetSpace ~
7987 Bindings:
7988 \end_layout
7989
7990 \begin_deeper
7991 \begin_layout List
7992 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7993
7994
7995 \series bold
7996 Menu\InsetSpace ~
7997 -
7998 \series default
7999  
8000 \family sans
8001 \bar under
8002 F
8003 \bar default
8004 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8005 View\InsetSpace ~
8006 (
8007 \bar under
8008 x
8009 \bar default
8010 dvi)
8011 \end_layout
8012
8013 \begin_layout List
8014 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8015
8016
8017 \series bold
8018 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
8019 -
8020 \series default
8021  
8022 \family sans
8023 M-f d
8024 \family default
8025  (standard).
8026 \end_layout
8027
8028 \begin_deeper
8029 \begin_layout Standard
8030
8031
8032 \family sans
8033 C-d
8034 \family default
8035  in 
8036 \family typewriter
8037 cua.bind
8038 \family default
8039 .
8040 \end_layout
8041
8042 \begin_layout Standard
8043
8044
8045 \family sans
8046 C-x p 
8047 \family default
8048 or
8049 \family sans
8050  C-x C-p
8051 \family default
8052  in 
8053 \family typewriter
8054 emacs.bind
8055 \family default
8056 .
8057 \end_layout
8058 \end_deeper
8059 \end_deeper
8060 \begin_layout Paragraph
8061
8062 Purpose:
8063 \end_layout
8064
8065 \begin_layout Standard
8066
8067 Views the current buffer with the 
8068 \family typewriter
8069 xdvi
8070 \family default
8071  program.
8072 \end_layout
8073
8074 \begin_layout Paragraph
8075
8076 Usage:
8077 \end_layout
8078
8079 \begin_layout Standard
8080
8081 A LaTeX scratch file is created and processed, and a 
8082 \family typewriter
8083 xdvi
8084 \family default
8085  process window is then automatically created with which you can view the
8086  resulting 
8087 \family typewriter
8088 dvi
8089 \family default
8090  file.
8091  If
8092 \family typewriter
8093  
8094 \family default
8095 any of these programs are not installed on your system, the process stops
8096  at that point and control is returned to LyX.
8097 \end_layout
8098
8099 \begin_layout Paragraph
8100
8101 See Also:
8102 \end_layout
8103
8104 \begin_layout Standard
8105
8106 buffer-print; buffer-view-ps.
8107 \end_layout
8108
8109 \begin_layout Subsection
8110
8111 buffer-view-ps
8112 \end_layout
8113
8114 \begin_layout Description
8115
8116 Default\InsetSpace ~
8117 Bindings:
8118 \end_layout
8119
8120 \begin_deeper
8121 \begin_layout List
8122 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8123
8124
8125 \series bold
8126 Menu\InsetSpace ~
8127 -
8128 \series default
8129  
8130 \family sans
8131 \bar under
8132 F
8133 \bar default
8134 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8135 View\InsetSpace ~
8136 (
8137 \bar under
8138 g
8139 \bar default
8140 hostview)
8141 \end_layout
8142
8143 \begin_layout List
8144 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8145
8146
8147 \series bold
8148 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
8149 -
8150 \series default
8151  
8152 \family sans
8153 M-f g
8154 \family default
8155  (standard).
8156 \end_layout
8157
8158 \begin_deeper
8159 \begin_layout Standard
8160
8161
8162 \family sans
8163 C-t
8164 \family default
8165  in 
8166 \family typewriter
8167 cua.bind
8168 \family default
8169 .
8170 \end_layout
8171
8172 \begin_layout Standard
8173
8174
8175 \family sans
8176 C-x g 
8177 \family default
8178 or
8179 \family sans
8180  C-x C-g
8181 \family default
8182  in 
8183 \family typewriter
8184 emacs.bind
8185 \family default
8186 .
8187 \end_layout
8188 \end_deeper
8189 \end_deeper
8190 \begin_layout Paragraph
8191
8192 Purpose:
8193 \end_layout
8194
8195 \begin_layout Standard
8196
8197 Views the current buffer with the 
8198 \family typewriter
8199 ghostview
8200 \family default
8201  program.
8202 \end_layout
8203
8204 \begin_layout Paragraph
8205
8206 Usage:
8207 \end_layout
8208
8209 \begin_layout Standard
8210
8211 A LaTeX scratch file is created and processed, and 
8212 \family typewriter
8213 dvips 
8214 \family default
8215 is run on the resulting 
8216 \family typewriter
8217 dvi 
8218 \family default
8219 file to create a scratch PostScript® file.
8220  A 
8221 \family typewriter
8222 ghostview
8223 \family default
8224  process window is then automatically created in which you can view your
8225  work essentially in the same form as if it were printed.
8226  If
8227 \family typewriter
8228  
8229 \family default
8230 any of these programs are not installed on your system, the process stops
8231  at that point and control is returned to LyX.
8232 \end_layout
8233
8234 \begin_layout Paragraph
8235
8236 See Also:
8237 \end_layout
8238
8239 \begin_layout Standard
8240
8241 buffer-print; buffer-view.
8242 \end_layout
8243
8244 \begin_layout Subsection
8245
8246 buffer-write
8247 \end_layout
8248
8249 \begin_layout Description
8250
8251 Default\InsetSpace ~
8252 Bindings:
8253 \end_layout
8254
8255 \begin_deeper
8256 \begin_layout List
8257 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8258
8259
8260 \series bold
8261 Menu\InsetSpace ~
8262 -
8263 \series default
8264  
8265 \family sans
8266 \bar under
8267 F
8268 \bar default
8269 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8270
8271 \bar under
8272 S
8273 \bar default
8274 ave
8275 \end_layout
8276
8277 \begin_layout List
8278 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8279
8280
8281 \series bold
8282 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
8283 -
8284 \series default
8285  
8286 \family sans
8287 M-f s
8288 \family default
8289  (standard).
8290 \end_layout
8291
8292 \begin_deeper
8293 \begin_layout Standard
8294
8295
8296 \family sans
8297 C-s
8298 \family default
8299  in 
8300 \family typewriter
8301 cua.bind
8302 \family default
8303 .
8304 \newline
8305
8306 \family sans
8307 C-x s 
8308 \family default
8309 or 
8310 \family sans
8311 C-x C-x
8312 \family default
8313  in 
8314 \family typewriter
8315 emacs.bind.
8316 \end_layout
8317 \end_deeper
8318 \end_deeper
8319 \begin_layout Paragraph
8320
8321 Purpose:
8322 \end_layout
8323
8324 \begin_layout Standard
8325
8326 Writes (saves) the current document to the original filename.
8327 \end_layout
8328
8329 \begin_layout Paragraph
8330
8331 See Also:
8332 \end_layout
8333
8334 \begin_layout Standard
8335
8336 buffer-write-as.
8337 \end_layout
8338
8339 \begin_layout Subsection
8340
8341 buffer-write-as 
8342 \end_layout
8343
8344 \begin_layout Description
8345
8346 Default\InsetSpace ~
8347 Bindings:
8348 \end_layout
8349
8350 \begin_deeper
8351 \begin_layout List
8352 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8353
8354
8355 \series bold
8356 Menu\InsetSpace ~
8357 -
8358 \series default
8359  
8360 \family sans
8361 \bar under
8362 F
8363 \bar default
8364 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8365 Save\InsetSpace ~
8366
8367 \bar under
8368 A
8369 \bar default
8370 s
8371 \end_layout
8372
8373 \begin_layout List
8374 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8375
8376
8377 \series bold
8378 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
8379 -
8380 \series default
8381  
8382 \family sans
8383 M-f a
8384 \family default
8385  (standard).
8386 \end_layout
8387
8388 \begin_deeper
8389 \begin_layout Standard
8390
8391
8392 \family sans
8393 C-S
8394 \family default
8395  in 
8396 \family typewriter
8397 cua.bind
8398 \family default
8399 .
8400 \end_layout
8401
8402 \begin_layout Standard
8403
8404
8405 \family sans
8406 C-x w 
8407 \family default
8408 or
8409 \family sans
8410  C-x C-w
8411 \family default
8412  in 
8413 \family typewriter
8414 emacs.bind
8415 \family default
8416 .
8417 \end_layout
8418 \end_deeper
8419 \end_deeper
8420 \begin_layout Paragraph
8421
8422 Purpose:
8423 \end_layout
8424
8425 \begin_layout Standard
8426
8427 Saves the current buffer to a different filename than that of the file originall
8428 y opened.
8429 \end_layout
8430
8431 \begin_layout Paragraph
8432
8433 Usage:
8434 \end_layout
8435
8436 \begin_layout Standard
8437
8438 This function opens an browser window that allows you to specify a new filename
8439  for the document.
8440 \end_layout
8441
8442 \begin_layout Paragraph
8443
8444 See Also:
8445 \end_layout
8446
8447 \begin_layout Standard
8448
8449 buffer-write.
8450 \end_layout
8451
8452 \begin_layout Section
8453
8454 C-E
8455 \end_layout
8456
8457 \begin_layout Subsection
8458
8459 cancel
8460 \end_layout
8461
8462 \begin_layout Description
8463
8464 Default\InsetSpace ~
8465 Bindings:
8466 \end_layout
8467
8468 \begin_deeper
8469 \begin_layout List
8470 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8471
8472
8473 \series bold
8474 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
8475 -
8476 \series default
8477  
8478 \family sans
8479 Escape
8480 \family default
8481  in 
8482 \family typewriter
8483 cua.bind
8484 \family default
8485 .
8486 \end_layout
8487
8488 \begin_deeper
8489 \begin_layout Standard
8490
8491
8492 \family sans
8493 C-g
8494 \family default
8495  in 
8496 \family typewriter
8497 emacs.bind
8498 \family default
8499 .
8500 \end_layout
8501 \end_deeper
8502 \end_deeper
8503 \begin_layout Paragraph
8504
8505 Purpose:
8506 \end_layout
8507
8508 \begin_layout Standard
8509
8510 General cancel.
8511  Cancels the selection of a meta-key selection, a drop-down menu, or a pop-up
8512  window.
8513  Cancels entry of commands in the minibuffer.
8514  Also leaves math-mode.
8515 \end_layout
8516
8517 \begin_layout Paragraph
8518
8519 Usage:
8520 \end_layout
8521
8522 \begin_layout Standard
8523
8524
8525 \family typewriter
8526 Cancel
8527 \family default
8528  is the primary method of leaving math mode.
8529  Also, if a meta-key selection has been started, (for instance, 
8530 \family sans
8531 M-c
8532 \family default
8533 ), pressing the 
8534 \family typewriter
8535 \series medium
8536 cancel
8537 \family default
8538 \series bold
8539  
8540 \series medium
8541 key will abort the selection.
8542  Similarly, if a
8543 \series default
8544  
8545 \family typewriter
8546 find-replace
8547 \family default
8548  window is open, placi
8549 \series medium
8550 ng the cursor in the window and executing the 
8551 \family typewriter
8552 cancel
8553 \family default
8554  function will close the window, or if a drop-down menu has been selected,
8555  
8556 \family typewriter
8557 cancel
8558 \family default
8559  will close the menu.
8560  Lastly, if you are entering a command in the minibuffer, 
8561 \family typewriter
8562 cancel
8563 \family default
8564 \series default
8565  will abort entry and leave the minibuffer.
8566 \end_layout
8567
8568 \begin_layout Paragraph
8569
8570 See Also:
8571 \end_layout
8572
8573 \begin_layout Standard
8574
8575 command-execute; find-replace; math-mode.
8576 \end_layout
8577
8578 \begin_layout Subsection
8579
8580 char-backward
8581 \end_layout
8582
8583 \begin_layout Description
8584
8585 Default\InsetSpace ~
8586 Bindings:
8587 \end_layout
8588
8589 \begin_deeper
8590 \begin_layout List
8591 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8592
8593
8594 \series bold
8595 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
8596 -
8597 \series default
8598  
8599 \family sans
8600 Left
8601 \family default
8602  (standard).
8603 \end_layout
8604
8605 \begin_deeper
8606 \begin_layout Standard
8607
8608
8609 \family sans
8610 C-b
8611 \family default
8612  in 
8613 \family typewriter
8614 emacs.bind
8615 \family default
8616 .
8617 \end_layout
8618 \end_deeper
8619 \end_deeper
8620 \begin_layout Paragraph
8621
8622 Purpose:
8623 \end_layout
8624
8625 \begin_layout Standard
8626
8627 Moves the cursor to the left by one character.
8628  At the beginning of the line the cursor will move to the end of the previous
8629  line.
8630 \end_layout
8631
8632 \begin_layout Paragraph
8633
8634 See Also:
8635 \end_layout
8636
8637 \begin_layout Standard
8638
8639 char-forward; word-forward; word-backward; line-begin; line-end; tab-forward;
8640  up; down; paragraph-up; paragraph-down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin;
8641  buffer-end.
8642 \end_layout
8643
8644 \begin_layout Subsection
8645
8646 char-forward
8647 \end_layout
8648
8649 \begin_layout Description
8650
8651 Default\InsetSpace ~
8652 Bindings:
8653 \end_layout
8654
8655 \begin_deeper
8656 \begin_layout List
8657 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8658
8659
8660 \series bold
8661 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
8662 -
8663 \series default
8664  
8665 \family sans
8666 Right
8667 \family default
8668  (standard).
8669 \end_layout
8670
8671 \begin_deeper
8672 \begin_layout Standard
8673
8674
8675 \family sans
8676 C-f 
8677 \family default
8678 in
8679 \family typewriter
8680  emacs.bind.
8681 \end_layout
8682 \end_deeper
8683 \end_deeper
8684 \begin_layout Paragraph
8685
8686 Purpose:
8687 \end_layout
8688
8689 \begin_layout Standard
8690
8691 Moves the cursor to the right by one character.
8692  At the end of the line the cursor will move to the beginning of the next
8693  line.
8694 \end_layout
8695
8696 \begin_layout Paragraph
8697
8698 See Also:
8699 \end_layout
8700
8701 \begin_layout Standard
8702
8703 char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; line-begin; line-end; tab-forward;
8704  up; down; paragraph-up; paragraph-down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin;
8705  buffer-end.
8706 \end_layout
8707
8708 \begin_layout Subsection
8709
8710 command-execute
8711 \end_layout
8712
8713 \begin_layout Description
8714
8715 Default\InsetSpace ~
8716 Bindings:
8717 \end_layout
8718
8719 \begin_deeper
8720 \begin_layout List
8721 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8722
8723
8724 \series bold
8725 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
8726 -
8727 \series default
8728  
8729 \family sans
8730 M-x
8731 \family default
8732  in 
8733 \family typewriter
8734 cua.bind
8735 \family default
8736  and 
8737 \family typewriter
8738 emacs.bind
8739 \family default
8740 .
8741 \end_layout
8742 \end_deeper
8743 \begin_layout Paragraph
8744
8745 Purpose:
8746 \end_layout
8747
8748 \begin_layout Standard
8749
8750 Executes a LyX function.
8751 \end_layout
8752
8753 \begin_layout Paragraph
8754
8755 Usage:
8756 \end_layout
8757
8758 \begin_layout Standard
8759
8760 After you invoke 
8761 \family typewriter
8762 command-execute
8763 \family default
8764 , a cursor will appear in the minibuffer.
8765  Type the name of a LyX function.
8766  If the function takes any arguments, you can type them in after the function
8767  name, using a space to separate the two.
8768  Then hit 
8769 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8770 \end_inset
8771
8772 Return.
8773 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8774 \end_inset
8775
8776  You can use 
8777 \family sans
8778 tab
8779 \family default
8780  to auto-complete commands.
8781 \end_layout
8782
8783 \begin_layout Paragraph
8784
8785 Examples:
8786 \end_layout
8787
8788 \begin_layout Itemize
8789
8790 Example #1: 
8791 \end_layout
8792
8793 \begin_deeper
8794 \begin_layout Standard
8795
8796 Click on the minibuffer with the mouse.
8797  Type 
8798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8799 \end_inset
8800
8801 accent-acute
8802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8803 \end_inset
8804
8805  followed by the 
8806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8807 \end_inset
8808
8809 Return
8810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8811 \end_inset
8812
8813  key.
8814  Now type the letter 
8815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8816 \end_inset
8817
8818 u
8819 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8820 \end_inset
8821
8822 .
8823  You should get the character 
8824 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8825 \end_inset
8826
8827 ú
8828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8829 \end_inset
8830
8831 .
8832 \end_layout
8833 \end_deeper
8834 \begin_layout Itemize
8835 \noindent
8836 Example #2: Commands with Arguments:
8837 \end_layout
8838
8839 \begin_deeper
8840 \begin_layout Standard
8841 \noindent
8842 Type 
8843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8844 \end_inset
8845
8846 M-x
8847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8848 \end_inset
8849
8850 .
8851  Now type 
8852 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8853 \end_inset
8854
8855 layout LyX-Code
8856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8857 \end_inset
8858
8859  followed by the 
8860 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8861 \end_inset
8862
8863 Return
8864 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8865 \end_inset
8866
8867  key.
8868  The current paragraph will now be in the LyX-Code environment.
8869  You could have specified any other valid paragraph environment as an argument
8870  to the 
8871 \family typewriter
8872 layout
8873 \family default
8874  command.
8875 \end_layout
8876 \end_deeper
8877 \begin_layout Paragraph
8878
8879 See Also:
8880 \end_layout
8881
8882 \begin_layout Standard
8883
8884 accent-acute; layout.
8885 \end_layout
8886
8887 \begin_layout Subsection
8888
8889 command-prefix
8890 \end_layout
8891
8892 \begin_layout Description
8893
8894 Default\InsetSpace ~
8895 Bindings:
8896 \end_layout
8897
8898 \begin_deeper
8899 \begin_layout List
8900 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8901
8902
8903 \series bold
8904 Menu\InsetSpace ~
8905 -
8906 \series default
8907  ?
8908 \end_layout
8909
8910 \begin_layout List
8911 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8912
8913
8914 \series bold
8915 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
8916 -
8917 \series default
8918  ?
8919 \end_layout
8920
8921 \begin_layout List
8922 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8923
8924
8925 \series bold
8926 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
8927 -
8928 \series default
8929  ?
8930 \end_layout
8931 \end_deeper
8932 \begin_layout Paragraph
8933
8934 Purpose:
8935 \end_layout
8936
8937 \begin_layout Standard
8938
8939 ?
8940 \end_layout
8941
8942 \begin_layout Paragraph
8943
8944 Usage:
8945 \end_layout
8946
8947 \begin_layout Standard
8948
8949 ?
8950 \end_layout
8951
8952 \begin_layout Paragraph
8953
8954 Examples:
8955 \end_layout
8956
8957 \begin_layout Standard
8958
8959 ?
8960 \end_layout
8961
8962 \begin_layout Paragraph
8963
8964 See Also:
8965 \end_layout
8966
8967 \begin_layout Standard
8968
8969 ?
8970 \end_layout
8971
8972 \begin_layout Subsection
8973
8974 copy
8975 \end_layout
8976
8977 \begin_layout Description
8978
8979 Default\InsetSpace ~
8980 Bindings:
8981 \end_layout
8982
8983 \begin_deeper
8984 \begin_layout List
8985 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8986
8987
8988 \series bold
8989 Menu\InsetSpace ~
8990 -
8991 \series default
8992  
8993 \family sans
8994 \bar under
8995 E
8996 \bar default
8997 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8998 C
8999 \bar under
9000 o
9001 \bar default
9002 py
9003 \end_layout
9004
9005 \begin_layout List
9006 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9007
9008
9009 \series bold
9010 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
9011 -
9012 \series default
9013  Fifth button from the left.
9014 \end_layout
9015
9016 \begin_deeper
9017 \begin_layout Standard
9018
9019 Two pages with a + sign.
9020 \end_layout
9021 \end_deeper
9022 \begin_layout List
9023 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9024
9025
9026 \series bold
9027 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
9028 -
9029 \series default
9030  
9031 \family sans
9032 M-e o
9033 \family default
9034  (standard).
9035 \end_layout
9036
9037 \begin_deeper
9038 \begin_layout Standard
9039
9040
9041 \family sans
9042 C-c
9043 \family default
9044  or 
9045 \family sans
9046 C-Insert 
9047 \family default
9048 in 
9049 \family typewriter
9050 cua.bind
9051 \family default
9052 .
9053 \end_layout
9054
9055 \begin_layout Standard
9056
9057
9058 \family sans
9059 M-w
9060 \family default
9061  in 
9062 \family typewriter
9063 emacs.bind
9064 \family default
9065 .
9066 \end_layout
9067 \end_deeper
9068 \end_deeper
9069 \begin_layout Paragraph
9070
9071 Purpose:
9072 \end_layout
9073
9074 \begin_layout Standard
9075
9076 Places a copy of the previously selected text into the paste buffer.
9077 \end_layout
9078
9079 \begin_layout Paragraph
9080
9081 Usage:
9082 \end_layout
9083
9084 \begin_layout Standard
9085
9086 Select text, either with the mouse cursor or by motion selection commands,
9087  then either execute 
9088 \family typewriter
9089 cut
9090 \family default
9091  by either following the menu commands or pressing the appropriate keystrokes.
9092 \end_layout
9093
9094 \begin_layout Paragraph
9095
9096 See Also:
9097 \end_layout
9098
9099 \begin_layout Standard
9100
9101 cut; paste.
9102 \end_layout
9103
9104 \begin_layout Subsection
9105
9106 cut
9107 \end_layout
9108
9109 \begin_layout Description
9110
9111 Default\InsetSpace ~
9112 Bindings:
9113 \end_layout
9114
9115 \begin_deeper
9116 \begin_layout List
9117 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9118
9119
9120 \series bold
9121 Menu\InsetSpace ~
9122 -
9123 \series default
9124  
9125 \family sans
9126 \bar under
9127 E
9128 \bar default
9129 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9130
9131 \bar under
9132 C
9133 \bar default
9134 ut
9135 \end_layout
9136
9137 \begin_layout List
9138 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9139
9140
9141 \series bold
9142 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
9143 -
9144 \series default
9145  Sixth button from the left.
9146 \end_layout
9147
9148 \begin_deeper
9149 \begin_layout Standard
9150
9151 An open pair of scissors.
9152 \end_layout
9153 \end_deeper
9154 \begin_layout List
9155 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9156
9157
9158 \series bold
9159 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
9160 -
9161 \series default
9162  
9163 \family sans
9164 M-e c
9165 \family default
9166  (standard).
9167 \end_layout
9168
9169 \begin_deeper
9170 \begin_layout Standard
9171
9172
9173 \family sans
9174 C-x 
9175 \family roman
9176 or
9177 \family sans
9178  S-Delete 
9179 \family default
9180 in 
9181 \family typewriter
9182 cua.bind
9183 \family default
9184 .
9185 \end_layout
9186
9187 \begin_layout Standard
9188
9189
9190 \family sans
9191 C-w 
9192 \family default
9193 in 
9194 \family typewriter
9195 emacs.bind
9196 \family default
9197 .
9198 \end_layout
9199 \end_deeper
9200 \end_deeper
9201 \begin_layout Paragraph
9202
9203 Purpose:
9204 \end_layout
9205
9206 \begin_layout Standard
9207
9208 Removes previously selected text and places the removed text into the copy
9209  paste buffer.
9210 \end_layout
9211
9212 \begin_layout Paragraph
9213
9214 Usage:
9215 \end_layout
9216
9217 \begin_layout Standard
9218
9219 Select text to be removed, either with the mouse cursor or by motion selection
9220  commands, then execute 
9221 \family typewriter
9222 copy
9223 \family default
9224  by either following the menu commands, selecting the toolbar icon, or pressing
9225  the appropriate keystrokes.
9226 \end_layout
9227
9228 \begin_layout Paragraph
9229
9230 See Also:
9231 \end_layout
9232
9233 \begin_layout Standard
9234
9235 copy; paste.
9236 \end_layout
9237
9238 \begin_layout Subsection
9239
9240 delete-backward
9241 \end_layout
9242
9243 \begin_layout Description
9244
9245 Default\InsetSpace ~
9246 Bindings:
9247 \end_layout
9248
9249 \begin_deeper
9250 \begin_layout List
9251 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9252
9253
9254 \series bold
9255 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
9256 -
9257 \series default
9258  
9259 \family sans
9260 Backspace
9261 \family default
9262  .
9263 \end_layout
9264 \end_deeper
9265 \begin_layout Paragraph
9266
9267 Purpose:
9268 \end_layout
9269
9270 \begin_layout Standard
9271
9272 Deletes the character to the left of the cursor.
9273 \end_layout
9274
9275 \begin_layout Paragraph
9276
9277 Usage:
9278 \end_layout
9279
9280 \begin_layout Standard
9281
9282 Self-explanatory.
9283  If the cursor is at the beginning of a paragraph, two things may happen.
9284  First, if the previous and current paragraph have the same type of paragraph
9285  environment, LyX joins the two paragraphs.
9286  If the two have different environment types, LyX will most likely not
9287 \begin_inset Foot
9288 status collapsed
9289
9290 \begin_layout Standard
9291
9292
9293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9294 \end_inset
9295
9296 most likely not
9297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9298 \end_inset
9299
9300  means that the action depends on the specific paragraph environments involved.
9301  Play around and see what happens.
9302 \end_layout
9303
9304 \end_inset
9305
9306  join them and simply move the cursor to the end of the preceding line.
9307 \end_layout
9308
9309 \begin_layout Paragraph
9310
9311 See Also:
9312 \end_layout
9313
9314 \begin_layout Standard
9315
9316 delete-forward; word-delete-forward; word-delete-backward; line-delete-forward;
9317  line-delete-backward.
9318 \end_layout
9319
9320 \begin_layout Subsection
9321
9322 delete-forward
9323 \end_layout
9324
9325 \begin_layout Description
9326
9327 Default\InsetSpace ~
9328 Bindings:
9329 \end_layout
9330
9331 \begin_deeper
9332 \begin_layout List
9333 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9334
9335
9336 \series bold
9337 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
9338 -
9339 \series default
9340  
9341 \family sans
9342 Delete
9343 \family default
9344  (standard).
9345 \newline
9346
9347 \family sans
9348 C-d
9349 \family default
9350  in 
9351 \family typewriter
9352 emacs.bind
9353 \family default
9354 .
9355 \end_layout
9356 \end_deeper
9357 \begin_layout Paragraph
9358
9359 Purpose:
9360 \end_layout
9361
9362 \begin_layout Standard
9363
9364 Deletes the character to the right of the cursor.
9365  
9366 \end_layout
9367
9368 \begin_layout Paragraph
9369
9370 Usage:
9371 \end_layout
9372
9373 \begin_layout Standard
9374
9375 Self-explanatory.
9376  If the cursor is at the end of a paragraph, two things may happen.
9377  First, if the next and current paragraph have the same type of paragraph
9378  environment, LyX joins the two paragraphs.
9379  If the two have different environment types, LyX will most likely not
9380 \begin_inset Foot
9381 status collapsed
9382
9383 \begin_layout Standard
9384
9385
9386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9387 \end_inset
9388
9389 most likely not
9390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9391 \end_inset
9392
9393  means that the action depends on the specific paragraph environments involved.
9394  Play around and see what happens.
9395 \end_layout
9396
9397 \end_inset
9398
9399  join them and simply move the cursor to the end of the preceding line.
9400 \end_layout
9401
9402 \begin_layout Paragraph
9403
9404 See Also:
9405 \end_layout
9406
9407 \begin_layout Standard
9408
9409 delete-backward; word-delete-forward; word-delete-backward; line-delete-forward;
9410  line-delete-backward.
9411 \end_layout
9412
9413 \begin_layout Subsection
9414
9415 depth-decrement
9416 \end_layout
9417
9418 \begin_layout Description
9419
9420 Default\InsetSpace ~
9421 Bindings:
9422 \end_layout
9423
9424 \begin_deeper
9425 \begin_layout List
9426 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9427
9428
9429 \series bold
9430 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
9431 -
9432 \series default
9433  
9434 \family sans
9435 M-p Left 
9436 \family default
9437 (standard).
9438 \end_layout
9439
9440 \begin_deeper
9441 \begin_layout Standard
9442
9443
9444 \family sans
9445 M-S-Left
9446 \family default
9447  in 
9448 \family typewriter
9449 cua.bind
9450 \family default
9451 .
9452 \end_layout
9453 \end_deeper
9454 \end_deeper
9455 \begin_layout Paragraph
9456
9457 Purpose:
9458 \end_layout
9459
9460 \begin_layout Standard
9461
9462 To decrease the paragraph environment depth.
9463 \end_layout
9464
9465 \begin_layout Standard
9466 \noindent
9467 To un-nest two nested paragraph environments.
9468 \end_layout
9469
9470 \begin_layout Paragraph
9471
9472 Usage:
9473 \end_layout
9474
9475 \begin_layout Standard
9476
9477 To change the depth of a single paragraph, simply move the cursor into that
9478  paragraph and invoke 
9479 \family typewriter
9480 depth-decrement
9481 \family default
9482 .
9483  If you want to change the depth of a group of paragraphs, select the group
9484  with the mouse and then invoke 
9485 \family typewriter
9486 depth-decrement
9487 \family default
9488 .
9489  
9490 \end_layout
9491
9492 \begin_layout Standard
9493
9494 This command 
9495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9496 \end_inset
9497
9498 wraps.
9499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9500 \end_inset
9501
9502  Namely, if you reach the outermost environment depth, 
9503 \family typewriter
9504 depth-decrement
9505 \family default
9506  move the paragraph to the innermost environment depth.
9507 \end_layout
9508
9509 \begin_layout Paragraph
9510
9511 See Also:
9512 \end_layout
9513
9514 \begin_layout Standard
9515
9516 depth-next; depth-increment.
9517 \end_layout
9518
9519 \begin_layout Subsection
9520
9521 depth-increment
9522 \end_layout
9523
9524 \begin_layout Description
9525
9526 Default\InsetSpace ~
9527 Bindings:
9528 \end_layout
9529
9530 \begin_deeper
9531 \begin_layout List
9532 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9533
9534
9535 \series bold
9536 Menu\InsetSpace ~
9537 -
9538 \series default
9539  
9540 \family sans
9541 \bar under
9542 L
9543 \bar default
9544 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9545 Change\InsetSpace ~
9546 En
9547 \bar under
9548 v
9549 \bar default
9550 ironment\InsetSpace ~
9551 Depth
9552 \end_layout
9553
9554 \begin_layout List
9555 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9556
9557
9558 \series bold
9559 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
9560 -
9561 \series default
9562  Fifth button from the right.
9563  
9564 \end_layout
9565
9566 \begin_deeper
9567 \begin_layout Standard
9568
9569 Icon indicates doubly indented text bounded by arrows.
9570 \end_layout
9571 \end_deeper
9572 \begin_layout List
9573 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9574
9575
9576 \series bold
9577 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
9578 -
9579 \series default
9580  
9581 \family sans
9582 M-p Right 
9583 \family default
9584 (standard).
9585 \end_layout
9586
9587 \begin_deeper
9588 \begin_layout Standard
9589
9590
9591 \family sans
9592 M-S-Right
9593 \family default
9594  in 
9595 \family typewriter
9596 cua.bind
9597 \family default
9598 .
9599 \end_layout
9600 \end_deeper
9601 \end_deeper
9602 \begin_layout Paragraph
9603
9604 Purpose:
9605 \end_layout
9606
9607 \begin_layout Standard
9608
9609 To increase the paragraph environment depth.
9610 \end_layout
9611
9612 \begin_layout Standard
9613 \noindent
9614 To nest two paragraph environments.
9615 \end_layout
9616
9617 \begin_layout Paragraph
9618
9619 Usage:
9620 \end_layout
9621
9622 \begin_layout Standard
9623
9624 To change the depth of a single paragraph, simply move the cursor into that
9625  paragraph and invoke 
9626 \family typewriter
9627 depth-increment
9628 \family default
9629 .
9630  If you want to change the depth of a group of paragraphs, select the group
9631  with the mouse and then invoke 
9632 \family typewriter
9633 depth-increment
9634 \family default
9635 .
9636  
9637 \end_layout
9638
9639 \begin_layout Standard
9640
9641 This command 
9642 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9643 \end_inset
9644
9645 wraps.
9646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9647 \end_inset
9648
9649  Namely, if you reach the innermost environment depth, 
9650 \family typewriter
9651 depth-increment
9652 \family default
9653  move the paragraph to the outermost environment depth.
9654 \end_layout
9655
9656 \begin_layout Paragraph
9657
9658 See Also:
9659 \end_layout
9660
9661 \begin_layout Standard
9662
9663 depth-decrement; depth-next.
9664 \end_layout
9665
9666 \begin_layout Subsection
9667
9668 depth-next
9669 \end_layout
9670
9671 \begin_layout Description
9672
9673 Default\InsetSpace ~
9674 Bindings:
9675 \end_layout
9676
9677 \begin_deeper
9678 \begin_layout List
9679 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9680
9681
9682 \series bold
9683 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
9684 -
9685 \series default
9686  
9687 \family sans
9688 M-l v
9689 \family default
9690 .
9691 \end_layout
9692 \end_deeper
9693 \begin_layout Paragraph
9694
9695 Purpose:
9696 \end_layout
9697
9698 \begin_layout Standard
9699
9700 This command is simply an alias for 
9701 \family typewriter
9702 depth-increment
9703 \family default
9704 .
9705  
9706 \end_layout
9707
9708 \begin_layout Paragraph
9709
9710 See Also:
9711 \end_layout
9712
9713 \begin_layout Standard
9714
9715 depth-increment.
9716 \end_layout
9717
9718 \begin_layout Subsection
9719
9720 down
9721 \end_layout
9722
9723 \begin_layout Description
9724
9725 Default\InsetSpace ~
9726 Bindings:
9727 \end_layout
9728
9729 \begin_deeper
9730 \begin_layout List
9731 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9732
9733
9734 \series bold
9735 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
9736 -
9737 \series default
9738  
9739 \family sans
9740 Down
9741 \family default
9742  (standard).
9743 \end_layout
9744
9745 \begin_deeper
9746 \begin_layout Standard
9747
9748
9749 \family sans
9750 C-n
9751 \family default
9752  in 
9753 \family typewriter
9754 emacs.bind
9755 \family default
9756 .
9757 \end_layout
9758 \end_deeper
9759 \end_deeper
9760 \begin_layout Paragraph
9761
9762 Purpose:
9763 \end_layout
9764
9765 \begin_layout Standard
9766
9767 Moves the cursor down one line.
9768  If the cursor starting-position is at the bottom of the screen-display,
9769  the buffer scrolls upward to display the new current line about 1/4 of
9770  the screen-height from the bottom of the screen.
9771 \end_layout
9772
9773 \begin_layout Paragraph
9774
9775 See Also:
9776 \end_layout
9777
9778 \begin_layout Standard
9779
9780 char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; line-begin; line-end;
9781  tab-forward; up; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin; buffer-end.
9782 \end_layout
9783
9784 \begin_layout Subsection
9785
9786 down-select
9787 \end_layout
9788
9789 \begin_layout Description
9790
9791 Default\InsetSpace ~
9792 Bindings:
9793 \end_layout
9794
9795 \begin_deeper
9796 \begin_layout List
9797 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9798
9799
9800 \series bold
9801 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
9802 -
9803 \series default
9804  
9805 \family sans
9806 S-Down
9807 \family default
9808  
9809 \end_layout
9810 \end_deeper
9811 \begin_layout Paragraph
9812
9813 Purpose:
9814 \end_layout
9815
9816 \begin_layout Standard
9817
9818 To select text from the current cursor position to the same position one
9819  line down.
9820  If the next line is shorter than the current line, the cursor simply moves
9821  to the end of the next line.
9822 \end_layout
9823
9824 \begin_layout Paragraph
9825
9826 See Also:
9827 \end_layout
9828
9829 \begin_layout Standard
9830
9831 down;
9832 \end_layout
9833
9834 \begin_layout Standard
9835
9836 backward-select; forward-select; up-select; word-forward-select; word-backward-s
9837 elect; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select; screen-down-select;
9838  buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select.
9839 \end_layout
9840
9841 \begin_layout Subsection
9842
9843 drop-layouts-choice
9844 \end_layout
9845
9846 \begin_layout Description
9847
9848 Default\InsetSpace ~
9849 Bindings:
9850 \end_layout
9851
9852 \begin_deeper
9853 \begin_layout List
9854 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9855
9856
9857 \series bold
9858 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
9859 -
9860 \series default
9861  
9862 \family sans
9863 M-p c
9864 \family default
9865  (standard).
9866 \end_layout
9867 \end_deeper
9868 \begin_layout Paragraph
9869
9870 Purpose:
9871 \end_layout
9872
9873 \begin_layout Standard
9874
9875 Opens up the combobox for selecting paragraph environments, which is to
9876  the left of the toolbar.
9877 \end_layout
9878
9879 \begin_layout Paragraph
9880
9881 Usage:
9882 \end_layout
9883
9884 \begin_layout Standard
9885
9886 Once the combobox is open, you can use the cursor keys to select a new paragraph
9887  environment.
9888  Hitting 
9889 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9890 \end_inset
9891
9892 Return
9893 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9894 \end_inset
9895
9896  chooses the paragraph environment currently highlighted.
9897  Hitting 
9898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9899 \end_inset
9900
9901 Escape
9902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9903 \end_inset
9904
9905  cancels the operation and closes the combobox.
9906 \end_layout
9907
9908 \begin_layout Paragraph
9909
9910 See Also:
9911 \end_layout
9912
9913 \begin_layout Standard
9914
9915 layout.
9916 \end_layout
9917
9918 \begin_layout Subsection
9919
9920 error-next
9921 \end_layout
9922
9923 \begin_layout Description
9924
9925 Default\InsetSpace ~
9926 Bindings:
9927 \end_layout
9928
9929 \begin_deeper
9930 \begin_layout List
9931 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9932
9933
9934 \series bold
9935 Menu\InsetSpace ~
9936 -
9937 \series default
9938  
9939 \family sans
9940 \bar under
9941 E
9942 \bar default
9943 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9944 Go\InsetSpace ~
9945 to\InsetSpace ~
9946
9947 \bar under
9948 E
9949 \bar default
9950 rror
9951 \end_layout
9952
9953 \begin_layout List
9954 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9955
9956
9957 \series bold
9958 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
9959 -
9960 \series default
9961  
9962 \family sans
9963 M-e e
9964 \family default
9965  (standard).
9966 \end_layout
9967
9968 \begin_deeper
9969 \begin_layout Standard
9970
9971
9972 \family sans
9973 C-g
9974 \family default
9975  in 
9976 \family typewriter
9977 cua.bind
9978 \family default
9979 .
9980 \end_layout
9981 \end_deeper
9982 \end_deeper
9983 \begin_layout Paragraph
9984
9985 Purpose:
9986 \end_layout
9987
9988 \begin_layout Standard
9989
9990 Find the next LaTeX error in the buffer.
9991  
9992 \end_layout
9993
9994 \begin_layout Paragraph
9995
9996 Usage:
9997 \end_layout
9998
9999 \begin_layout Standard
10000
10001 You can only use this command under two conditions:
10002 \end_layout
10003
10004 \begin_layout Enumerate
10005
10006 You've recently invoked 
10007 \family typewriter
10008 buffer-typeset
10009 \family default
10010
10011 \family typewriter
10012 buffer-typeset-ps
10013 \family default
10014
10015 \family typewriter
10016 buffer-view
10017 \family default
10018
10019 \family typewriter
10020 buffer-view-ps
10021 \family default
10022
10023 \family typewriter
10024 buffer-chktex
10025 \family default
10026  or 
10027 \family typewriter
10028 print
10029 \family default
10030  to run LaTeX on your document.
10031 \end_layout
10032
10033 \begin_layout Enumerate
10034
10035 LaTeX found errors in the document.
10036 \end_layout
10037
10038 \begin_layout Standard
10039
10040 If this happens, LyX will find the errors and mark them in the document
10041  with a box containing the word 
10042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10043 \end_inset
10044
10045 Error
10046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10047 \end_inset
10048
10049 .
10050 \end_layout
10051
10052 \begin_layout Paragraph
10053
10054 Examples:
10055 \end_layout
10056
10057 \begin_layout Standard
10058
10059 It's not easy to provide an example for this one.
10060  If you don't know LaTeX, and never intend to insert any LaTeX code into
10061  your LyX documents, you might not need to worry about this command.
10062  It's here for those users who 
10063 \emph on
10064 do
10065 \emph default
10066  know LaTeX and might enter incorrect LaTeX code into their documents.
10067 \end_layout
10068
10069 \begin_layout Paragraph
10070
10071 See Also:
10072 \end_layout
10073
10074 \begin_layout Standard
10075
10076 buffer-typeset; buffer-typeset-ps; buffer-view; buffer-view-ps; buffer-chktex;
10077  print.
10078 \end_layout
10079
10080 \begin_layout Section
10081
10082
10083 \end_layout
10084
10085 \begin_layout Subsection
10086
10087 figure-insert
10088 \end_layout
10089
10090 \begin_layout Description
10091
10092 Default\InsetSpace ~
10093 Bindings:
10094 \end_layout
10095
10096 \begin_deeper
10097 \begin_layout List
10098 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
10099
10100
10101 \series bold
10102 Menu\InsetSpace ~
10103 -
10104 \series default
10105  
10106 \family sans
10107 \bar under
10108 I
10109 \bar default
10110 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10111 Fi
10112 \bar under
10113 g
10114 \bar default
10115 ure
10116 \end_layout
10117
10118 \begin_layout List
10119 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
10120
10121
10122 \series bold
10123 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
10124 -
10125 \series default
10126  Second button from the right.
10127 \newline
10128 A picture embedded in text.
10129 \end_layout
10130
10131 \begin_layout List
10132 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
10133
10134
10135 \series bold
10136 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
10137 -
10138 \series default
10139  
10140 \family sans
10141 M-i g
10142 \family default
10143  
10144 \end_layout
10145 \end_deeper
10146 \begin_layout Paragraph
10147
10148 Purpose:
10149 \end_layout
10150
10151 \begin_layout Standard
10152
10153 Insert graphics in the current document.
10154 \end_layout
10155
10156 \begin_layout Paragraph
10157
10158 Usage:
10159 \end_layout
10160
10161 \begin_layout Standard
10162
10163 This function opens the 
10164 \family sans
10165 Figure
10166 \family default
10167  panel, which contains two options:
10168 \end_layout
10169
10170 \begin_layout Enumerate
10171
10172 Encapsulated Postscript
10173 \end_layout
10174
10175 \begin_layout Enumerate
10176
10177 Inlined EPS
10178 \end_layout
10179
10180 \begin_layout Standard
10181
10182 You'll get slightly different behavior depending on which type you select.
10183 \begin_inset Foot
10184 status collapsed
10185
10186 \begin_layout Standard
10187
10188 This panel previously had a third option, 
10189 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10190 \end_inset
10191
10192
10193 \family sans
10194 LaTeX or TeX
10195 \family default
10196
10197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10198 \end_inset
10199
10200 , for inclusion of LaTeX graphics.
10201  This function is now provided by means of the 
10202 \family sans
10203 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10204 Include File menu entry.
10205 \end_layout
10206
10207 \end_inset
10208
10209
10210 \end_layout
10211
10212 \begin_layout Standard
10213
10214 Placement is the difference in the two options.
10215  
10216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10217 \end_inset
10218
10219
10220 \family sans
10221 Inlined EPS
10222 \family default
10223
10224 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10225 \end_inset
10226
10227  inserts the graphics within the current line, as if it were a normal character.
10228  This can have remarkably bizarre results on the line spacing if the imported
10229  graphics is very tall.
10230  The other option, 
10231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10232 \end_inset
10233
10234
10235 \family sans
10236 Encapsulated Postscript
10237 \family default
10238
10239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10240 \end_inset
10241
10242 , breaks the current line on either side of the figure, separating it from
10243  the text.
10244 \end_layout
10245
10246 \begin_layout Standard
10247
10248 Note that this function merely creates a box for the appropriate graphics.
10249  You must still choose the file to import.
10250  For PostScript® files, double click on the box, which will initially contain
10251  only the letter 
10252 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10253 \end_inset
10254
10255 F
10256 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10257 \end_inset
10258
10259 , to open the 
10260 \family sans
10261 EPS Figure
10262 \family default
10263  panel.
10264  You can now use the options in the 
10265 \family sans
10266 EPS Panel 
10267 \family default
10268 to select and even display an encapsulated PostScript® file.
10269  
10270 \end_layout
10271
10272 \begin_layout Standard
10273
10274 \end_layout
10275
10276 \begin_layout Paragraph
10277
10278 Examples:
10279 \end_layout
10280
10281 \begin_layout Standard
10282
10283
10284 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
10285 \end_inset
10286
10287
10288 \end_layout
10289
10290
10291 \begin_layout Standard
10292
10293 Currently, none provided.
10294  This will change at some point in the future.
10295 \end_layout
10296
10297 \begin_layout Paragraph
10298
10299 See Also:
10300 \end_layout
10301
10302 \begin_layout Standard
10303
10304 EPS Figure panel.
10305  [
10306 \emph on
10307 Ed.
10308  Note - To be added.
10309  - jw.
10310 \emph default
10311 ]
10312 \end_layout
10313
10314 \begin_layout Subsection
10315
10316 find-replace
10317 \end_layout
10318
10319 \begin_layout Description
10320
10321 Default\InsetSpace ~
10322 Bindings:
10323 \end_layout
10324
10325 \begin_deeper
10326 \begin_layout List
10327 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
10328
10329
10330 \series bold
10331 Menu\InsetSpace ~
10332 -
10333 \series default
10334  
10335 \family sans
10336 \bar under
10337 E
10338 \bar default
10339 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10340
10341 \bar under
10342 F
10343 \bar default
10344 ind\InsetSpace ~
10345 &\InsetSpace ~
10346 Replace
10347 \end_layout
10348
10349 \begin_layout List
10350 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
10351
10352
10353 \series bold
10354 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
10355 -
10356 \series default
10357  
10358 \family sans
10359 M-e f
10360 \family default
10361  (standard)
10362 \newline
10363
10364 \family sans
10365 C-f
10366 \family default
10367  in 
10368 \family typewriter
10369 cua.bind
10370 \family roman
10371  or
10372 \family typewriter
10373
10374 \newline
10375
10376 \family sans
10377 C-s 
10378 \family default
10379 and 
10380 \family sans
10381 M-%
10382 \family default
10383  
10384 \family roman
10385 in 
10386 \family typewriter
10387 emacs.bind.
10388 \end_layout
10389 \end_deeper
10390 \begin_layout Paragraph
10391
10392 Purpose:
10393 \end_layout
10394
10395 \begin_layout Standard
10396
10397 To search for text and, if desired, replace it with other text.
10398 \end_layout
10399
10400 \begin_layout Paragraph
10401
10402 Usage:
10403 \end_layout
10404
10405 \begin_layout Standard
10406
10407 Invoking this command opens the 
10408 \family sans
10409 Find\InsetSpace ~
10410 &\InsetSpace ~
10411 Replace
10412 \family default
10413  panel.
10414  All searches start at the current cursor position.
10415  The target text is placed in the
10416 \family sans
10417  
10418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10419 \end_inset
10420
10421 find
10422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10423 \end_inset
10424
10425
10426 \family default
10427  box.
10428  The two arrow buttons choose the search direction.
10429  If LyX finds the text, the cursor moves to the text and remains at the
10430  new position.
10431  The target text may be optionally replaced with alternate text placed in
10432  
10433 \family roman
10434 the
10435 \family sans
10436  
10437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10438 \end_inset
10439
10440 replace
10441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10442 \end_inset
10443
10444
10445 \family default
10446  box.
10447 \end_layout
10448
10449 \begin_layout Standard
10450
10451 The search is not case sensitive unless you have checked the 
10452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10453 \end_inset
10454
10455 case sensitive
10456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10457 \end_inset
10458
10459  button.
10460  If you check the 
10461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10462 \end_inset
10463
10464 Match word
10465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10466 \end_inset
10467
10468  button, then the search will only match on complete words, so 
10469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10470 \end_inset
10471
10472 Manual
10473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10474 \end_inset
10475
10476  will not be found, when searching for 
10477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10478 \end_inset
10479
10480 Manuals
10481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10482 \end_inset
10483
10484 .
10485 \end_layout
10486
10487 \begin_layout Paragraph
10488
10489 See Also:
10490 \end_layout
10491
10492 \begin_layout Standard
10493
10494 TBD\SpecialChar \@.
10495
10496 \end_layout
10497
10498 \begin_layout Subsection
10499
10500 font-bold
10501 \end_layout
10502
10503 \begin_layout Description
10504
10505 Default\InsetSpace ~
10506 Bindings:
10507 \end_layout
10508
10509 \begin_deeper
10510 \begin_layout List
10511 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
10512
10513
10514 \series bold
10515 Menu\InsetSpace ~
10516 -
10517 \series default
10518  
10519 \family sans
10520 \bar under
10521 L
10522 \bar default
10523 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10524
10525 \bar under
10526 B
10527 \bar default
10528 old\InsetSpace ~
10529 Style
10530 \family default
10531  and
10532 \end_layout
10533
10534 \begin_deeper
10535 \begin_layout Standard
10536
10537
10538 \family sans
10539 \bar under
10540 L
10541 \bar default
10542 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10543
10544 \bar under
10545 C
10546 \bar default
10547 haracter...
10548
10549 \family default
10550  to open the 
10551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10552 \end_inset
10553
10554
10555 \family sans
10556 Character Layout
10557 \family default
10558
10559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10560 \end_inset
10561
10562  popup
10563 \end_layout
10564
10565 \begin_layout Description
10566
10567 Character\InsetSpace ~
10568 Layout: option 
10569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10570 \end_inset
10571
10572
10573 \family sans
10574 Bold
10575 \family default
10576
10577 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10578 \end_inset
10579
10580  from the 
10581 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10582 \end_inset
10583
10584
10585 \family sans
10586 Series
10587 \family default
10588
10589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10590 \end_inset
10591
10592  list
10593 \end_layout
10594 \end_deeper
10595 \begin_layout List
10596 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
10597
10598
10599 \series bold
10600 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
10601 -
10602 \series default
10603  
10604 \family sans
10605 M-l\InsetSpace ~
10606 c
10607 \family default
10608  [to open the 
10609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10610 \end_inset
10611
10612
10613 \family sans
10614 Character Layout
10615 \family default
10616
10617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10618 \end_inset
10619
10620  popup]
10621 \end_layout
10622
10623 \begin_deeper
10624 \begin_layout Standard
10625
10626
10627 \family sans
10628 M-l\InsetSpace ~
10629 b
10630 \family default
10631 , or 
10632 \family sans
10633 M-c\InsetSpace ~
10634 b
10635 \family default
10636  (standard)
10637 \end_layout
10638
10639 \begin_layout Standard
10640
10641
10642 \family sans
10643 C-b 
10644 \family default
10645 in 
10646 \family typewriter
10647 cua.bind
10648 \family sans
10649 .
10650 \end_layout
10651 \end_deeper
10652 \end_deeper
10653 \begin_layout Paragraph
10654
10655 Purpose:
10656 \end_layout
10657
10658 \begin_layout Standard
10659
10660 Changes the font to an emboldened series or, if the font is already emboldened,
10661  reverts to the default series.
10662 \end_layout
10663
10664 \begin_layout Paragraph
10665
10666 Usage:
10667 \end_layout
10668
10669 \begin_layout Standard
10670
10671 Rather than repeat the same thing for all 9 font selection functions, we'll
10672  describe the generic behavior of the font functions here.
10673  Some of the font commands have a toolbar button, others have a menu selection.
10674  All of them are in the 
10675 \family sans
10676 Character Layout
10677 \family default
10678  popup.
10679 \end_layout
10680
10681 \begin_layout Standard
10682
10683 All of the font commands do the following to words:
10684 \end_layout
10685
10686 \begin_layout Enumerate
10687
10688 If the cursor is in the middle of a word [between two whitespaces], the
10689  entire word changes to the new font.
10690 \end_layout
10691
10692 \begin_layout Enumerate
10693
10694 If the cursor is at the beginning or end of a word, the font commands only
10695  affect any subsequently typed text.
10696 \end_layout
10697
10698 \begin_layout Enumerate
10699
10700 You can also tack text in a different font onto a word.
10701  Just move the cursor out of the word to shut off the font, otherwise, you'll
10702  change the whole word into a single font.
10703 \end_layout
10704
10705 \begin_layout Standard
10706
10707 You can also change the font of a block of text by selecting it with the
10708  mouse [or with the keyboard] and then invoking the font command.
10709 \end_layout
10710
10711 \begin_layout Standard
10712
10713 Eight of the font commands, 
10714 \family typewriter
10715 font-code
10716 \family default
10717
10718 \family typewriter
10719 font-emph
10720 \family default
10721
10722 \family typewriter
10723 font-roman
10724 \family default
10725
10726 \family typewriter
10727 font-sans
10728 \family default
10729
10730 \family typewriter
10731 font-size
10732 \family default
10733
10734 \family typewriter
10735 font-smallcaps
10736 \family default
10737
10738 \family typewriter
10739 font-underline
10740 \family default
10741 , and 
10742 \family typewriter
10743 font-bold
10744 \family default
10745 , are toggles.
10746  They will remove a font if text is already in it and deactivate a font
10747  if it's active.
10748 \end_layout
10749
10750 \begin_layout Standard
10751
10752 LyX automatically uses the font of the word next to the cursor.
10753  If the cursor is in the middle of a word, it uses the font of the text
10754  to the right of the cursor.
10755 \end_layout
10756
10757 \begin_layout Standard
10758
10759 One last thing: we've provided this function because LaTeX has a bold font
10760  series.
10761  We know that many users are used to using boldface for emphasis, and you
10762  can make this the default emphasized font by putting the correct command
10763  in the LaTeX preamble.
10764  However, we suggest that you use 
10765 \family typewriter
10766 font-emph
10767 \family default
10768  to emphasize any text and only use 
10769 \family typewriter
10770 font-bold
10771 \family default
10772  when appropriate.
10773 \begin_inset Foot
10774 status collapsed
10775
10776 \begin_layout Standard
10777
10778 For example, to make reference to a vector in the body of the text, many
10779  mathematician use a bold series.
10780 \end_layout
10781
10782 \end_inset
10783
10784
10785 \end_layout
10786
10787 \begin_layout Paragraph
10788
10789 Examples:
10790 \end_layout
10791
10792 \begin_layout Standard
10793
10794 This is an example of a bold font series:
10795 \end_layout
10796
10797 \begin_layout Quotation
10798
10799
10800 \series bold
10801 This is bold text.
10802 \end_layout
10803
10804 \begin_layout Standard
10805
10806 Suppose you have this sentence:
10807 \end_layout
10808
10809 \begin_layout Quotation
10810
10811 Here is some text.
10812 \end_layout
10813
10814 \begin_layout Standard
10815
10816 If you put the cursor in the word 
10817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10818 \end_inset
10819
10820 some
10821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10822 \end_inset
10823
10824  and invoke 
10825 \family typewriter
10826 font-bold
10827 \family default
10828 , you get:
10829 \end_layout
10830
10831 \begin_layout Quotation
10832
10833 Here is 
10834 \series bold
10835 some
10836 \series default
10837  text.
10838 \end_layout
10839
10840 \begin_layout Standard
10841
10842 If you take the first example, select the words 
10843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10844 \end_inset
10845
10846 This is,
10847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10848 \end_inset
10849
10850  and invoke 
10851 \family typewriter
10852 font-bold
10853 \family default
10854 , you get:
10855 \end_layout
10856
10857 \begin_layout Quotation
10858
10859
10860 \series medium
10861 This is 
10862 \series bold
10863 bold text.
10864 \end_layout
10865
10866 \begin_layout Standard
10867
10868 Now put the cursor at the end of the word 
10869 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10870 \end_inset
10871
10872 text.
10873 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10874 \end_inset
10875
10876  Delete the period, invoke 
10877 \family typewriter
10878 font-bold
10879 \family default
10880 , and type in some text.
10881  You'll get:
10882 \end_layout
10883
10884 \begin_layout Quotation
10885
10886 This is 
10887 \series bold
10888 bold text
10889 \series medium
10890  and this is not.
10891 \end_layout
10892
10893 \begin_layout Standard
10894
10895 If you take the sentence, 
10896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10897 \end_inset
10898
10899 Here is some text,
10900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10901 \end_inset
10902
10903  put the cursor before the 
10904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10905 \end_inset
10906
10907 t
10908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10909 \end_inset
10910
10911  in the word 
10912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10913 \end_inset
10914
10915 text
10916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10917 \end_inset
10918
10919 , invoke 
10920 \family typewriter
10921 font-bold
10922 \family default
10923 , and type in some text, you'll get:
10924 \end_layout
10925
10926 \begin_layout Quotation
10927
10928 Here is some 
10929 \series bold
10930 newly added 
10931 \series default
10932 text.
10933 \end_layout
10934
10935 \begin_layout Standard
10936
10937 Now put the cursor after the 
10938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10939 \end_inset
10940
10941 d
10942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10943 \end_inset
10944
10945  in 
10946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10947 \end_inset
10948
10949 added
10950 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10951 \end_inset
10952
10953 , and type 
10954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10955 \end_inset
10956
10957  funky 
10958 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10959 \end_inset
10960
10961  [it's important that you type the spaces, too].
10962  You'll get:
10963 \end_layout
10964
10965 \begin_layout Quotation
10966
10967 Here is some 
10968 \series bold
10969 newly added funky 
10970 \series default
10971 text.
10972 \end_layout
10973
10974 \begin_layout Standard
10975
10976 Lastly, we'll demonstrate mixed fonts.
10977  Again, start with the sentence, 
10978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10979 \end_inset
10980
10981 Here is some text.
10982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10983 \end_inset
10984
10985  We can do the following:
10986 \end_layout
10987
10988 \begin_layout Quotation
10989
10990 Here is some
10991 \series bold
10992 thing
10993 \series default
10994  
10995 \series bold
10996 bold
10997 \series default
10998 text.
10999 \end_layout
11000
11001 \begin_layout Standard
11002
11003 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
11004 by 1) placing the cursor after the 
11005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11006 \end_inset
11007
11008 e
11009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11010 \end_inset
11011
11012  in 
11013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11014 \end_inset
11015
11016 some
11017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11018 \end_inset
11019
11020 ; 2) invoking 
11021 \family typewriter
11022 font-bold
11023 \family default
11024 ; 3) typing 
11025 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11026 \end_inset
11027
11028 thing
11029 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11030 \end_inset
11031
11032 ; 4) placing the cursor before the 
11033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11034 \end_inset
11035
11036 t
11037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11038 \end_inset
11039
11040  in 
11041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11042 \end_inset
11043
11044 text
11045 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11046 \end_inset
11047
11048 ; 5) invoking 
11049 \family typewriter
11050 font-bold
11051 \family default
11052 ; 6) typing 
11053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11054 \end_inset
11055
11056 bold
11057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11058 \end_inset
11059
11060 ; and 7) moving the cursor out of the word.
11061  
11062 \end_layout
11063
11064 \begin_layout Standard
11065
11066 The last step automatically shuts off the bold font.
11067  LyX automatically uses the font of the current word [the word next to the
11068  cursor].
11069  If you had not moved the cursor, but instead tried to turn off bold font
11070  by invoking 
11071 \family typewriter
11072 font-bold
11073 \family default
11074  again,
11075 \end_layout
11076
11077 \begin_layout Quotation
11078
11079 Here is some
11080 \series bold
11081 thing
11082 \series default
11083  
11084 \series bold
11085 boldtext
11086 \series default
11087 .
11088 \end_layout
11089
11090 \begin_layout Standard
11091
11092 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
11093 would have been the result.
11094  If you'd tried to turn off bold font by invoking 
11095 \family typewriter
11096 font-default
11097 \family default
11098 ,
11099 \end_layout
11100
11101 \begin_layout Quotation
11102
11103 Here is some
11104 \series bold
11105 thing
11106 \series default
11107  boldtext.
11108 \end_layout
11109
11110 \begin_layout Standard
11111
11112 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
11113 would have been the result.
11114  Now let's return to:
11115 \end_layout
11116
11117 \begin_layout Quotation
11118
11119 Here is some
11120 \series bold
11121 thing
11122 \series default
11123  
11124 \series bold
11125 bold
11126 \series default
11127 text.
11128 \end_layout
11129
11130 \begin_layout Standard
11131
11132 We'll try adding text in the middle of the words.
11133  Put the cursor between the 
11134 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11135 \end_inset
11136
11137 e
11138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11139 \end_inset
11140
11141  and the 
11142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11143 \end_inset
11144
11145 t
11146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11147 \end_inset
11148
11149  in 
11150 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11151 \end_inset
11152
11153 some
11154 \series bold
11155 thing
11156 \series default
11157
11158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11159 \end_inset
11160
11161 , type 
11162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11163 \end_inset
11164
11165 ly
11166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11167 \end_inset
11168
11169 , move the cursor between the 
11170 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11171 \end_inset
11172
11173 d
11174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11175 \end_inset
11176
11177  and 
11178 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11179 \end_inset
11180
11181 t
11182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11183 \end_inset
11184
11185  in 
11186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11187 \end_inset
11188
11189
11190 \series bold
11191 bold
11192 \series default
11193 text
11194 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11195 \end_inset
11196
11197 , and type 
11198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11199 \end_inset
11200
11201 old
11202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11203 \end_inset
11204
11205 .
11206  This is what you'll get:
11207 \end_layout
11208
11209 \begin_layout Quotation
11210
11211 Here is some
11212 \series bold
11213 lything
11214 \series default
11215  
11216 \series bold
11217 bold
11218 \series default
11219 oldtext.
11220 \end_layout
11221
11222
11223 \begin_layout Standard
11224
11225
11226 \begin_inset VSpace 0.78cm
11227 \end_inset
11228
11229
11230 \end_layout
11231
11232 \begin_layout Standard
11233
11234 Hopefully, these examples helped you understand how the font commands work.
11235  All 9 commands listed below in 
11236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11237 \end_inset
11238
11239
11240 \emph on
11241 See Also
11242 \emph default
11243
11244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11245 \end_inset
11246
11247  work the same way, so the above examples hold for them, too.
11248 \end_layout
11249
11250 \begin_layout Paragraph
11251
11252 See Also:
11253 \end_layout
11254
11255 \begin_layout Standard
11256
11257 Character Layout popup; [
11258 \emph on
11259 Ed.
11260  note - to be added.
11261  -jw
11262 \emph default
11263 ]
11264 \end_layout
11265
11266 \begin_layout Standard
11267
11268 font-bold; font-code; font-default; font-emph; font-roman; font-sans; font-size;
11269  font-smallcaps; font-underline.
11270 \end_layout
11271
11272 \begin_layout Subsection
11273
11274 font-code
11275 \end_layout
11276
11277 \begin_layout Description
11278
11279 Default\InsetSpace ~
11280 Bindings:
11281 \end_layout
11282
11283 \begin_deeper
11284 \begin_layout List
11285 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
11286
11287
11288 \series bold
11289 Menu\InsetSpace ~
11290 -
11291 \series default
11292  
11293 \family sans
11294 \bar under
11295 L
11296 \bar default
11297 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11298
11299 \bar under
11300 C
11301 \bar default
11302 haracter...
11303
11304 \family default
11305  to open the 
11306 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11307 \end_inset
11308
11309
11310 \family sans
11311 Character Layout
11312 \family default
11313
11314 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11315 \end_inset
11316
11317  popup
11318 \end_layout
11319
11320 \begin_deeper
11321 \begin_layout Description
11322
11323 CharacterLayout: option 
11324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11325 \end_inset
11326
11327
11328 \family sans
11329 Typewriter
11330 \family default
11331
11332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11333 \end_inset
11334
11335  from the 
11336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11337 \end_inset
11338
11339
11340 \family sans
11341 Family
11342 \family default
11343
11344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11345 \end_inset
11346
11347  list
11348 \end_layout
11349 \end_deeper
11350 \begin_layout List
11351 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
11352
11353
11354 \series bold
11355 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
11356 -
11357 \series default
11358  
11359 \family sans
11360 M-l\InsetSpace ~
11361 c
11362 \family default
11363  [to open the 
11364 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11365 \end_inset
11366
11367
11368 \family sans
11369 Character Layout
11370 \family default
11371
11372 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11373 \end_inset
11374
11375  popup]
11376 \end_layout
11377
11378 \begin_deeper
11379 \begin_layout Standard
11380
11381
11382 \family sans
11383 M-c\InsetSpace ~
11384 p
11385 \family default
11386  (standard)
11387 \end_layout
11388
11389 \begin_layout Standard
11390
11391
11392 \family sans
11393 C-P
11394 \family default
11395  in 
11396 \family typewriter
11397 cua.bind
11398 \family default
11399 .
11400 \end_layout
11401 \end_deeper
11402 \end_deeper
11403 \begin_layout Paragraph
11404
11405 Purpose:
11406 \end_layout
11407
11408 \begin_layout Standard
11409
11410 Changes the font to the typewriter family, or, if the font is already in
11411  this family, reverts to the default family.
11412 \end_layout
11413
11414 \begin_layout Paragraph
11415
11416 Usage:
11417 \end_layout
11418
11419 \begin_layout Standard
11420
11421 A lot of the usage for 
11422 \family typewriter
11423 font-code
11424 \family default
11425  works the same way as 
11426 \family typewriter
11427 font-bold
11428 \family default
11429 , so see the entry for 
11430 \family typewriter
11431 font-bold
11432 \family default
11433  to get an idea for how to use 
11434 \family typewriter
11435 font-code
11436 \family default
11437 .
11438 \end_layout
11439
11440 \begin_layout Standard
11441
11442 Note that 
11443 \family typewriter
11444 font-code
11445 \family default
11446  shuts off 
11447 \family typewriter
11448 font-roman
11449 \family default
11450  and 
11451 \family typewriter
11452 font-sans
11453 \family default
11454  if either of these families is active.
11455 \end_layout
11456
11457 \begin_layout Paragraph
11458
11459 Examples:
11460 \end_layout
11461
11462 \begin_layout Standard
11463
11464 Here is an example of the typewriter font family, which 
11465 \family typewriter
11466 font-code
11467 \family default
11468  selects:
11469 \end_layout
11470
11471 \begin_layout Standard
11472
11473
11474 \family typewriter
11475 This is Typewriter font.
11476 \end_layout
11477
11478 \begin_layout Paragraph
11479
11480 See Also:
11481 \end_layout
11482
11483 \begin_layout Standard
11484
11485 Character Layout popup; [
11486 \emph on
11487 Ed.
11488  note - to be added.
11489  -jw
11490 \emph default
11491 ]
11492 \end_layout
11493
11494 \begin_layout Standard
11495
11496 font-bold; font-roman; font-sans.
11497 \end_layout
11498
11499 \begin_layout Subsection
11500
11501 font-default
11502 \end_layout
11503
11504 \begin_layout Description
11505
11506 Default\InsetSpace ~
11507 Bindings:
11508 \end_layout
11509
11510 \begin_deeper
11511 \begin_layout List
11512 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
11513
11514
11515 \series bold
11516 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
11517 -
11518 \series default
11519  
11520 \family sans
11521 M-c\InsetSpace ~
11522 Space
11523 \family default
11524  
11525 \end_layout
11526 \end_deeper
11527 \begin_layout Paragraph
11528
11529 Purpose:
11530 \end_layout
11531
11532 \begin_layout Standard
11533
11534 Changes the font to the default font.
11535  
11536 \end_layout
11537
11538 \begin_layout Paragraph
11539
11540 Usage:
11541 \end_layout
11542
11543 \begin_layout Standard
11544
11545 A lot of the usage for 
11546 \family typewriter
11547 font-default
11548 \family default
11549  works the same way as 
11550 \family typewriter
11551 font-bold
11552 \family default
11553 , so see the entry for 
11554 \family typewriter
11555 font-bold
11556 \family default
11557  to get an idea for how to use 
11558 \family typewriter
11559 font-default
11560 \family default
11561 .
11562 \end_layout
11563
11564 \begin_layout Paragraph
11565
11566 Examples:
11567 \end_layout
11568
11569 \begin_layout Standard
11570
11571 Suppose you had this mess in your text:
11572 \end_layout
11573
11574 \begin_layout Quotation
11575
11576 Hel
11577 \family sans
11578 lo I
11579 \emph on
11580 'm 
11581 \family typewriter
11582 a re
11583 \emph default
11584 all
11585 \series bold
11586 y wei
11587 \family sans
11588 rd 
11589 \emph on
11590 sent
11591 \family default
11592 \series default
11593 \emph default
11594 en
11595 \emph on
11596 ce and 
11597 \noun on
11598 my na
11599 \series bold
11600 me
11601 \series default
11602 \emph default
11603  is 
11604 \family sans
11605 D
11606 \series bold
11607 e
11608 \emph on
11609 l
11610 \family default
11611 ir
11612 \family typewriter
11613 i
11614 \series medium
11615 u
11616 \emph default
11617 m
11618 \family default
11619 \series default
11620 .
11621 \end_layout
11622
11623 \begin_layout Standard
11624
11625 Select this text and invoke 
11626 \family typewriter
11627 font-default
11628 \family default
11629 .
11630  You'll change it to:
11631 \end_layout
11632
11633 \begin_layout Quotation
11634
11635 Hello I'm a really weird sentence and my name is Delirium.
11636 \end_layout
11637
11638 \begin_layout Paragraph
11639
11640 See Also:
11641 \end_layout
11642
11643 \begin_layout Standard
11644
11645 Character Layout popup; [
11646 \emph on
11647 Ed.
11648  note - to be added.
11649  -jw
11650 \emph default
11651 ]
11652 \end_layout
11653
11654 \begin_layout Standard
11655
11656 font-bold.
11657 \end_layout
11658
11659 \begin_layout Subsection
11660
11661 font-emph
11662 \end_layout
11663
11664 \begin_layout Description
11665
11666 Default\InsetSpace ~
11667 Bindings:
11668 \end_layout
11669
11670 \begin_deeper
11671 \begin_layout List
11672 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
11673
11674
11675 \series bold
11676 Menu\InsetSpace ~
11677 -
11678 \series default
11679  
11680 \family sans
11681 \bar under
11682 L
11683 \bar default
11684 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11685
11686 \bar under
11687 E
11688 \bar default
11689 mphasize\InsetSpace ~
11690 Style
11691 \family default
11692  and
11693 \end_layout
11694
11695 \begin_deeper
11696 \begin_layout Standard
11697
11698
11699 \family sans
11700 \bar under
11701 L
11702 \bar default
11703 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11704
11705 \bar under
11706 C
11707 \bar default
11708 haracter...
11709
11710 \family default
11711  to open the 
11712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11713 \end_inset
11714
11715
11716 \family sans
11717 Character Layout
11718 \family default
11719
11720 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11721 \end_inset
11722
11723  popup
11724 \end_layout
11725
11726 \begin_layout Description
11727
11728 CharacterLayout: option 
11729 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11730 \end_inset
11731
11732
11733 \family sans
11734 Italic
11735 \family default
11736
11737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11738 \end_inset
11739
11740  from the 
11741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11742 \end_inset
11743
11744
11745 \family sans
11746 Shape
11747 \family default
11748
11749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11750 \end_inset
11751
11752  list
11753 \end_layout
11754 \end_deeper
11755 \begin_layout List
11756 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
11757
11758
11759 \series bold
11760 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
11761 -
11762 \series default
11763  Button #7 from the left.
11764  
11765 \end_layout
11766
11767 \begin_deeper
11768 \begin_layout Standard
11769
11770 An exclamation mark.
11771 \end_layout
11772 \end_deeper
11773 \begin_layout List
11774 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
11775
11776
11777 \series bold
11778 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
11779 -
11780 \series default
11781  
11782 \family sans
11783 M-l\InsetSpace ~
11784 c
11785 \family default
11786  [to open the 
11787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11788 \end_inset
11789
11790
11791 \family sans
11792 Character Layout
11793 \family default
11794
11795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11796 \end_inset
11797
11798  popup]
11799 \end_layout
11800
11801 \begin_deeper
11802 \begin_layout Standard
11803
11804
11805 \family sans
11806 M-c\InsetSpace ~
11807 e, 
11808 \family default
11809 and
11810 \family sans
11811  M-l\InsetSpace ~
11812 e
11813 \family default
11814  (standard)
11815 \end_layout
11816
11817 \begin_layout Standard
11818
11819
11820 \family sans
11821 C-e
11822 \family default
11823  in 
11824 \family typewriter
11825 cua.bind
11826 \family default
11827 .
11828 \end_layout
11829 \end_deeper
11830 \end_deeper
11831 \begin_layout Paragraph
11832
11833 Purpose:
11834 \end_layout
11835
11836 \begin_layout Standard
11837
11838 Changes the font shape to the italic shape, or, if the font is already in
11839  this shape, reverts to the default font shape.
11840 \end_layout
11841
11842 \begin_layout Paragraph
11843
11844 Usage:
11845 \end_layout
11846
11847 \begin_layout Standard
11848
11849 A lot of the usage for 
11850 \family typewriter
11851 font-emph
11852 \family default
11853  works the same way as 
11854 \family typewriter
11855 font-bold
11856 \family default
11857 , so see the entry for 
11858 \family typewriter
11859 font-bold
11860 \family default
11861  to get an idea for how to use 
11862 \family typewriter
11863 font-emph
11864 \family default
11865 .
11866 \end_layout
11867
11868 \begin_layout Standard
11869
11870 Note that 
11871 \family typewriter
11872 font-emph
11873 \family default
11874  shuts off 
11875 \family typewriter
11876 font-smallcaps
11877 \family default
11878  if that shape is active.
11879 \end_layout
11880
11881 \begin_layout Standard
11882
11883 Many new users wonder why this isn't called 
11884 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11885 \end_inset
11886
11887 font-italic,
11888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11889 \end_inset
11890
11891  and why boldface and underlined text don't have their own menu entries
11892  or toolbar buttons.
11893  LyX has adopted a convention from LaTeX: specify 
11894 \emph on
11895 what
11896 \emph default
11897  you want to do and let the computer take care of how to do it.
11898  The italic font shape is the standard way to emphasize text in typesetting.
11899  LyX [and LaTeX] has also adopted this convention.
11900  You can, of course, change which font is the emphasized font by making
11901  the appropriate changes to the LaTeX preamble, although this will only
11902  affect the final output.
11903  There are also some interesting things that LaTeX will do to emphasized
11904  text that LyX can't [yet] display.
11905  It will still be in the final output.
11906  For example, LaTeX does certain things for emphasized emphasized text automatic
11907 ally.
11908  If you used a specific font, you'd need to do the same thing manually,
11909  using specific font changes.
11910 \end_layout
11911
11912 \begin_layout Standard
11913
11914 In short, the LyX team 
11915 \emph on
11916 strongly recommends
11917 \emph default
11918  that you use 
11919 \family typewriter
11920 font-emph
11921 \family default
11922  to emphasize any text [this includes book titles] and save any specific
11923  font command for those few special cases where you need to specify exactly
11924  how the text is typeset.
11925 \end_layout
11926
11927 \begin_layout Paragraph
11928
11929 Examples:
11930 \end_layout
11931
11932 \begin_layout Standard
11933
11934 Here's an example of emphasized text:
11935 \end_layout
11936
11937 \begin_layout Quotation
11938
11939
11940 \emph on
11941 Always use 
11942 \family typewriter
11943 font-emph
11944 \family default
11945  instead of specific font names!
11946 \end_layout
11947
11948 \begin_layout Paragraph
11949
11950 See Also:
11951 \end_layout
11952
11953 \begin_layout Standard
11954
11955 Character Layout popup; [
11956 \emph on
11957 Ed.
11958  note - to be added.
11959  -jw
11960 \emph default
11961 ]
11962 \end_layout
11963
11964 \begin_layout Standard
11965
11966 font-bold; font-smallcaps.
11967 \end_layout
11968
11969 \begin_layout Subsection
11970
11971 font-free
11972 \end_layout
11973
11974 \begin_layout Description
11975
11976 Default\InsetSpace ~
11977 Bindings:
11978 \end_layout
11979
11980 \begin_deeper
11981 \begin_layout List
11982 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
11983
11984
11985 \series bold
11986 Menu\InsetSpace ~
11987 -
11988 \series default
11989  Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11990 Item
11991 \end_layout
11992
11993 \begin_layout List
11994 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
11995
11996
11997 \series bold
11998 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
11999 -
12000 \series default
12001  Button # from the left.
12002  
12003 \end_layout
12004
12005 \begin_deeper
12006 \begin_layout Standard
12007
12008 Brief description of button icon.
12009 \end_layout
12010 \end_deeper
12011 \begin_layout List
12012 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
12013
12014
12015 \series bold
12016 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
12017 -
12018 \series default
12019  None.
12020 \end_layout
12021 \end_deeper
12022 \begin_layout Paragraph
12023
12024 Purpose:
12025 \end_layout
12026
12027 \begin_layout Standard
12028
12029 Changes the font settings to the most recent setting in the 
12030 \family sans
12031 Character
12032 \family default
12033  pop-up.
12034 \end_layout
12035
12036 \begin_layout Paragraph
12037
12038 Usage:
12039 \end_layout
12040
12041 \begin_layout Standard
12042
12043 Description.
12044 \end_layout
12045
12046 \begin_layout Paragraph
12047
12048 Examples:
12049 \end_layout
12050
12051 \begin_layout Standard
12052
12053 Examples.
12054 \end_layout
12055
12056 \begin_layout Paragraph
12057
12058 See Also:
12059 \end_layout
12060
12061 \begin_layout Standard
12062
12063 Other entries or documents.
12064  Separate many references by either a 
12065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12066 \end_inset
12067
12068 ;
12069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12070 \end_inset
12071
12072  or place in multiple paragraphs.
12073 \end_layout
12074
12075 \begin_layout Subsection
12076
12077 font-roman
12078 \end_layout
12079
12080 \begin_layout Description
12081
12082 Default\InsetSpace ~
12083 Bindings:
12084 \end_layout
12085
12086 \begin_deeper
12087 \begin_layout List
12088 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
12089
12090
12091 \series bold
12092 Menu\InsetSpace ~
12093 -
12094 \series default
12095  
12096 \family sans
12097 \bar under
12098 L
12099 \bar default
12100 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12101
12102 \bar under
12103 C
12104 \bar default
12105 haracter...
12106
12107 \family default
12108  to open the 
12109 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12110 \end_inset
12111
12112
12113 \family sans
12114 Character Layout
12115 \family default
12116
12117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12118 \end_inset
12119
12120  popup
12121 \end_layout
12122
12123 \begin_deeper
12124 \begin_layout Description
12125
12126 CharacterLayout: option 
12127 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12128 \end_inset
12129
12130
12131 \family sans
12132 Roman
12133 \family default
12134
12135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12136 \end_inset
12137
12138  from the 
12139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12140 \end_inset
12141
12142
12143 \family sans
12144 Family
12145 \family default
12146
12147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12148 \end_inset
12149
12150  list
12151 \end_layout
12152 \end_deeper
12153 \begin_layout List
12154 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
12155
12156
12157 \series bold
12158 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
12159 -
12160 \series default
12161  
12162 \family sans
12163 M-l\InsetSpace ~
12164 c
12165 \family default
12166  [to open the 
12167 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12168 \end_inset
12169
12170
12171 \family sans
12172 Character Layout
12173 \family default
12174
12175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12176 \end_inset
12177
12178  popup]
12179 \end_layout
12180
12181 \begin_deeper
12182 \begin_layout Standard
12183
12184
12185 \family sans
12186 M-c\InsetSpace ~
12187 r
12188 \family default
12189  (standard).
12190 \end_layout
12191 \end_deeper
12192 \end_deeper
12193 \begin_layout Paragraph
12194
12195 Purpose:
12196 \end_layout
12197
12198 \begin_layout Standard
12199
12200 Changes the font to the roman family, or, if the font is already of this
12201  family, reverts to the default font family.
12202 \end_layout
12203
12204 \begin_layout Paragraph
12205
12206 Usage:
12207 \end_layout
12208
12209 \begin_layout Standard
12210
12211 A lot of the usage for 
12212 \family typewriter
12213 font-roman
12214 \family default
12215  works the same way as 
12216 \family typewriter
12217 font-bold
12218 \family default
12219 , so see the entry for 
12220 \family typewriter
12221 font-bold
12222 \family default
12223  to get an idea for how to use 
12224 \family typewriter
12225 font-roman
12226 \family default
12227 .
12228 \end_layout
12229
12230 \begin_layout Standard
12231
12232 Note that 
12233 \family typewriter
12234 font-roman
12235 \family default
12236  shuts off 
12237 \family typewriter
12238 font-code
12239 \family default
12240  and 
12241 \family typewriter
12242 font-sans
12243 \family default
12244  if either of these families is active.
12245 \end_layout
12246
12247 \begin_layout Paragraph
12248
12249 Examples:
12250 \end_layout
12251
12252 \begin_layout Standard
12253
12254 Here is an explicit use of the roman font family:
12255 \end_layout
12256
12257 \begin_layout Quote
12258
12259
12260 \family roman
12261 This is Roman font.
12262 \end_layout
12263
12264 \begin_layout Standard
12265
12266 Note that roman is the default font family.
12267 \end_layout
12268
12269 \begin_layout Paragraph
12270
12271 See Also:
12272 \end_layout
12273
12274 \begin_layout Standard
12275
12276 Character Layout popup; [
12277 \emph on
12278 Ed.
12279  note - to be added.
12280  -jw
12281 \emph default
12282 ]
12283 \end_layout
12284
12285 \begin_layout Standard
12286
12287 font-bold; font-code; font-roman; font-sans.
12288 \end_layout
12289
12290 \begin_layout Subsection
12291
12292 font-sans
12293 \end_layout
12294
12295 \begin_layout Description
12296
12297 Default\InsetSpace ~
12298 Bindings:
12299 \end_layout
12300
12301 \begin_deeper
12302 \begin_layout List
12303 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
12304
12305
12306 \series bold
12307 Menu\InsetSpace ~
12308 -
12309 \series default
12310  
12311 \family sans
12312 \bar under
12313 L
12314 \bar default
12315 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12316
12317 \bar under
12318 C
12319 \bar default
12320 haracter...
12321
12322 \family default
12323  to open the 
12324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12325 \end_inset
12326
12327
12328 \family sans
12329 Character Layout
12330 \family default
12331
12332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12333 \end_inset
12334
12335  popup
12336 \end_layout
12337
12338 \begin_deeper
12339 \begin_layout Description
12340
12341 CharacterLayout: option 
12342 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12343 \end_inset
12344
12345
12346 \family sans
12347 Sans Serif
12348 \family default
12349
12350 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12351 \end_inset
12352
12353  from the 
12354 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12355 \end_inset
12356
12357
12358 \family sans
12359 Family
12360 \family default
12361
12362 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12363 \end_inset
12364
12365  list
12366 \end_layout
12367 \end_deeper
12368 \begin_layout List
12369 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
12370
12371
12372 \series bold
12373 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
12374 -
12375 \series default
12376  
12377 \family sans
12378 M-l\InsetSpace ~
12379 c
12380 \family default
12381  [to open the 
12382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12383 \end_inset
12384
12385
12386 \family sans
12387 Character Layout
12388 \family default
12389
12390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12391 \end_inset
12392
12393  popup]
12394 \end_layout
12395
12396 \begin_deeper
12397 \begin_layout Standard
12398
12399
12400 \family sans
12401 M-c\InsetSpace ~
12402 s
12403 \family default
12404  (standard).
12405 \end_layout
12406 \end_deeper
12407 \end_deeper
12408 \begin_layout Paragraph
12409
12410 Purpose:
12411 \end_layout
12412
12413 \begin_layout Standard
12414
12415 Changes the font shape to the sans serif family, or, if the font is already
12416  of this family, reverts to the default font family.
12417 \end_layout
12418
12419 \begin_layout Paragraph
12420
12421 Usage:
12422 \end_layout
12423
12424 \begin_layout Standard
12425
12426 A lot of the usage for 
12427 \family typewriter
12428 font-sans
12429 \family default
12430  works the same way as 
12431 \family typewriter
12432 font-bold
12433 \family default
12434 , so see the entry for 
12435 \family typewriter
12436 font-bold
12437 \family default
12438  to get an idea for how to use 
12439 \family typewriter
12440 font-sans
12441 \family default
12442 .
12443 \end_layout
12444
12445 \begin_layout Standard
12446
12447 Note that 
12448 \family typewriter
12449 font-sans
12450 \family default
12451  shuts off 
12452 \family typewriter
12453 font-code
12454 \family default
12455  and 
12456 \family typewriter
12457 font-roman
12458 \family default
12459  if either of these families is active.
12460 \end_layout
12461
12462 \begin_layout Paragraph
12463
12464 Examples:
12465 \end_layout
12466
12467 \begin_layout Standard
12468
12469 Here is an example of the Sans Serif font family:
12470 \end_layout
12471
12472 \begin_layout Quote
12473
12474
12475 \family sans
12476 This is the Sans Serif font family.
12477 \end_layout
12478
12479 \begin_layout Paragraph
12480
12481 See Also:
12482 \end_layout
12483
12484 \begin_layout Standard
12485
12486 Character Layout popup; [
12487 \emph on
12488 Ed.
12489  note - to be added.
12490  -jw
12491 \emph default
12492 ]
12493 \end_layout
12494
12495 \begin_layout Standard
12496
12497 font-bold; font-code; font-roman.
12498 \end_layout
12499
12500 \begin_layout Subsection
12501
12502 font-size
12503 \end_layout
12504
12505 \begin_layout Description
12506
12507 Default\InsetSpace ~
12508 Bindings:
12509 \end_layout
12510
12511 \begin_deeper
12512 \begin_layout List
12513 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
12514
12515
12516 \series bold
12517 Menu\InsetSpace ~
12518 -
12519 \series default
12520  
12521 \family sans
12522 \bar under
12523 L
12524 \bar default
12525 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12526
12527 \bar under
12528 C
12529 \bar default
12530 haracter...
12531
12532 \family default
12533  to open the 
12534 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12535 \end_inset
12536
12537
12538 \family sans
12539 Character Layout
12540 \family default
12541
12542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12543 \end_inset
12544
12545  popup
12546 \end_layout
12547
12548 \begin_deeper
12549 \begin_layout Description
12550
12551 CharacterLayout: Any item from the 
12552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12553 \end_inset
12554
12555
12556 \family sans
12557 Size
12558 \family default
12559
12560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12561 \end_inset
12562
12563  list
12564 \end_layout
12565 \end_deeper
12566 \begin_layout List
12567 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
12568
12569
12570 \series bold
12571 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
12572 -
12573 \series default
12574  The 
12575 \family sans
12576 M-s
12577 \family default
12578  prefix, plus one of the following keys:
12579 \end_layout
12580
12581 \begin_deeper
12582 \begin_layout List
12583 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12584
12585
12586 \family sans
12587 M-s\InsetSpace ~
12588 t
12589 \end_layout
12590
12591 \begin_layout List
12592 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12593
12594
12595 \family sans
12596 M-s\InsetSpace ~
12597 1
12598 \family default
12599  "
12600 \family typewriter
12601 font-size tiny
12602 \family default
12603
12604 \end_layout
12605
12606 \begin_layout List
12607 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12608
12609
12610 \family sans
12611 M-s\InsetSpace ~
12612 s
12613 \end_layout
12614
12615 \begin_layout List
12616 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12617
12618
12619 \family sans
12620 M-s\InsetSpace ~
12621
12622 \family default
12623 "
12624 \family typewriter
12625 font-size small
12626 \family default
12627
12628 \end_layout
12629
12630 \begin_layout List
12631 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12632
12633
12634 \family sans
12635 M-s\InsetSpace ~
12636 n
12637 \end_layout
12638
12639 \begin_layout List
12640 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12641
12642
12643 \family sans
12644 M-s\InsetSpace ~
12645
12646 \family default
12647 "
12648 \family typewriter
12649 font-size normal
12650 \family default
12651
12652 \end_layout
12653
12654 \begin_layout List
12655 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12656
12657
12658 \family sans
12659 M-s\InsetSpace ~
12660 l
12661 \end_layout
12662
12663 \begin_layout List
12664 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12665
12666
12667 \family sans
12668 M-s\InsetSpace ~
12669
12670 \family default
12671 "
12672 \family typewriter
12673 font-size large
12674 \family default
12675
12676 \end_layout
12677
12678 \begin_layout List
12679 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12680
12681
12682 \family sans
12683 M-s\InsetSpace ~
12684 S-L
12685 \end_layout
12686
12687 \begin_layout List
12688 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12689
12690
12691 \family sans
12692 M-s\InsetSpace ~
12693
12694 \family default
12695 "
12696 \family typewriter
12697 font-size larger
12698 \family default
12699
12700 \end_layout
12701
12702 \begin_layout List
12703 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12704
12705
12706 \family sans
12707 M-s\InsetSpace ~
12708 S-A
12709 \end_layout
12710
12711 \begin_layout List
12712 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12713
12714
12715 \family sans
12716 M-s\InsetSpace ~
12717
12718 \family default
12719 "
12720 \family typewriter
12721 font-size largest
12722 \family default
12723
12724 \end_layout
12725
12726 \begin_layout List
12727 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12728
12729
12730 \family sans
12731 M-s\InsetSpace ~
12732 h
12733 \end_layout
12734
12735 \begin_layout List
12736 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12737
12738
12739 \family sans
12740 M-s\InsetSpace ~
12741
12742 \family default
12743 "
12744 \family typewriter
12745 font-size huge
12746 \family default
12747
12748 \end_layout
12749
12750 \begin_layout List
12751 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12752
12753
12754 \family sans
12755 M-s\InsetSpace ~
12756 g
12757 \end_layout
12758
12759 \begin_layout List
12760 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12761
12762
12763 \family sans
12764 M-s\InsetSpace ~
12765 S-H
12766 \end_layout
12767
12768 \begin_layout List
12769 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12770
12771
12772 \family sans
12773 M-s\InsetSpace ~
12774
12775 \family default
12776 "
12777 \family typewriter
12778 font-size giant
12779 \family default
12780
12781 \end_layout
12782
12783 \begin_layout Quote
12784
12785 Also:
12786 \end_layout
12787
12788 \begin_layout Standard
12789
12790
12791 \family sans
12792 M-l\InsetSpace ~
12793 c
12794 \family default
12795  [to open the 
12796 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12797 \end_inset
12798
12799
12800 \family sans
12801 Character Layout
12802 \family default
12803
12804 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12805 \end_inset
12806
12807  popup]
12808 \end_layout
12809 \end_deeper
12810 \end_deeper
12811 \begin_layout Paragraph
12812
12813 Purpose:
12814 \end_layout
12815
12816 \begin_layout Standard
12817
12818 Change the font size.
12819 \end_layout
12820
12821 \begin_layout Paragraph
12822
12823 Usage:
12824 \end_layout
12825
12826 \begin_layout Standard
12827
12828 This command requires an argument, which is the font size.
12829  You must provide the argument in the 
12830 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12831 \end_inset
12832
12833
12834 \family typewriter
12835
12836 \backslash
12837 bind
12838 \family default
12839
12840 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12841 \end_inset
12842
12843  command if you use 
12844 \family typewriter
12845 font-size
12846 \family default
12847  in a keybinding file, or in the minibuffer if you use 
12848 \family typewriter
12849 command-execute
12850 \family default
12851  to invoke it.
12852 \begin_inset Foot
12853 status collapsed
12854
12855 \begin_layout Standard
12856
12857
12858 \emph on
12859 Editor's note: Don't do this - there is a bug.
12860  For some reason, 
12861 \family typewriter
12862 font-size
12863 \family default
12864  crashes LyX at the moment.
12865  - jw 10/6/96
12866 \end_layout
12867
12868 \end_inset
12869
12870
12871 \end_layout
12872
12873 \begin_layout Standard
12874
12875 LaTeX describes font sizes in relative values.
12876  LyX uses the following terms: 
12877 \emph on
12878 tiny, small
12879 \emph default
12880
12881 \emph on
12882 normal
12883 \emph default
12884
12885 \emph on
12886 large
12887 \emph default
12888
12889 \emph on
12890 larger
12891 \emph default
12892
12893 \emph on
12894 largest
12895 \emph default
12896
12897 \emph on
12898 huge
12899 \emph default
12900
12901 \emph on
12902 giant
12903 \emph default
12904 .
12905  The 
12906 \emph on
12907 normal
12908 \emph default
12909  size can be set to 
12910 \family typewriter
12911 10pt
12912 \family default
12913
12914 \family typewriter
12915 11pt
12916 \family default
12917 , or 
12918 \family typewriter
12919 12pt
12920 \family default
12921 , with the other sizes set proportionally.
12922 \end_layout
12923
12924 \begin_layout Standard
12925
12926 A lot of the usage for 
12927 \family typewriter
12928 font-size
12929 \family default
12930  works the same way as 
12931 \family typewriter
12932 font-bold
12933 \family default
12934 , so see the entry for 
12935 \family typewriter
12936 font-bold
12937 \family default
12938  to get an idea for how to use 
12939 \family typewriter
12940 font-size
12941 \family default
12942 .
12943 \end_layout
12944
12945 \begin_layout Standard
12946
12947 You should avoid using 
12948 \family typewriter
12949 font-size
12950 \family default
12951  unless you need to do some fine-tuning.
12952  
12953 \emph on
12954 Never
12955 \emph default
12956  use 
12957 \family typewriter
12958 font-size
12959 \family default
12960  to make titles or section headings; LyX already does this for you and in
12961  a much better fashion.
12962 \end_layout
12963
12964 \begin_layout Paragraph
12965
12966 Examples:
12967 \end_layout
12968
12969 \begin_layout Standard
12970
12971 Here are all eight font sizes:
12972 \end_layout
12973
12974 \begin_layout Quotation
12975
12976
12977 \size tiny
12978 tiny
12979 \size default
12980
12981 \size small
12982 small
12983 \size default
12984
12985 \size normal
12986 normal
12987 \size default
12988
12989 \size large
12990 large
12991 \size default
12992
12993 \size larger
12994 larger
12995 \size default
12996
12997 \size largest
12998 largest
12999 \size default
13000
13001 \size huge
13002 huge
13003 \size default
13004
13005 \size giant
13006 giant
13007 \size default
13008 .
13009 \end_layout
13010
13011 \begin_layout Paragraph
13012
13013 See Also:
13014 \end_layout
13015
13016 \begin_layout Standard
13017
13018 Character Layout popup; [
13019 \emph on
13020 Ed.
13021  note - to be added.
13022  -jw
13023 \emph default
13024 ]
13025 \end_layout
13026
13027 \begin_layout Standard
13028
13029 command-execute;
13030 \end_layout
13031
13032 \begin_layout Standard
13033
13034 font-bold.
13035 \end_layout
13036
13037 \begin_layout Subsection
13038
13039 font-smallcaps
13040 \end_layout
13041
13042 \begin_layout Description
13043
13044 Default\InsetSpace ~
13045 Bindings:
13046 \end_layout
13047
13048 \begin_deeper
13049 \begin_layout List
13050 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13051
13052
13053 \series bold
13054 Menu\InsetSpace ~
13055 -
13056 \series default
13057  
13058 \family sans
13059 \bar under
13060 L
13061 \bar default
13062 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13063
13064 \bar under
13065 N
13066 \bar default
13067 oun\InsetSpace ~
13068 Style
13069 \family default
13070  and
13071 \end_layout
13072
13073 \begin_deeper
13074 \begin_layout Standard
13075
13076
13077 \family sans
13078 \bar under
13079 L
13080 \bar default
13081 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13082
13083 \bar under
13084 C
13085 \bar default
13086 haracter...
13087
13088 \family default
13089  to open the 
13090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13091 \end_inset
13092
13093
13094 \family sans
13095 Character Layout
13096 \family default
13097
13098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13099 \end_inset
13100
13101  popup
13102 \end_layout
13103
13104 \begin_layout Description
13105
13106 CharacterLayout: option 
13107 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13108 \end_inset
13109
13110
13111 \family sans
13112 Small caps
13113 \family default
13114
13115 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13116 \end_inset
13117
13118  from the 
13119 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13120 \end_inset
13121
13122
13123 \family sans
13124 Shape
13125 \family default
13126
13127 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13128 \end_inset
13129
13130  list
13131 \end_layout
13132 \end_deeper
13133 \begin_layout List
13134 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13135
13136
13137 \series bold
13138 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
13139 -
13140 \series default
13141  Button #8 from the left.
13142  
13143 \end_layout
13144
13145 \begin_deeper
13146 \begin_layout Standard
13147
13148 A person.
13149 \end_layout
13150 \end_deeper
13151 \begin_layout List
13152 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13153
13154
13155 \series bold
13156 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
13157 -
13158 \series default
13159  
13160 \family sans
13161 M-l\InsetSpace ~
13162 c
13163 \family default
13164  [to open the 
13165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13166 \end_inset
13167
13168
13169 \family sans
13170 Character Layout
13171 \family default
13172
13173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13174 \end_inset
13175
13176  popup]
13177 \end_layout
13178
13179 \begin_deeper
13180 \begin_layout Standard
13181
13182
13183 \family sans
13184 M-l\InsetSpace ~
13185 n
13186 \family default
13187  and 
13188 \family sans
13189 M-c\InsetSpace ~
13190 c
13191 \family default
13192  (standard)
13193 \end_layout
13194 \end_deeper
13195 \end_deeper
13196 \begin_layout Paragraph
13197
13198 Purpose:
13199 \end_layout
13200
13201 \begin_layout Standard
13202
13203 Changes the font shape to the small caps shape, or, if the font is already
13204  of this shape, reverts to the default font shape.
13205 \end_layout
13206
13207 \begin_layout Paragraph
13208
13209 Usage:
13210 \end_layout
13211
13212 \begin_layout Standard
13213
13214 A lot of the usage for 
13215 \family typewriter
13216 font-smallcaps
13217 \family default
13218  works the same way as 
13219 \family typewriter
13220 font-bold
13221 \family default
13222 , so see the entry for 
13223 \family typewriter
13224 font-bold
13225 \family default
13226  to get an idea for how to use 
13227 \family typewriter
13228 font-smallcaps
13229 \family default
13230 .
13231 \end_layout
13232
13233 \begin_layout Standard
13234
13235 Note that 
13236 \family typewriter
13237 font-smallcaps
13238 \family default
13239  shuts off 
13240 \family typewriter
13241 font-emph
13242 \family default
13243  if that shape is active.
13244 \end_layout
13245
13246 \begin_layout Standard
13247
13248 The small caps shape is typically used for proper names.
13249  Some countries use this convention more frequently than the US does, hence
13250  its prominence in LyX.
13251 \end_layout
13252
13253 \begin_layout Paragraph
13254
13255 Examples:
13256 \end_layout
13257
13258 \begin_layout Standard
13259
13260 Here's what the small caps shape looks like:
13261 \end_layout
13262
13263 \begin_layout Standard
13264
13265
13266 \noun on
13267 This is all in the Small Caps font shape.
13268 \end_layout
13269
13270 \begin_layout Paragraph
13271
13272 See Also:
13273 \end_layout
13274
13275 \begin_layout Standard
13276
13277 Character Layout popup; [
13278 \emph on
13279 Ed.
13280  note - to be added.
13281  -jw
13282 \emph default
13283 ]
13284 \end_layout
13285
13286 \begin_layout Standard
13287
13288 font-bold; font-emph .
13289 \end_layout
13290
13291 \begin_layout Subsection
13292
13293 font-state
13294 \end_layout
13295
13296 \begin_layout Description
13297
13298 Default\InsetSpace ~
13299 Bindings:
13300 \end_layout
13301
13302 \begin_deeper
13303 \begin_layout List
13304 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13305
13306
13307 \series bold
13308 Menu\InsetSpace ~
13309 -
13310 \series default
13311  Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13312 Item
13313 \end_layout
13314
13315 \begin_layout List
13316 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13317
13318
13319 \series bold
13320 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
13321 -
13322 \series default
13323  Button # from the left.
13324  
13325 \end_layout
13326
13327 \begin_deeper
13328 \begin_layout Standard
13329
13330 Brief description of button icon.
13331 \end_layout
13332 \end_deeper
13333 \begin_layout List
13334 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13335
13336
13337 \series bold
13338 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
13339 -
13340 \series default
13341  None.
13342 \end_layout
13343 \end_deeper
13344 \begin_layout Paragraph
13345
13346 Purpose:
13347 \end_layout
13348
13349 \begin_layout Standard
13350
13351 Description.
13352 \end_layout
13353
13354 \begin_layout Paragraph
13355
13356 Usage:
13357 \end_layout
13358
13359 \begin_layout Standard
13360
13361 Description.
13362 \end_layout
13363
13364 \begin_layout Paragraph
13365
13366 Examples:
13367 \end_layout
13368
13369 \begin_layout Standard
13370
13371 Examples.
13372 \end_layout
13373
13374 \begin_layout Paragraph
13375
13376 See Also:
13377 \end_layout
13378
13379 \begin_layout Standard
13380
13381 Other entries or documents.
13382  Separate many references by either a 
13383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13384 \end_inset
13385
13386 ;
13387 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13388 \end_inset
13389
13390  or place in multiple paragraphs.
13391 \end_layout
13392
13393 \begin_layout Subsection
13394
13395 font-underline
13396 \end_layout
13397
13398 \begin_layout Description
13399
13400 Default\InsetSpace ~
13401 Bindings:
13402 \end_layout
13403
13404 \begin_deeper
13405 \begin_layout List
13406 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13407
13408
13409 \series bold
13410 Menu\InsetSpace ~
13411 -
13412 \series default
13413  
13414 \family sans
13415 \bar under
13416 L
13417 \bar default
13418 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13419
13420 \bar under
13421 C
13422 \bar default
13423 haracter...
13424
13425 \family default
13426  to open the 
13427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13428 \end_inset
13429
13430
13431 \family sans
13432 Character Layout
13433 \family default
13434
13435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13436 \end_inset
13437
13438  popup
13439 \end_layout
13440
13441 \begin_deeper
13442 \begin_layout Description
13443
13444 CharacterLayout: option 
13445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13446 \end_inset
13447
13448
13449 \family sans
13450 Underbar
13451 \family default
13452
13453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13454 \end_inset
13455
13456  from the 
13457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13458 \end_inset
13459
13460
13461 \family sans
13462 Bar
13463 \family default
13464
13465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13466 \end_inset
13467
13468  list
13469 \end_layout
13470 \end_deeper
13471 \begin_layout List
13472 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13473
13474
13475 \series bold
13476 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
13477 -
13478 \series default
13479  
13480 \family sans
13481 M-l\InsetSpace ~
13482 c
13483 \family default
13484  [to open the 
13485 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13486 \end_inset
13487
13488
13489 \family sans
13490 Character Layout
13491 \family default
13492
13493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13494 \end_inset
13495
13496  popup]
13497 \end_layout
13498
13499 \begin_deeper
13500 \begin_layout Standard
13501
13502
13503 \family sans
13504 C-u 
13505 \family default
13506 or
13507 \family sans
13508  M-c u
13509 \family default
13510  (standard).
13511 \end_layout
13512 \end_deeper
13513 \end_deeper
13514 \begin_layout Paragraph
13515
13516 Purpose:
13517 \end_layout
13518
13519 \begin_layout Standard
13520
13521 Adds an underbar to subsequent or selected text
13522 \family roman
13523 .
13524 \end_layout
13525
13526 \begin_layout Paragraph
13527
13528 Usage:
13529 \end_layout
13530
13531 \begin_layout Standard
13532
13533 A lot of the usage for 
13534 \family typewriter
13535 font-underline
13536 \family default
13537  works the same way as 
13538 \family typewriter
13539 font-bold
13540 \family default
13541 , so see the entry for 
13542 \family typewriter
13543 font-bold
13544 \family default
13545  to get an idea for how to use 
13546 \family typewriter
13547 font-underline
13548 \family default
13549 .
13550 \end_layout
13551
13552 \begin_layout Standard
13553
13554 The LyX team has provided this function only for compatibility with LaTeX.
13555  We know that many users are used to underlining text for emphasis or for
13556  book titles.
13557  While you might need to do this on a typewriter, LyX is not a typewriter,
13558  nor should you use it like one.
13559  Now, you could make this the default emphasized font by putting the correct
13560  command in the LaTeX preamble.
13561  However, we suggest that you use 
13562 \family typewriter
13563 font-emph
13564 \family default
13565  to emphasize any text, including book titles, and avoid using 
13566 \family typewriter
13567 font-underline
13568 \family default
13569  at all.
13570 \begin_inset Foot
13571 status collapsed
13572
13573 \begin_layout Standard
13574
13575 There is one - and only one - case that we can think of where you might
13576  need to use 
13577 \family typewriter
13578 font-underline
13579 \family default
13580 .
13581  Suppose you're writing the bibliography of a journal article.
13582  The journal you're submitting this article to typesets all volume numbers
13583  in an underlined font, and wishes all submissions to do the same.
13584  This is perhaps the only time you'd need to use 
13585 \family typewriter
13586 font-underline
13587 \family default
13588 .
13589 \end_layout
13590
13591 \end_inset
13592
13593
13594 \end_layout
13595
13596 \begin_layout Paragraph
13597
13598 Examples:
13599 \end_layout
13600
13601 \begin_layout Standard
13602
13603 Here's an example of the underbar font attribute:
13604 \end_layout
13605
13606 \begin_layout Quote
13607
13608
13609 \bar under
13610 Avoid using underlined text!!!
13611 \end_layout
13612
13613 \begin_layout Paragraph
13614
13615 See Also:
13616 \end_layout
13617
13618 \begin_layout Standard
13619
13620 Character Layout popup; [
13621 \emph on
13622 Ed.
13623  note - to be added.
13624  -jw
13625 \emph default
13626 ]
13627 \end_layout
13628
13629 \begin_layout Standard
13630
13631 font-bold.
13632  
13633 \end_layout
13634
13635 \begin_layout Subsection
13636
13637 footnote-insert
13638 \end_layout
13639
13640 \begin_layout Description
13641
13642 Default\InsetSpace ~
13643 Bindings:
13644 \end_layout
13645
13646 \begin_deeper
13647 \begin_layout List
13648 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13649
13650
13651 \series bold
13652 Menu\InsetSpace ~
13653 -
13654 \series default
13655  
13656 \family sans
13657 \bar under
13658 I
13659 \bar default
13660 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13661
13662 \bar under
13663 F
13664 \bar default
13665 ootnote
13666 \end_layout
13667
13668 \begin_layout List
13669 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13670
13671
13672 \series bold
13673 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
13674 -
13675 \series default
13676  Button # 7 from the right.
13677  
13678 \end_layout
13679
13680 \begin_deeper
13681 \begin_layout Standard
13682
13683 A page with an arrow pointing to lines at the bottom of the page.
13684 \end_layout
13685 \end_deeper
13686 \begin_layout List
13687 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13688
13689
13690 \series bold
13691 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
13692 -
13693 \series default
13694  
13695 \family sans
13696 M-i\InsetSpace ~
13697 f
13698 \family default
13699  
13700 \end_layout
13701 \end_deeper
13702 \begin_layout Paragraph
13703
13704 Purpose:
13705 \end_layout
13706
13707 \begin_layout Standard
13708
13709 To insert a footnote.
13710 \end_layout
13711
13712 \begin_layout Paragraph
13713
13714 Usage:
13715 \end_layout
13716
13717 \begin_layout Standard
13718
13719 Use the keyboard, menu, or toolbar to insert a footnote.
13720  A red box appears on the next line.
13721  If you're in the middle of a line, the line appears to break around the
13722  box [it doesn't really].
13723  Anything you enter in the box will be in the footnote.
13724 \end_layout
13725
13726 \begin_layout Standard
13727
13728 To the left of the red box is another, smaller box with the word 
13729 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13730 \end_inset
13731
13732
13733 \family sans
13734 foot
13735 \family default
13736
13737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13738 \end_inset
13739
13740  written in red on a grey background.
13741  Click on this box once with the left mouse button to close the footnote.
13742  A closed footnote looks like the word 
13743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13744 \end_inset
13745
13746
13747 \family sans
13748 foot
13749 \family default
13750
13751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13752 \end_inset
13753
13754  written as a superscript in red.
13755 \end_layout
13756
13757 \begin_layout Standard
13758
13759 You can also open and close footnotes, as well as other types of notes and
13760  labels, with the 
13761 \family typewriter
13762 open-stuff
13763 \family default
13764  command.
13765  See its entry for keybindings.
13766 \end_layout
13767
13768 \begin_layout Standard
13769
13770 One last note: even though footnotes in LyX appear unnumbered, they are.
13771  LaTeX does the numbering for you, as well as putting the footnote at the
13772  bottom of the correct page, when it processes your file.
13773 \end_layout
13774
13775 \begin_layout Paragraph
13776
13777 Examples:
13778 \end_layout
13779
13780 \begin_layout Standard
13781
13782 This
13783 \begin_inset Foot
13784 status collapsed
13785
13786 \begin_layout Standard
13787
13788 Hi! I'm a footnote!
13789 \end_layout
13790
13791 \end_inset
13792
13793  is a footnote.
13794 \end_layout
13795
13796 \begin_layout Paragraph
13797
13798 See Also:
13799 \end_layout
13800
13801 \begin_layout Standard
13802
13803 open-stuff; marginpar-insert;
13804 \end_layout
13805
13806 \begin_layout Standard
13807
13808
13809 \emph on
13810 Tricks for Footnotes and Marginpars
13811 \emph default
13812  in 
13813 \emph on
13814 Extended Features
13815 \emph default
13816 .
13817 \end_layout
13818
13819 \begin_layout Subsection
13820
13821 forward-select
13822 \end_layout
13823
13824 \begin_layout Description
13825
13826 Default\InsetSpace ~
13827 Bindings:
13828 \end_layout
13829
13830 \begin_deeper
13831 \begin_layout List
13832 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13833
13834
13835 \series bold
13836 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
13837 -
13838 \series default
13839  
13840 \family sans
13841 S-Right 
13842 \end_layout
13843 \end_deeper
13844 \begin_layout Paragraph
13845
13846 Purpose:
13847 \end_layout
13848
13849 \begin_layout Standard
13850
13851 Highlight a single character to the right of the cursor.
13852  If the cursor is at the end of a line, the cursor moves to the beginning
13853  of the next line, and the whitespace in between is selected.
13854  The selected text is shown in reverse-video.
13855 \end_layout
13856
13857 \begin_layout Paragraph
13858
13859 See Also:
13860 \end_layout
13861
13862 \begin_layout Standard
13863
13864 char-forward;
13865 \end_layout
13866
13867 \begin_layout Standard
13868
13869 backward-select; up-select; down-select; word-forward-select; word-backward-sele
13870 ct; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select; screen-down-select;
13871  buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select.
13872 \end_layout
13873
13874 \begin_layout Section
13875
13876 G-K
13877 \end_layout
13878
13879 \begin_layout Subsection
13880
13881 hfill-insert
13882 \end_layout
13883
13884 \begin_layout Description
13885
13886 Default\InsetSpace ~
13887 Bindings:
13888 \end_layout
13889
13890 \begin_deeper
13891 \begin_layout List
13892 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13893
13894
13895 \series bold
13896 Menu\InsetSpace ~
13897 -
13898 \series default
13899  
13900 \family sans
13901 \bar under
13902 I
13903 \bar default
13904 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13905
13906 \bar under
13907 S
13908 \bar default
13909 pecial\InsetSpace ~
13910 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13911
13912 \bar under
13913 H
13914 \bar default
13915 Fill
13916 \end_layout
13917
13918 \begin_layout List
13919 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13920
13921
13922 \series bold
13923 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
13924 -
13925 \series default
13926  
13927 \family sans
13928 C-i 
13929 \family default
13930 or
13931 \family sans
13932  M-i\InsetSpace ~
13933 h
13934 \end_layout
13935 \end_deeper
13936 \begin_layout Paragraph
13937
13938 Purpose:
13939 \end_layout
13940
13941 \begin_layout Standard
13942
13943 Insert a LaTeX 
13944 \family typewriter
13945
13946 \backslash
13947 hfill
13948 \family default
13949  command.
13950 \end_layout
13951
13952 \begin_layout Paragraph
13953
13954 Usage:
13955 \end_layout
13956
13957 \begin_layout Standard
13958
13959 The LaTeX 
13960 \family typewriter
13961
13962 \backslash
13963 hfill
13964 \family default
13965  stands for 
13966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13967 \end_inset
13968
13969 horizontal fill.
13970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13971 \end_inset
13972
13973  As the name implies, an 
13974 \emph on
13975 HFill
13976 \emph default
13977  fills in the current line with blank space.
13978  You can put it at the beginning or end of a line, which will force the
13979  line against the right or left margin, respectively.
13980  However, an 
13981 \emph on
13982 HFill
13983 \emph default
13984  is most useful in the middle of a line.
13985  The example explains it best.
13986  The 
13987 \emph on
13988 HFill
13989 \emph default
13990  has pushed the text on either side of it to the left and right margins.
13991 \end_layout
13992
13993 \begin_layout Standard
13994
13995 Important Note: by a 
13996 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13997 \end_inset
13998
13999 margin,
14000 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14001 \end_inset
14002
14003  we do 
14004 \emph on
14005 not
14006 \emph default
14007  mean the page margins.
14008  We mean the environment margin.
14009  For example, if your document has two columns per page, an 
14010 \emph on
14011 HFill
14012 \emph default
14013  fills in the line to the left and right margin 
14014 \emph on
14015 of the column
14016 \emph default
14017 , not the entire page.
14018  If you're in a table cell, 
14019 \emph on
14020 HFill
14021 \emph default
14022  fills to the cell borders, and so on.
14023 \end_layout
14024
14025 \begin_layout Standard
14026
14027 You should only use 
14028 \family typewriter
14029 hfill-insert
14030 \family default
14031  for fine tuning.
14032  LyX has better ways to justify and format text.
14033 \end_layout
14034
14035 \begin_layout Paragraph
14036
14037 Examples:
14038 \end_layout
14039
14040 \begin_layout Standard
14041
14042 An 
14043 \family typewriter
14044
14045 \backslash
14046 hfill
14047 \family default
14048  command here 
14049 \hfill
14050  has pushed this text apart.
14051 \end_layout
14052
14053 \begin_layout Paragraph
14054
14055 See Also:
14056 \end_layout
14057
14058 \begin_layout Standard
14059
14060
14061 \emph on
14062 Editor's Note: Eventually, vfills or the Paragraph popup.
14063  -jw
14064 \end_layout
14065
14066 \begin_layout Subsection
14067
14068 hyphenation-point-insert
14069 \end_layout
14070
14071 \begin_layout Description
14072
14073 Default\InsetSpace ~
14074 Bindings:
14075 \end_layout
14076
14077 \begin_deeper
14078 \begin_layout List
14079 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14080
14081
14082 \series bold
14083 Menu\InsetSpace ~
14084 -
14085 \series default
14086  
14087 \family sans
14088 \bar under
14089 I
14090 \bar default
14091 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14092
14093 \bar under
14094 S
14095 \bar default
14096 pecial\InsetSpace ~
14097 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14098 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
14099
14100 \bar under
14101 P
14102 \bar default
14103 oint
14104 \end_layout
14105
14106 \begin_layout List
14107 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14108
14109
14110 \series bold
14111 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
14112 -
14113 \series default
14114  
14115 \family sans
14116 M-i\InsetSpace ~
14117 Minus
14118 \family default
14119  (standard).
14120 \end_layout
14121
14122 \begin_deeper
14123 \begin_layout Standard
14124
14125
14126 \family sans
14127 C-Minus
14128 \family default
14129  in 
14130 \family typewriter
14131 cua-bind
14132 \family default
14133 .
14134 \end_layout
14135
14136 \begin_layout Standard
14137
14138
14139 \family sans
14140 C-h
14141 \family default
14142  in 
14143 \family typewriter
14144 emacs-bind
14145 \family default
14146 .
14147 \end_layout
14148 \end_deeper
14149 \end_deeper
14150 \begin_layout Paragraph
14151
14152 Purpose:
14153 \end_layout
14154
14155 \begin_layout Standard
14156
14157 Insert a manual hyphenation point via the LaTeX 
14158 \family typewriter
14159
14160 \backslash
14161 -
14162 \family default
14163  command.
14164  
14165 \end_layout
14166
14167 \begin_layout Paragraph
14168
14169 Usage:
14170 \end_layout
14171
14172 \begin_layout Standard
14173
14174 While LaTeX is normally able to hyphenate most words, it has problems with
14175  other words, especially non-English words and technical terms.
14176  This command allows you to tell LaTeX to hyphenate a single instance of
14177  a word that LaTeX would otherwise be unable to hyphenate.
14178 \end_layout
14179
14180 \begin_layout Standard
14181
14182 To allow LaTeX to properly hyphenate 
14183 \emph on
14184 gnomon
14185 \emph default
14186 , you type it as 
14187 \family typewriter
14188 gno
14189 \backslash
14190 -mon
14191 \family default
14192 , where you insert the 
14193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14194 \end_inset
14195
14196
14197 \family typewriter
14198
14199 \backslash
14200 -
14201 \family default
14202
14203 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14204 \end_inset
14205
14206  by means of the hyphenation command.
14207  Use this command to do the same in LyX [see the example].
14208 \end_layout
14209
14210 \begin_layout Standard
14211
14212 Note: To tell LaTeX how to hyphenate 
14213 \emph on
14214 all
14215 \emph default
14216  instances of a word in a document, insert a LaTeX 
14217 \family typewriter
14218
14219 \backslash
14220 hyphenation{}
14221 \family default
14222  command in the preamble,
14223 \begin_inset Foot
14224 status collapsed
14225
14226 \begin_layout Standard
14227
14228 Edit the preamble from the menu by selecting 
14229 \family sans
14230 Layout
14231 \family default
14232 , then 
14233 \family sans
14234 LaTeX\InsetSpace ~
14235 Preamble
14236 \family default
14237  .
14238 \end_layout
14239
14240 \end_inset
14241
14242  where the argument is a space-delimited list of the words to be hyphenated,
14243  with the hyphenation points noted by dashes, as in 
14244 \family typewriter
14245
14246 \backslash
14247 hyphenation{gno-mon gno-mons gno-mon-ly}
14248 \family default
14249 .
14250 \end_layout
14251
14252 \begin_layout Paragraph
14253
14254 Examples:
14255 \end_layout
14256
14257 \begin_layout Standard
14258
14259 This is what 
14260 \emph on
14261 gno\SpecialChar \-
14262 mon
14263 \emph default
14264  looks like in LyX when hyphenated.
14265 \end_layout
14266
14267 \begin_layout Paragraph
14268
14269 See Also:
14270 \end_layout
14271
14272 \begin_layout Standard
14273
14274 ?
14275 \end_layout
14276
14277 \begin_layout Subsection
14278
14279 index-insert
14280 \end_layout
14281
14282 \begin_layout Description
14283
14284 Default\InsetSpace ~
14285 Bindings:
14286 \end_layout
14287
14288 \begin_deeper
14289 \begin_layout List
14290 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14291
14292
14293 \series bold
14294 Menu\InsetSpace ~
14295
14296 \family sans
14297 \series default
14298 \bar under
14299 I
14300 \bar default
14301 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14302 In
14303 \bar under
14304 d
14305 \bar default
14306 ex\InsetSpace ~
14307 entry
14308 \end_layout
14309 \end_deeper
14310 \begin_layout Paragraph
14311
14312 Purpose:
14313 \end_layout
14314
14315 \begin_layout Standard
14316
14317 Add an entry that LaTeX can use to generate an index entry.
14318 \end_layout
14319
14320 \begin_layout Paragraph
14321
14322 Usage:
14323 \end_layout
14324
14325 \begin_layout Standard
14326
14327 LaTeX has the capability to compile an index based on keywords marked in
14328  the text.
14329  Within LyX, this is done using 
14330 \family typewriter
14331 index-insert
14332 \family default
14333  immediately adjacent to the word or phrase to be placed in the index.
14334  Note that leaving a space in between can occasionally result in the page
14335  number appearing in the index to be off by one page.
14336 \end_layout
14337
14338 \begin_layout Standard
14339
14340 When using 
14341 \family typewriter
14342 index-insert
14343 \family default
14344  from the minibuffer, an argument can be used to give the text to use in
14345  the index entry.
14346  Regardless of how the entry was created in LyX, clicking on the index inset
14347  gives an editable popup window to allow changes in the entry.
14348 \end_layout
14349
14350 \begin_layout Paragraph
14351
14352 Examples:
14353 \end_layout
14354
14355 \begin_layout Standard
14356
14357 Here
14358 \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{example}
14359
14360 \end_inset
14361
14362  is what an index entry looks like.
14363 \end_layout
14364
14365 \begin_layout Paragraph
14366
14367 See Also:
14368 \end_layout
14369
14370 \begin_layout Standard
14371
14372
14373 \family typewriter
14374 index-print
14375 \end_layout
14376
14377 \begin_layout Subsection
14378
14379 index-print
14380 \end_layout
14381
14382 \begin_layout List
14383 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14384
14385
14386 \series bold
14387 Default\InsetSpace ~
14388 Bindings:
14389 \end_layout
14390
14391 \begin_deeper
14392 \begin_layout List
14393 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14394
14395
14396 \series bold
14397 Menu\InsetSpace ~
14398
14399 \family sans
14400 \series default
14401 \bar under
14402 I
14403 \bar default
14404 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14405 Lists\InsetSpace ~
14406 and\InsetSpace ~
14407
14408 \bar under
14409 T
14410 \bar default
14411 OC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14412
14413 \bar under
14414 I
14415 \bar default
14416 ndex\InsetSpace ~
14417 list
14418 \end_layout
14419
14420 \begin_layout List
14421 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14422
14423
14424 \series bold
14425 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
14426 -
14427 \series default
14428  
14429 \family sans
14430 M-i\InsetSpace ~
14431 t\InsetSpace ~
14432 i
14433 \family default
14434  
14435 \end_layout
14436 \end_deeper
14437 \begin_layout Paragraph
14438
14439 Purpose:
14440 \end_layout
14441
14442 \begin_layout Standard
14443
14444 Instruct LaTeX to print the index.
14445 \end_layout
14446
14447 \begin_layout Paragraph
14448
14449 Usage:
14450 \end_layout
14451
14452 \begin_layout Standard
14453
14454
14455 \family typewriter
14456 index-print
14457 \family default
14458  causes LaTeX to read index entries created by 
14459 \family typewriter
14460 index-insert
14461 \family default
14462 , generate an index, and add it to the output document.
14463  Within LyX, the only visible effect of 
14464 \family typewriter
14465 index-print
14466 \family default
14467  is to create an inset labeled 
14468 \family sans
14469 Print Index
14470 \family default
14471 .
14472 \end_layout
14473
14474 \begin_layout Paragraph
14475
14476 See Also:
14477 \end_layout
14478
14479 \begin_layout Standard
14480
14481
14482 \family typewriter
14483 index-insert
14484 \end_layout
14485
14486 \begin_layout Subsection
14487
14488 inset-formula-latex-deletable-insert
14489 \end_layout
14490
14491 \begin_layout Description
14492
14493 Default\InsetSpace ~
14494 Bindings:
14495 \end_layout
14496
14497 \begin_deeper
14498 \begin_layout List
14499 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14500
14501
14502 \series bold
14503 None.
14504 \end_layout
14505 \end_deeper
14506 \begin_layout Paragraph
14507
14508 Purpose:
14509 \end_layout
14510
14511 \begin_layout Standard
14512
14513 I don't know what this is used for, though it seems to go into a kind of
14514  math-mode.
14515 \end_layout
14516
14517 \begin_layout Paragraph
14518
14519 Usage:
14520 \end_layout
14521
14522 \begin_layout Standard
14523
14524 ?
14525 \end_layout
14526
14527 \begin_layout Paragraph
14528
14529 Examples:
14530 \end_layout
14531
14532 \begin_layout Standard
14533
14534 ?
14535 \end_layout
14536
14537 \begin_layout Paragraph
14538
14539 See Also:
14540 \end_layout
14541
14542 \begin_layout Standard
14543
14544 ?
14545 \end_layout
14546
14547 \begin_layout Subsection
14548
14549 inset-formula-latex-insert
14550 \end_layout
14551
14552 \begin_layout Description
14553
14554 Default\InsetSpace ~
14555 Bindings:
14556 \end_layout
14557
14558 \begin_deeper
14559 \begin_layout List
14560 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14561
14562
14563 \series bold
14564 None.
14565 \end_layout
14566 \end_deeper
14567 \begin_layout Paragraph
14568
14569 Purpose:
14570 \end_layout
14571
14572 \begin_layout Standard
14573
14574 I don't know what this is used for, though it seems to go into a kind of
14575  math-mode.
14576 \end_layout
14577
14578 \begin_layout Paragraph
14579
14580 Usage:
14581 \end_layout
14582
14583 \begin_layout Standard
14584
14585 ?
14586 \end_layout
14587
14588 \begin_layout Paragraph
14589
14590 Examples:
14591 \end_layout
14592
14593 \begin_layout Standard
14594
14595 ?
14596 \end_layout
14597
14598 \begin_layout Paragraph
14599
14600 See Also:
14601 \end_layout
14602
14603 \begin_layout Standard
14604
14605 ?
14606 \end_layout
14607
14608 \begin_layout Subsection
14609
14610 inset-latex-deletable-insert
14611 \end_layout
14612
14613 \begin_layout Description
14614
14615 Default\InsetSpace ~
14616 Bindings:
14617 \end_layout
14618
14619 \begin_deeper
14620 \begin_layout List
14621 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14622
14623
14624 \series bold
14625 None.
14626 \end_layout
14627 \end_deeper
14628 \begin_layout Paragraph
14629
14630 Purpose:
14631 \end_layout
14632
14633 \begin_layout Standard
14634
14635 ?
14636 \end_layout
14637
14638 \begin_layout Paragraph
14639
14640 Usage:
14641 \end_layout
14642
14643 \begin_layout Standard
14644
14645 ?
14646 \end_layout
14647
14648 \begin_layout Paragraph
14649
14650 Examples:
14651 \end_layout
14652
14653 \begin_layout Standard
14654
14655 ?
14656 \end_layout
14657
14658 \begin_layout Paragraph
14659
14660 See Also:
14661 \end_layout
14662
14663 \begin_layout Standard
14664
14665 ?
14666 \end_layout
14667
14668 \begin_layout Subsection
14669
14670 inset-latex-insert
14671 \end_layout
14672
14673 \begin_layout Description
14674
14675 Default\InsetSpace ~
14676 Bindings:
14677 \end_layout
14678
14679 \begin_deeper
14680 \begin_layout List
14681 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14682
14683
14684 \series bold
14685 None.
14686 \end_layout
14687 \end_deeper
14688 \begin_layout Paragraph
14689
14690 Purpose:
14691 \end_layout
14692
14693 \begin_layout Standard
14694
14695 ?
14696 \end_layout
14697
14698 \begin_layout Paragraph
14699
14700 Usage:
14701 \end_layout
14702
14703 \begin_layout Standard
14704
14705 ?
14706 \end_layout
14707
14708 \begin_layout Paragraph
14709
14710 Examples:
14711 \end_layout
14712
14713 \begin_layout Standard
14714
14715 ?
14716 \end_layout
14717
14718 \begin_layout Paragraph
14719
14720 See Also:
14721 \end_layout
14722
14723 \begin_layout Standard
14724
14725 ?
14726 \end_layout
14727
14728 \begin_layout Subsection
14729
14730 keymap-off
14731 \end_layout
14732
14733 \begin_layout Description
14734
14735 Default\InsetSpace ~
14736 Bindings:
14737 \end_layout
14738
14739 \begin_deeper
14740 \begin_layout List
14741 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14742
14743
14744 \series bold
14745 Menu\InsetSpace ~
14746 -
14747 \series default
14748  
14749 \family sans
14750 \bar under
14751 O
14752 \bar default
14753 ptions\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14754
14755 \bar under
14756 K
14757 \bar default
14758 eyboard
14759 \end_layout
14760
14761 \begin_deeper
14762 \begin_layout Description
14763
14764 Key\InsetSpace ~
14765 Mappings:
14766 \series medium
14767  
14768 \family sans
14769 No\InsetSpace ~
14770 key\InsetSpace ~
14771 mapping
14772 \end_layout
14773 \end_deeper
14774 \begin_layout List
14775 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14776
14777
14778 \series bold
14779 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
14780 -
14781 \series default
14782  
14783 \family sans
14784 M-k\InsetSpace ~
14785
14786 \family default
14787 or 
14788 \family sans
14789 M-k\InsetSpace ~
14790 x
14791 \end_layout
14792 \end_deeper
14793 \begin_layout Paragraph
14794
14795 Purpose:
14796 \end_layout
14797
14798 \begin_layout Standard
14799
14800 Turn off keyboard character keymapping.
14801 \end_layout
14802
14803 \begin_layout Paragraph
14804
14805 Usage:
14806 \end_layout
14807
14808 \begin_layout Standard
14809
14810 In addition to the default keymap, the keyboard can have a primary keymap,
14811  a secondary keymap, or both.
14812  If you have previously defined and selected either the primary or secondary
14813  keymaps, you can turn-off this selection by issuing the 
14814 \family typewriter
14815 keymap-off
14816 \family default
14817  command.
14818 \end_layout
14819
14820 \begin_layout Standard
14821
14822
14823 \emph on
14824 Editor's Note - We probably need to add some more info.
14825  - jw
14826 \end_layout
14827
14828 \begin_layout Paragraph
14829
14830 Examples:
14831 \end_layout
14832
14833 \begin_layout Standard
14834
14835 ?
14836 \end_layout
14837
14838 \begin_layout Paragraph
14839
14840 See Also:
14841 \end_layout
14842
14843 \begin_layout Standard
14844
14845 keymap-primary; keymap-secondary.
14846 \end_layout
14847
14848 \begin_layout Standard
14849
14850 Keyboard keymapping is described in more detail in\SpecialChar \ldots{}
14851
14852 \end_layout
14853
14854 \begin_layout Subsection
14855
14856 keymap-primary
14857 \end_layout
14858
14859 \begin_layout Description
14860
14861 Default\InsetSpace ~
14862 Bindings:
14863 \end_layout
14864
14865 \begin_deeper
14866 \begin_layout List
14867 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14868
14869
14870 \series bold
14871 Menu\InsetSpace ~
14872 -
14873 \series default
14874  
14875 \family sans
14876 \bar under
14877 O
14878 \bar default
14879 ptions\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14880
14881 \bar under
14882 K
14883 \bar default
14884 eyboard
14885 \end_layout
14886
14887 \begin_deeper
14888 \begin_layout Description
14889
14890 Key\InsetSpace ~
14891 Mappings: 
14892 \family sans
14893 \series medium
14894 Primary\InsetSpace ~
14895 key\InsetSpace ~
14896 mapping
14897 \end_layout
14898 \end_deeper
14899 \begin_layout List
14900 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14901
14902
14903 \series bold
14904 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
14905 -
14906 \series default
14907  
14908 \family sans
14909 M-k\InsetSpace ~
14910 1
14911 \end_layout
14912 \end_deeper
14913 \begin_layout Paragraph
14914
14915 Purpose:
14916 \end_layout
14917
14918 \begin_layout Standard
14919
14920 Select the primary keymap.
14921 \end_layout
14922
14923 \begin_layout Paragraph
14924
14925 Usage:
14926 \end_layout
14927
14928 \begin_layout Standard
14929
14930 Self-explanatory.
14931  See 
14932 \family typewriter
14933 keymap-off
14934 \family default
14935  for more details about using multiple keymaps.
14936 \end_layout
14937
14938 \begin_layout Paragraph
14939
14940 See Also:
14941 \end_layout
14942
14943 \begin_layout Standard
14944
14945 keymap-off
14946 \end_layout
14947
14948 \begin_layout Subsection
14949
14950 keymap-secondary
14951 \end_layout
14952
14953 \begin_layout Description
14954
14955 Default\InsetSpace ~
14956 Bindings:
14957 \end_layout
14958
14959 \begin_deeper
14960 \begin_layout List
14961 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14962
14963
14964 \series bold
14965 Menu\InsetSpace ~
14966 -
14967 \series default
14968  
14969 \family sans
14970 \bar under
14971 O
14972 \bar default
14973 ptions\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14974
14975 \bar under
14976 K
14977 \bar default
14978 eyboard
14979 \end_layout
14980
14981 \begin_deeper
14982 \begin_layout Description
14983
14984 Key\InsetSpace ~
14985 Mappings: 
14986 \family sans
14987 \series medium
14988 Secondary\InsetSpace ~
14989 key\InsetSpace ~
14990 mapping
14991 \end_layout
14992 \end_deeper
14993 \begin_layout List
14994 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14995
14996
14997 \series bold
14998 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
14999 -
15000 \series default
15001  
15002 \family sans
15003 M-k\InsetSpace ~
15004 2
15005 \end_layout
15006 \end_deeper
15007 \begin_layout Paragraph
15008
15009 Purpose:
15010 \end_layout
15011
15012 \begin_layout Standard
15013
15014 Select the secondary keymap.
15015 \end_layout
15016
15017 \begin_layout Paragraph
15018
15019 Usage:
15020 \end_layout
15021
15022 \begin_layout Standard
15023
15024 Self-explanatory.
15025  See 
15026 \family typewriter
15027 keymap-off
15028 \family default
15029  for more details about using multiple keymaps.
15030 \end_layout
15031
15032 \begin_layout Paragraph
15033
15034 See Also:
15035 \end_layout
15036
15037 \begin_layout Standard
15038
15039 keymap-off
15040 \end_layout
15041
15042 \begin_layout Subsection
15043
15044 keymap-toggle
15045 \end_layout
15046
15047 \begin_layout Description
15048
15049 Default\InsetSpace ~
15050 Bindings:
15051 \end_layout
15052
15053 \begin_deeper
15054 \begin_layout List
15055 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
15056
15057
15058 \series bold
15059 Menu\InsetSpace ~
15060 -
15061 \series default
15062  
15063 \family sans
15064 \bar under
15065 O
15066 \bar default
15067 ptions\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15068
15069 \bar under
15070 K
15071 \bar default
15072 eyboard 
15073 \end_layout
15074
15075 \begin_deeper
15076 \begin_layout Description
15077
15078 Key\InsetSpace ~
15079 Mappings
15080 \series medium
15081
15082 \family sans
15083 Mapping\InsetSpace ~
15084 Switch
15085 \end_layout
15086 \end_deeper
15087 \begin_layout List
15088 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
15089
15090
15091 \series bold
15092 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
15093 -
15094 \series default
15095  
15096 \family sans
15097 M-k\InsetSpace ~
15098 t
15099 \end_layout
15100 \end_deeper
15101 \begin_layout Paragraph
15102
15103 Purpose:
15104 \end_layout
15105
15106 \begin_layout Standard
15107
15108 Allows you to toggle back and forth between the primary and secondary keymaps
15109  (either of which can be set to a value of 
15110 \family typewriter
15111 default
15112 \family default
15113 ).
15114 \end_layout
15115
15116 \begin_layout Paragraph
15117
15118 Usage:
15119 \end_layout
15120
15121 \begin_layout Standard
15122
15123 Self-explanatory.
15124  See 
15125 \family typewriter
15126 keymap-off
15127 \family default
15128  for more details about using multiple keymaps.
15129 \end_layout
15130
15131 \begin_layout Paragraph
15132
15133 See Also:
15134 \end_layout
15135
15136 \begin_layout Standard
15137
15138 keymap-off
15139 \end_layout
15140
15141 \begin_layout Section
15142
15143 L
15144 \end_layout
15145
15146 \begin_layout Subsection
15147
15148 label-insert
15149 \end_layout
15150
15151 \begin_layout Description
15152
15153 Default\InsetSpace ~
15154 Bindings:
15155 \end_layout
15156
15157 \begin_deeper
15158 \begin_layout List
15159 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
15160
15161
15162 \series bold
15163 Menu\InsetSpace ~
15164 -
15165 \series default
15166  
15167 \family sans
15168 \bar under
15169 I
15170 \bar default
15171 nsert \SpecialChar \menuseparator
15172
15173 \bar under
15174 L
15175 \bar default
15176 abel
15177 \end_layout
15178
15179 \begin_deeper
15180 \begin_layout Description
15181
15182 Input: (enter label name in input box)
15183 \end_layout
15184 \end_deeper
15185 \begin_layout List
15186 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
15187
15188
15189 \series bold
15190 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
15191 -
15192 \series default
15193  
15194 \family sans
15195 M-i\InsetSpace ~
15196 l
15197 \end_layout
15198 \end_deeper
15199 \begin_layout Paragraph
15200
15201 Purpose:
15202 \end_layout
15203
15204 \begin_layout Standard
15205
15206 Insert a label (and create a character string label key for it) for use
15207  in a cross-reference to either the current environment entity or the printed
15208  page number of the label location.
15209 \end_layout
15210
15211 \begin_layout Paragraph
15212
15213 Usage:
15214 \end_layout
15215
15216 \begin_layout Standard
15217
15218 This command inserts a LaTeX 
15219 \family typewriter
15220
15221 \backslash
15222 label{key}
15223 \family default
15224  command into the document, which contains a case-sensitive alphanumeric
15225  label 
15226 \family typewriter
15227 key
15228 \family default
15229  that you define.
15230  This command allows LaTeX to track the current environment and printed
15231  page number for subsequent
15232 \begin_inset Foot
15233 status collapsed
15234
15235 \begin_layout Standard
15236
15237 Actually, it doesn't need to be a subsequent reference.
15238  You can reference a label 
15239 \emph on
15240 before
15241 \emph default
15242  it is defined, but you must then run LaTeX multiple times to allow LaTeX
15243  to resolve these types of references.
15244 \end_layout
15245
15246 \end_inset
15247
15248  cross-reference via the 
15249 \family typewriter
15250 ref-insert
15251 \family default
15252  command.
15253  The current environment is the section, table, figure, equation, enumerated
15254  item, 
15255 \emph on
15256 etc
15257 \emph default
15258 ., that the label is within.
15259  Note that the actual printed label is not displayed until you view or print
15260  your document; LyX displays instead on the screen the symbolic label, which
15261  is the character string label that you defined.
15262  
15263 \end_layout
15264
15265 \begin_layout Standard
15266
15267 Note that you can't define labels for math equations using this command.
15268  LyX labels equations using a combination of the 
15269 \family typewriter
15270 math-number
15271 \family default
15272  command and the actual LaTeX command 
15273 \family typewriter
15274
15275 \backslash
15276 label{key}
15277 \family default
15278 .
15279  See the User's Guide for more information about labelling and numbering
15280  equations.
15281 \end_layout
15282
15283 \begin_layout Paragraph
15284
15285 Examples:
15286 \end_layout
15287
15288 \begin_layout Standard
15289
15290 If the current environment is a section, as it is here at this point, you
15291  can insert a label with the following result:
15292 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{test label}
15293
15294 \end_inset
15295
15296 .
15297  This label can then be referenced, and the result will be the section number
15298  for this section, as Section\InsetSpace ~
15299
15300 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{test label}
15301
15302 \end_inset
15303
15304 .
15305 \end_layout
15306
15307 \begin_layout Paragraph
15308
15309 See Also:
15310 \end_layout
15311
15312 \begin_layout Standard
15313
15314 ref-insert; math-number.
15315  
15316 \end_layout
15317
15318 \begin_layout Standard
15319
15320 You can find further description of the LaTeX labeling and cross-referencing
15321  method in the LyX User's Guide or any LaTeX user's guide.
15322 \end_layout
15323
15324 \begin_layout Subsection
15325
15326 latex-view-log
15327 \end_layout
15328
15329 \begin_layout Description
15330
15331 Default\InsetSpace ~
15332 Bindings:
15333 \end_layout
15334
15335 \begin_deeper
15336 \begin_layout List
15337 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
15338
15339
15340 \series bold
15341 Menu\InsetSpace ~
15342 -
15343 \series default
15344  
15345 \family sans
15346 \bar under
15347 E
15348 \bar default
15349 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15350 Vie
15351 \bar under
15352 w
15353 \bar default
15354  LaTeX Log
15355 \end_layout
15356
15357 \begin_layout List
15358 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
15359
15360
15361 \series bold
15362 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
15363 -
15364 \series default
15365  
15366 \family sans
15367 M-e\InsetSpace ~
15368 w
15369 \end_layout
15370 \end_deeper
15371 \begin_layout Paragraph
15372
15373 Purpose:
15374 \end_layout
15375
15376 \begin_layout Standard
15377
15378 Displays the log file produced by LaTeX.
15379 \end_layout
15380
15381 \begin_layout Paragraph
15382
15383 Usage:
15384 \end_layout
15385
15386 \begin_layout Standard
15387
15388 Self-explanatory.
15389 \end_layout
15390
15391 \begin_layout Subsection
15392
15393 layout
15394 \end_layout
15395
15396 \begin_layout Description
15397
15398 Default\InsetSpace ~
15399 Bindings:
15400 \end_layout
15401
15402 \begin_deeper
15403 \begin_layout List
15404 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
15405
15406
15407 \series bold
15408 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
15409 -
15410 \series default
15411  Pull-down box at the left end of the toolbar.
15412 \end_layout
15413
15414 \begin_layout List
15415 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
15416
15417
15418 \series bold
15419 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
15420 -
15421 \series default
15422  
15423 \family sans
15424 M-p 
15425 \family default
15426 prefix plus one of the following:
15427 \end_layout
15428
15429 \begin_deeper
15430 \begin_layout List
15431 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15432
15433
15434 \family sans
15435 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15436 1
15437 \family default
15438  
15439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15440 \end_inset
15441
15442
15443 \family typewriter
15444 layout Chapter
15445 \family default
15446
15447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15448 \end_inset
15449
15450
15451 \end_layout
15452
15453 \begin_layout List
15454 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15455
15456
15457 \family sans
15458 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15459 2
15460 \family default
15461  
15462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15463 \end_inset
15464
15465
15466 \family typewriter
15467 layout Section
15468 \family default
15469
15470 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15471 \end_inset
15472
15473
15474 \end_layout
15475
15476 \begin_layout List
15477 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15478
15479
15480 \family sans
15481 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15482 3
15483 \family default
15484  
15485 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15486 \end_inset
15487
15488
15489 \family typewriter
15490 layout Subsection
15491 \family default
15492
15493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15494 \end_inset
15495
15496
15497 \end_layout
15498
15499 \begin_layout List
15500 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15501
15502
15503 \family sans
15504 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15505 4
15506 \family default
15507  
15508 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15509 \end_inset
15510
15511
15512 \family typewriter
15513 layout Subsubsection
15514 \family default
15515
15516 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15517 \end_inset
15518
15519
15520 \end_layout
15521
15522 \begin_layout List
15523 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15524
15525
15526 \family sans
15527 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15528 5
15529 \family default
15530  
15531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15532 \end_inset
15533
15534
15535 \family typewriter
15536 layout Paragraph
15537 \family default
15538
15539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15540 \end_inset
15541
15542
15543 \end_layout
15544
15545 \begin_layout List
15546 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15547
15548
15549 \family sans
15550 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15551 6
15552 \family default
15553  
15554 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15555 \end_inset
15556
15557
15558 \family typewriter
15559 layout Subparagraph
15560 \family default
15561
15562 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15563 \end_inset
15564
15565
15566 \end_layout
15567
15568 \begin_layout List
15569 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15570
15571
15572 \family sans
15573 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15574 a
15575 \family default
15576  
15577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15578 \end_inset
15579
15580
15581 \family typewriter
15582 layout Abstract
15583 \family default
15584
15585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15586 \end_inset
15587
15588
15589 \end_layout
15590
15591 \begin_layout List
15592 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15593
15594
15595 \family sans
15596 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15597 S-A
15598 \family default
15599  
15600 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15601 \end_inset
15602
15603
15604 \family typewriter
15605 layout Author
15606 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15607 \end_inset
15608
15609
15610 \end_layout
15611
15612 \begin_layout List
15613 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15614
15615
15616 \family sans
15617 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15618 M-a
15619 \family default
15620  
15621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15622 \end_inset
15623
15624
15625 \family typewriter
15626 layout Address
15627 \family default
15628
15629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15630 \end_inset
15631
15632
15633 \end_layout
15634
15635 \begin_layout List
15636 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15637
15638
15639 \family sans
15640 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15641 C-a
15642 \family default
15643  
15644 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15645 \end_inset
15646
15647
15648 \family typewriter
15649 layout RightAddress
15650 \family default
15651
15652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15653 \end_inset
15654
15655
15656 \end_layout
15657
15658 \begin_layout List
15659 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15660
15661
15662 \family sans
15663 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15664 b
15665 \family default
15666  
15667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15668 \end_inset
15669
15670
15671 \family typewriter
15672 layout Itemize
15673 \family default
15674
15675 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15676 \end_inset
15677
15678
15679 \end_layout
15680
15681 \begin_layout List
15682 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15683
15684
15685 \family sans
15686 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15687 S-B
15688 \family default
15689  
15690 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15691 \end_inset
15692
15693
15694 \family typewriter
15695 layout Bibliography
15696 \family default
15697
15698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15699 \end_inset
15700
15701
15702 \end_layout
15703
15704 \begin_layout List
15705 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15706
15707
15708 \family sans
15709 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15710 c
15711 \family default
15712  
15713 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15714 \end_inset
15715
15716
15717 \family typewriter
15718 layout LyX-Code
15719 \family default
15720
15721 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15722 \end_inset
15723
15724
15725 \end_layout
15726
15727 \begin_layout List
15728 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15729
15730
15731 \family sans
15732 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15733 S-C
15734 \family default
15735  
15736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15737 \end_inset
15738
15739
15740 \family typewriter
15741 layout Comment
15742 \family default
15743
15744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15745 \end_inset
15746
15747
15748 \end_layout
15749
15750 \begin_layout List
15751 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15752
15753
15754 \family sans
15755 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15756 M-c
15757 \family default
15758  
15759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15760 \end_inset
15761
15762
15763 \family typewriter
15764 layout Caption
15765 \family default
15766
15767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15768 \end_inset
15769
15770
15771 \end_layout
15772
15773 \begin_layout List
15774 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15775
15776
15777 \family sans
15778 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15779 d
15780 \family default
15781  
15782 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15783 \end_inset
15784
15785
15786 \family typewriter
15787 layout Description
15788 \family default
15789
15790 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15791 \end_inset
15792
15793
15794 \end_layout
15795
15796 \begin_layout List
15797 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15798
15799
15800 \family sans
15801 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15802 S-D
15803 \family default
15804  
15805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15806 \end_inset
15807
15808
15809 \family typewriter
15810 layout Date
15811 \family default
15812
15813 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15814 \end_inset
15815
15816
15817 \end_layout
15818
15819 \begin_layout List
15820 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15821
15822
15823 \family sans
15824 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15825 e
15826 \family default
15827  
15828 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15829 \end_inset
15830
15831
15832 \family typewriter
15833 layout Enumerate
15834 \family default
15835
15836 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15837 \end_inset
15838
15839
15840 \end_layout
15841
15842 \begin_layout List
15843 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15844
15845
15846 \family sans
15847 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15848 f
15849 \family default
15850  
15851 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15852 \end_inset
15853
15854
15855 \family typewriter
15856 layout ShortFoilhead
15857 \family default
15858
15859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15860 \end_inset
15861
15862
15863 \end_layout
15864
15865 \begin_layout List
15866 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15867
15868
15869 \family sans
15870 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15871 S-F
15872 \family default
15873  
15874 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15875 \end_inset
15876
15877
15878 \family typewriter
15879 layout Foilhead
15880 \family default
15881
15882 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15883 \end_inset
15884
15885
15886 \end_layout
15887
15888 \begin_layout List
15889 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15890
15891
15892 \family sans
15893 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15894 i
15895 \family default
15896  
15897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15898 \end_inset
15899
15900
15901 \family typewriter
15902 layout Itemize
15903 \family default
15904
15905 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15906 \end_inset
15907
15908
15909 \end_layout
15910
15911 \begin_layout List
15912 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15913
15914
15915 \family sans
15916 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15917 l
15918 \family default
15919  
15920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15921 \end_inset
15922
15923
15924 \family typewriter
15925 layout List
15926 \family default
15927
15928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15929 \end_inset
15930
15931
15932 \end_layout
15933
15934 \begin_layout List
15935 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15936
15937
15938 \family sans
15939 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15940 S-L
15941 \family default
15942  
15943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15944 \end_inset
15945
15946
15947 \family typewriter
15948 layout LaTeX
15949 \family default
15950
15951 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15952 \end_inset
15953
15954
15955 \end_layout
15956
15957 \begin_layout List
15958 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15959
15960
15961 \family sans
15962 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15963 n
15964 \family default
15965  
15966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15967 \end_inset
15968
15969
15970 \family typewriter
15971 layout Enumerate
15972 \family default
15973
15974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15975 \end_inset
15976
15977
15978 \end_layout
15979
15980 \begin_layout List
15981 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15982
15983
15984 \family sans
15985 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15986 q
15987 \family default
15988  
15989 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15990 \end_inset
15991
15992
15993 \family typewriter
15994 layout Quote
15995 \family default
15996
15997 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15998 \end_inset
15999
16000
16001 \end_layout
16002
16003 \begin_layout List
16004 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
16005
16006
16007 \family sans
16008 M-p\InsetSpace ~
16009 S-Q
16010 \family default
16011  
16012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16013 \end_inset
16014
16015
16016 \family typewriter
16017 layout Quotation
16018 \family default
16019
16020 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16021 \end_inset
16022
16023
16024 \end_layout
16025
16026 \begin_layout List
16027 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
16028
16029
16030 \family sans
16031 M-p\InsetSpace ~
16032 r
16033 \family default
16034  
16035 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16036 \end_inset
16037
16038
16039 \family typewriter
16040 layout ShortRotatefoilhead
16041 \family default
16042
16043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16044 \end_inset
16045
16046
16047 \end_layout
16048
16049 \begin_layout List
16050 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
16051
16052
16053 \family sans
16054 M-p\InsetSpace ~
16055 S-R
16056 \family default
16057  
16058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16059 \end_inset
16060
16061
16062 \family typewriter
16063 layout Rotatefoilhead
16064 \family default
16065
16066 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16067 \end_inset
16068
16069
16070 \end_layout
16071
16072 \begin_layout List
16073 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
16074
16075
16076 \family sans
16077 M-p\InsetSpace ~
16078 s
16079 \family default
16080  
16081 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16082 \end_inset
16083
16084
16085 \family typewriter
16086 layout Standard
16087 \family default
16088
16089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16090 \end_inset
16091
16092
16093 \end_layout
16094
16095 \begin_layout List
16096 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
16097
16098
16099 \family sans
16100 M-p\InsetSpace ~
16101 t
16102 \family default
16103  
16104 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16105 \end_inset
16106
16107
16108 \family typewriter
16109 layout Title
16110 \family default
16111
16112 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16113 \end_inset
16114
16115
16116 \end_layout
16117
16118 \begin_layout List
16119 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
16120
16121
16122 \family sans
16123 M-p\InsetSpace ~
16124 v
16125 \family default
16126  
16127 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16128 \end_inset
16129
16130
16131 \family typewriter
16132 layout Verse
16133 \family default
16134
16135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16136 \end_inset
16137
16138
16139 \end_layout
16140
16141 \begin_layout List
16142 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
16143
16144
16145 \family sans
16146 M-p\InsetSpace ~
16147 x
16148 \family default
16149  
16150 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16151 \end_inset
16152
16153
16154 \family typewriter
16155 layout LaTeX
16156 \family default
16157
16158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16159 \end_inset
16160
16161
16162 \end_layout
16163
16164 \begin_layout List
16165 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
16166
16167
16168 \family sans
16169 M-p\InsetSpace ~
16170 S-at
16171 \family default
16172  
16173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16174 \end_inset
16175
16176
16177 \family typewriter
16178 layout Section*
16179 \family default
16180
16181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16182 \end_inset
16183
16184
16185 \end_layout
16186
16187 \begin_layout List
16188 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
16189
16190
16191 \family sans
16192 M-p\InsetSpace ~
16193 S-numbersign
16194 \family default
16195  
16196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16197 \end_inset
16198
16199
16200 \family typewriter
16201 layout Subsection*
16202 \family default
16203
16204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16205 \end_inset
16206
16207
16208 \end_layout
16209
16210 \begin_layout List
16211 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
16212
16213
16214 \family sans
16215 M-p\InsetSpace ~
16216 S-dollar
16217 \family default
16218  
16219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16220 \end_inset
16221
16222
16223 \family typewriter
16224 layout Subsubsection*
16225 \family default
16226
16227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16228 \end_inset
16229
16230
16231 \end_layout
16232 \end_deeper
16233 \end_deeper
16234 \begin_layout Paragraph
16235
16236 Purpose:
16237 \end_layout
16238
16239 \begin_layout Standard
16240
16241 To select a paragraph environment.
16242 \end_layout
16243
16244 \begin_layout Paragraph
16245
16246 Usage:
16247 \end_layout
16248
16249 \begin_layout Standard
16250
16251 This function requires an argument, which is the name of the paragraph environme
16252 nt to use.
16253  Yes, we realize the nomenclature is confusing.
16254  Unfortunately, we've changed our terminology but not the function names.
16255 \end_layout
16256
16257 \begin_layout Standard
16258
16259 There are more possible arguments than those listed in the keybindings.
16260  In fact, the possible arguments change depending on what document class
16261  you're using.
16262  In any case, there are so many different paragraph environments that we
16263  couldn't go into detail about each one here.
16264  [
16265 \emph on
16266 Editor's Note- Maybe we need another chapter, just for the layouts? - jw
16267 \emph default
16268 ]
16269 \end_layout
16270
16271 \begin_layout Paragraph
16272
16273 See Also:
16274 \end_layout
16275
16276 \begin_layout Standard
16277
16278 The appropriate section of UserGuide.lyx.
16279 \end_layout
16280
16281 \begin_layout Subsection
16282
16283 layout-character
16284 \end_layout
16285
16286 \begin_layout Description
16287
16288 Default\InsetSpace ~
16289 Bindings:
16290 \end_layout
16291
16292 \begin_deeper
16293 \begin_layout List
16294 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16295
16296
16297 \series bold
16298 Menu\InsetSpace ~
16299 -
16300 \series default
16301  
16302 \family sans
16303 \bar under
16304 L
16305 \bar default
16306 ayout \SpecialChar \menuseparator
16307
16308 \bar under
16309 C
16310 \bar default
16311 haracter
16312 \end_layout
16313
16314 \begin_deeper
16315 \begin_layout Description
16316
16317 Character\InsetSpace ~
16318 Layout: (controls for character font settings)
16319 \end_layout
16320 \end_deeper
16321 \begin_layout List
16322 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16323
16324
16325 \series bold
16326 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
16327 -
16328 \series default
16329  
16330 \family sans
16331 M-l\InsetSpace ~
16332 c
16333 \end_layout
16334 \end_deeper
16335 \begin_layout Paragraph
16336
16337 Purpose:
16338 \end_layout
16339
16340 \begin_layout Standard
16341
16342 Activates the 
16343 \family sans
16344 Character Layout
16345 \family default
16346  pop-up, which allows you to control the character family, series, shape,
16347  size, and underlining font details.
16348 \end_layout
16349
16350 \begin_layout Paragraph
16351
16352 Usage:
16353 \end_layout
16354
16355 \begin_layout Standard
16356
16357 You can change the character appearance just once, for selected text, or
16358  for all subsequently typed text.
16359 \end_layout
16360
16361 \begin_layout Standard
16362
16363 Yes, we realize the nomenclature is confusing.
16364  Unfortunately, we've changed our terminology but not the function names.
16365 \end_layout
16366
16367 \begin_layout Paragraph
16368
16369 See Also:
16370 \end_layout
16371
16372 \begin_layout Standard
16373
16374 layout-paragraph; layout-document.
16375 \end_layout
16376
16377 \begin_layout Subsection
16378
16379 layout-document
16380 \end_layout
16381
16382 \begin_layout Description
16383
16384 Default\InsetSpace ~
16385 Bindings:
16386 \end_layout
16387
16388 \begin_deeper
16389 \begin_layout List
16390 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16391
16392
16393 \series bold
16394 Menu\InsetSpace ~
16395 -
16396 \series default
16397  
16398 \family sans
16399 \bar under
16400 L
16401 \bar default
16402 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16403
16404 \bar under
16405 D
16406 \bar default
16407 ocument
16408 \end_layout
16409
16410 \begin_deeper
16411 \begin_layout Description
16412
16413 Document\InsetSpace ~
16414 Layout: (controls for document format settings)
16415 \end_layout
16416 \end_deeper
16417 \begin_layout List
16418 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16419
16420
16421 \series bold
16422 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
16423 -
16424 \series default
16425  
16426 \family sans
16427 M-l\InsetSpace ~
16428 d
16429 \end_layout
16430 \end_deeper
16431 \begin_layout Paragraph
16432
16433 Purpose:
16434 \end_layout
16435
16436 \begin_layout Standard
16437
16438 Activates the 
16439 \family sans
16440 Document Layout
16441 \family default
16442  pop-up, which allows you to control parameters affecting the entire document,
16443  including: class, pagestyle, default font type and size, language, paper
16444  size, number of paper sides and orientation, number of columns, paragraph
16445  separation method and spacing, section numbering and table of contents
16446  depth, and other parameters.
16447 \end_layout
16448
16449 \begin_layout Paragraph
16450
16451 See Also:
16452 \end_layout
16453
16454 \begin_layout Standard
16455
16456 layout-character; layout-paragraph.
16457 \end_layout
16458
16459 \begin_layout Subsection
16460
16461 layout-paragraph
16462 \end_layout
16463
16464 \begin_layout Description
16465
16466 Default\InsetSpace ~
16467 Bindings:
16468 \end_layout
16469
16470 \begin_deeper
16471 \begin_layout List
16472 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16473
16474
16475 \series bold
16476 Menu\InsetSpace ~
16477 -
16478 \series default
16479  
16480 \family sans
16481 \bar under
16482 L
16483 \bar default
16484 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16485
16486 \bar under
16487 P
16488 \bar default
16489 aragraph
16490 \end_layout
16491
16492 \begin_deeper
16493 \begin_layout Description
16494
16495 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
16496 Layout: (controls for paragraph format settings)
16497 \end_layout
16498 \end_deeper
16499 \begin_layout List
16500 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16501
16502
16503 \series bold
16504 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
16505 -
16506 \series default
16507  
16508 \family sans
16509 M-l\InsetSpace ~
16510 p
16511 \end_layout
16512 \end_deeper
16513 \begin_layout Paragraph
16514
16515 Purpose:
16516 \end_layout
16517
16518 \begin_layout Standard
16519
16520 Activates the 
16521 \family sans
16522 Paragraph Layout
16523 \family default
16524  pop-up, which allows you to control parameters affecting the current paragraph,
16525  including: alignment, vertical spacing above and below the paragraph, line
16526  spacing, page breaking, indention, and label width (for appropriate paragraphs).
16527  
16528 \end_layout
16529
16530 \begin_layout Paragraph
16531
16532 Usage:
16533 \end_layout
16534
16535 \begin_layout Standard
16536
16537 You may make changes either to the current paragraph or to a group of selected
16538  paragraphs.
16539  Changes made to the current paragraph [or the selected group] do not affect
16540  other paragraphs.
16541 \end_layout
16542
16543 \begin_layout Standard
16544
16545 Yes, we realize the nomenclature is confusing.
16546  Unfortunately, we've changed our terminology but not the function names.
16547 \end_layout
16548
16549 \begin_layout Paragraph
16550
16551 See Also:
16552 \end_layout
16553
16554 \begin_layout Standard
16555
16556 layout-character; layout-document.
16557 \end_layout
16558
16559 \begin_layout Subsection
16560
16561 layout-preamble
16562 \end_layout
16563
16564 \begin_layout Description
16565
16566 Default\InsetSpace ~
16567 Bindings:
16568 \end_layout
16569
16570 \begin_deeper
16571 \begin_layout List
16572 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16573
16574
16575 \series bold
16576 Menu\InsetSpace ~
16577 -
16578 \series default
16579  
16580 \family sans
16581 \bar under
16582 L
16583 \bar default
16584 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16585
16586 \bar under
16587 L
16588 \bar default
16589 aTeX\InsetSpace ~
16590 Preamble
16591 \end_layout
16592
16593 \begin_deeper
16594 \begin_layout Description
16595
16596 LaTeX\InsetSpace ~
16597 Preamble: (edit window for direct modification of the LaTeX preamble)
16598 \end_layout
16599 \end_deeper
16600 \begin_layout List
16601 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16602
16603
16604 \series bold
16605 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
16606 -
16607 \series default
16608  
16609 \family sans
16610 M-l\InsetSpace ~
16611 l
16612 \end_layout
16613 \end_deeper
16614 \begin_layout Paragraph
16615
16616 Purpose:
16617 \end_layout
16618
16619 \begin_layout Standard
16620
16621 Activates the 
16622 \family sans
16623 LaTeX\InsetSpace ~
16624 Preamble 
16625 \family default
16626 pop-up, which allows you to directly make additions to the LaTeX preamble
16627  that LyX inserts in the LaTeX version of the document.
16628 \end_layout
16629
16630 \begin_layout Paragraph
16631
16632 Usage:
16633 \end_layout
16634
16635 \begin_layout Standard
16636
16637 In the LaTeX preamble, you can insert non-standard LaTeX parameter settings
16638  or LaTeX commands.
16639  
16640 \end_layout
16641
16642 \begin_layout Standard
16643
16644 Each document has its own preamble.
16645  LyX currently adds certain commands to the preamble based on settings you've
16646  chosen from within LyX.
16647  Some things LyX just can't do yet, but LaTeX can.
16648  Or, you may want to use some custom LaTeX macros.
16649  The 
16650 \family sans
16651 LaTeX Preamble
16652 \family default
16653  popup is where to do it.
16654 \end_layout
16655
16656 \begin_layout Paragraph
16657
16658 Example:
16659 \end_layout
16660
16661 \begin_layout Standard
16662
16663 The following is a typical preamble that changes default settings for twocolumn
16664  mode, creates a simple custom LaTeX command for later use in this document,
16665  and then reads in some other personal settings and/or macros from an external
16666  file.
16667  Remember, if you want your documents to be portable, you need to bundle
16668  any such external files with the document file(s):
16669 \end_layout
16670
16671 \begin_layout LyX-Code
16672
16673
16674 \backslash
16675 columnsep 10pt
16676 \end_layout
16677
16678 \begin_layout LyX-Code
16679
16680
16681 \backslash
16682 columnseprule 2pt
16683 \end_layout
16684
16685 \begin_layout LyX-Code
16686
16687
16688 \backslash
16689 newcommand{
16690 \backslash
16691 astm}[2]{#1
16692 \backslash
16693 ,#2}
16694 \end_layout
16695
16696 \begin_layout LyX-Code
16697
16698 %
16699 \end_layout
16700
16701 \begin_layout LyX-Code
16702
16703
16704 \backslash
16705 input{
16706 \backslash
16707 home
16708 \backslash
16709 homenode
16710 \backslash
16711 myname
16712 \backslash
16713 latex
16714 \backslash
16715 macros
16716 \backslash
16717 my_macros.def}
16718 \end_layout
16719
16720 \begin_layout Paragraph
16721
16722 See Also:
16723 \end_layout
16724
16725 \begin_layout Standard
16726
16727 The appropriate chapter in LyX User's Guide.
16728 \end_layout
16729
16730 \begin_layout Subsection
16731
16732 layout-quotes
16733 \end_layout
16734
16735 \begin_layout Description
16736
16737 Default\InsetSpace ~
16738 Bindings:
16739 \end_layout
16740
16741 \begin_deeper
16742 \begin_layout List
16743 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16744
16745
16746 \series bold
16747 Menu\InsetSpace ~
16748 -
16749 \series default
16750  
16751 \family sans
16752 \bar under
16753 L
16754 \bar default
16755 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16756
16757 \bar under
16758 Q
16759 \bar default
16760 uotes
16761 \end_layout
16762
16763 \begin_deeper
16764 \begin_layout Description
16765
16766 Quotes: (controls for setting desired quotation marks)
16767 \end_layout
16768 \end_deeper
16769 \begin_layout List
16770 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16771
16772
16773 \series bold
16774 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
16775 -
16776 \series default
16777  
16778 \family sans
16779 M-l\InsetSpace ~
16780 q
16781 \end_layout
16782 \end_deeper
16783 \begin_layout Paragraph
16784
16785 Purpose:
16786 \end_layout
16787
16788 \begin_layout Standard
16789
16790 Activates the 
16791 \family sans
16792 Quotes
16793 \family default
16794  pop-up, which allows you to set the type of quote marks used by LyX.
16795 \end_layout
16796
16797 \begin_layout Paragraph
16798
16799 Usage:
16800 \end_layout
16801
16802 \begin_layout Standard
16803
16804 Self explanatory.
16805  Different languages use different symbols for the default quotes.
16806  For example, French uses 
16807 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16808 \end_inset
16809
16810
16811 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16812 \end_inset
16813
16814 , not 
16815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16816 \end_inset
16817
16818
16819 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16820 \end_inset
16821
16822 .
16823  Selecting a different type of quote changes the behavior of the 
16824 \family sans
16825
16826 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16827 \end_inset
16828
16829
16830 \family default
16831  and 
16832 \family sans
16833 '
16834 \family default
16835  keys.
16836  LyX supports a bunch of different quotes.
16837  If you need a special one not present, contact
16838 \family typewriter
16839  lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org
16840 \family default
16841  and we'll see what we can come up with.
16842 \end_layout
16843
16844 \begin_layout Paragraph
16845
16846 See Also:
16847 \end_layout
16848
16849 \begin_layout Standard
16850
16851 ?
16852 \end_layout
16853
16854 \begin_layout Subsection
16855
16856 line-begin
16857 \end_layout
16858
16859 \begin_layout Description
16860
16861 Default\InsetSpace ~
16862 Bindings:
16863 \end_layout
16864
16865 \begin_deeper
16866 \begin_layout List
16867 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16868
16869
16870 \series bold
16871 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
16872 -
16873 \series default
16874  
16875 \family sans
16876 Home
16877 \family default
16878  in 
16879 \family typewriter
16880 cua.bind.
16881 \end_layout
16882
16883 \begin_deeper
16884 \begin_layout Standard
16885
16886
16887 \family sans
16888 C-a
16889 \family default
16890  in 
16891 \family typewriter
16892 emacs.bind
16893 \family default
16894 .
16895 \end_layout
16896 \end_deeper
16897 \end_deeper
16898 \begin_layout Paragraph
16899
16900 Purpose:
16901 \end_layout
16902
16903 \begin_layout Standard
16904
16905 Move the cursor to the beginning of the current line.
16906 \end_layout
16907
16908 \begin_layout Paragraph
16909
16910 See Also:
16911 \end_layout
16912
16913 \begin_layout Standard
16914
16915 char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; line-end; tab-forward;
16916  up; down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin; buffer-end.
16917 \end_layout
16918
16919 \begin_layout Subsection
16920
16921 line-begin-select
16922 \end_layout
16923
16924 \begin_layout Description
16925
16926 Default\InsetSpace ~
16927 Bindings:
16928 \end_layout
16929
16930 \begin_deeper
16931 \begin_layout List
16932 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16933
16934
16935 \series bold
16936 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
16937 -
16938 \series default
16939  
16940 \family sans
16941 S-Home
16942 \end_layout
16943 \end_deeper
16944 \begin_layout Paragraph
16945
16946 Purpose:
16947 \end_layout
16948
16949 \begin_layout Standard
16950
16951 Select (highlight) text from the current cursor location to the beginning
16952  of the current line.
16953  The selected text is shown in reverse video.
16954  
16955 \end_layout
16956
16957 \begin_layout Paragraph
16958
16959 See Also:
16960 \end_layout
16961
16962 \begin_layout Standard
16963
16964 line-begin;
16965 \end_layout
16966
16967 \begin_layout Standard
16968
16969 backward-select; forward-select; up-select; down-select; word-forward-select;
16970  word-backward-select; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select;
16971  screen-down-select; buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select.
16972 \end_layout
16973
16974 \begin_layout Subsection
16975
16976 line-delete-forward
16977 \end_layout
16978
16979 \begin_layout Description
16980
16981 Default\InsetSpace ~
16982 Bindings:
16983 \end_layout
16984
16985 \begin_deeper
16986 \begin_layout List
16987 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16988
16989
16990 \series bold
16991 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
16992 -
16993 \series default
16994  
16995 \family sans
16996 C-k
16997 \family default
16998  or 
16999 \family sans
17000 M-e\InsetSpace ~
17001 k
17002 \end_layout
17003 \end_deeper
17004 \begin_layout Paragraph
17005
17006 Purpose:
17007 \end_layout
17008
17009 \begin_layout Standard
17010
17011 Delete text from the current cursor location to the end of the screen line.
17012  
17013 \end_layout
17014
17015 \begin_layout Paragraph
17016
17017 Usage:
17018 \end_layout
17019
17020 \begin_layout Standard
17021
17022 If the cursor is at the end of the line there is no action.
17023  If the cursor is at the beginning of the line, the text of the entire line
17024  is deleted but the empty line is retained for insertion of new text.
17025 \end_layout
17026
17027 \begin_layout Paragraph
17028
17029 See Also:
17030 \end_layout
17031
17032 \begin_layout Standard
17033
17034 ?
17035 \end_layout
17036
17037 \begin_layout Subsection
17038
17039 line-end
17040 \end_layout
17041
17042 \begin_layout Description
17043
17044 Default\InsetSpace ~
17045 Bindings:
17046 \end_layout
17047
17048 \begin_deeper
17049 \begin_layout List
17050 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17051
17052
17053 \series bold
17054 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
17055 -
17056 \series default
17057  
17058 \family sans
17059 End
17060 \family default
17061  in 
17062 \family typewriter
17063 cua.bind
17064 \family default
17065 .
17066 \end_layout
17067
17068 \begin_deeper
17069 \begin_layout Standard
17070
17071
17072 \family sans
17073 C-e
17074 \family default
17075  in 
17076 \family typewriter
17077 emacs.bind
17078 \family default
17079 .
17080 \end_layout
17081 \end_deeper
17082 \end_deeper
17083 \begin_layout Paragraph
17084
17085 Purpose:
17086 \end_layout
17087
17088 \begin_layout Standard
17089
17090 Move the cursor to the end of the current line.
17091 \end_layout
17092
17093 \begin_layout Paragraph
17094
17095 See Also:
17096 \end_layout
17097
17098 \begin_layout Standard
17099
17100 char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; line-end; tab-forward;
17101  up; down; paragraph-up; paragraph-down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin;
17102  buffer-end.
17103 \end_layout
17104
17105 \begin_layout Subsection
17106
17107 line-end-select
17108 \end_layout
17109
17110 \begin_layout Description
17111
17112 Default\InsetSpace ~
17113 Bindings:
17114 \end_layout
17115
17116 \begin_deeper
17117 \begin_layout List
17118 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17119
17120
17121 \series bold
17122 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
17123 -
17124 \series default
17125  
17126 \family sans
17127 S-End
17128 \family default
17129  
17130 \end_layout
17131 \end_deeper
17132 \begin_layout Paragraph
17133
17134 Purpose:
17135 \end_layout
17136
17137 \begin_layout Standard
17138
17139 Select (highlight) text from the current cursor location right to the end
17140  of the current line, in the current buffer.
17141  The selected text is shown in reverse video.
17142  
17143 \end_layout
17144
17145 \begin_layout Paragraph
17146
17147 See Also:
17148 \end_layout
17149
17150 \begin_layout Standard
17151
17152 line-end;
17153 \end_layout
17154
17155 \begin_layout Standard
17156
17157 backward-select; forward-select; up-select; down-select; word-forward-select;
17158  word-backward-select; line-begin-select; screen-up-select; screen-down-select;
17159  buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select.
17160 \end_layout
17161
17162 \begin_layout Subsection
17163
17164 lyx-quit
17165 \end_layout
17166
17167 \begin_layout Description
17168
17169 Default\InsetSpace ~
17170 Bindings:
17171 \end_layout
17172
17173 \begin_deeper
17174 \begin_layout List
17175 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17176
17177
17178 \series bold
17179 Menu\InsetSpace ~
17180 -
17181 \series default
17182  
17183 \family sans
17184 \bar under
17185 F
17186 \bar default
17187 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17188 E
17189 \bar under
17190 x
17191 \bar default
17192 it
17193 \end_layout
17194
17195 \begin_layout List
17196 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17197
17198
17199 \series bold
17200 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
17201 -
17202 \series default
17203  
17204 \family sans
17205 M-f\InsetSpace ~
17206 x
17207 \family default
17208  (standard).
17209 \end_layout
17210
17211 \begin_deeper
17212 \begin_layout Standard
17213
17214
17215 \family sans
17216 C-q
17217 \family default
17218  in 
17219 \family typewriter
17220 cua.bind
17221 \family default
17222 .
17223 \end_layout
17224
17225 \begin_layout Standard
17226
17227
17228 \family sans
17229 C-x\InsetSpace ~
17230
17231 \family roman
17232 or
17233 \family sans
17234  C-x\InsetSpace ~
17235 C-c
17236 \family default
17237  in 
17238 \family typewriter
17239 emacs.bind
17240 \family default
17241 .
17242 \end_layout
17243 \end_deeper
17244 \end_deeper
17245 \begin_layout Paragraph
17246
17247 Purpose:
17248 \end_layout
17249
17250 \begin_layout Standard
17251
17252 Exit LyX and close all buffers and windows.
17253 \end_layout
17254
17255 \begin_layout Paragraph
17256
17257 Usage:
17258 \end_layout
17259
17260 \begin_layout Standard
17261
17262 After entering the command, a pop-up for each open and modified buffer appears,
17263  asking you if you want to save that buffer.
17264  This only happens if any open documents need saving.
17265 \end_layout
17266
17267 \begin_layout Standard
17268
17269 At this point, one of two things happen.
17270  If you executed 
17271 \family typewriter
17272 lyx-quit
17273 \family default
17274  from the keyboard, LyX simply quits.
17275  If you used 
17276 \family sans
17277 Quit
17278 \family default
17279  from the 
17280 \family sans
17281 File
17282 \family default
17283  menu, however, LyX asks you if you really want to quit.
17284 \end_layout
17285
17286 \begin_layout Standard
17287
17288 If you decide to customize the keybinding for this one, choose a complicated
17289  key sequence.
17290 \end_layout
17291
17292 \begin_layout Paragraph
17293
17294 See Also:
17295 \end_layout
17296
17297 \begin_layout Standard
17298
17299 ?
17300 \end_layout
17301
17302 \begin_layout Section
17303
17304 M
17305 \end_layout
17306
17307 \begin_layout Subsection
17308
17309 marginpar-insert
17310 \end_layout
17311
17312 \begin_layout Description
17313
17314 Default\InsetSpace ~
17315 Bindings:
17316 \end_layout
17317
17318 \begin_deeper
17319 \begin_layout List
17320 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17321
17322
17323 \series bold
17324 Menu\InsetSpace ~
17325 -
17326 \series default
17327  
17328 \family sans
17329 \bar under
17330 I
17331 \bar default
17332 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17333
17334 \bar under
17335 M
17336 \bar default
17337 argin note
17338 \end_layout
17339
17340 \begin_layout List
17341 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17342
17343
17344 \series bold
17345 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
17346 -
17347 \series default
17348  Button 6 from the right.
17349  
17350 \end_layout
17351
17352 \begin_deeper
17353 \begin_layout Standard
17354
17355 Text column on the left with a short text column on the right and an arrow
17356  pointing upwards at the shorter text.
17357 \end_layout
17358 \end_deeper
17359 \begin_layout List
17360 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17361
17362
17363 \series bold
17364 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
17365
17366 \family sans
17367 \series default
17368  M-i m
17369 \end_layout
17370 \end_deeper
17371 \begin_layout Paragraph
17372
17373 Purpose:
17374 \end_layout
17375
17376 \begin_layout Standard
17377
17378 Insert a margin note.
17379 \end_layout
17380
17381 \begin_layout Paragraph
17382
17383 Usage:
17384 \end_layout
17385
17386 \begin_layout Standard
17387
17388 Use the keyboard, menu, or toolbar to insert a marginpar.
17389  A red box appears on the next line.
17390  If you're in the middle of a line, the line appears to break around the
17391  box [it doesn't really].
17392  Anything you enter in the box will be in the marginpar.
17393 \end_layout
17394
17395 \begin_layout Standard
17396
17397 To the left of the red box is another, smaller box with the word 
17398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17399 \end_inset
17400
17401
17402 \family sans
17403 margin
17404 \family default
17405
17406 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17407 \end_inset
17408
17409  written in red on a grey background.
17410  Click on this box once with the left mouse button to close the marginpar.
17411  A closed marginpar looks like the word 
17412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17413 \end_inset
17414
17415
17416 \family sans
17417 margin
17418 \family default
17419
17420 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17421 \end_inset
17422
17423  written as a superscript in red with an '!' in the left margin.
17424 \end_layout
17425
17426 \begin_layout Standard
17427
17428 You can also open and close marginpars, as well as other types of notes
17429  and labels, with the 
17430 \family typewriter
17431 open-stuff
17432 \family default
17433  command.
17434  See its entry for keybindings.
17435 \end_layout
17436
17437 \begin_layout Standard
17438
17439 One last note: marginpars aren't supported in minipage environments so LyX
17440  will warn you if you try to.
17441 \end_layout
17442
17443 \begin_layout Paragraph
17444
17445 Examples:
17446 \end_layout
17447
17448 \begin_layout Standard
17449
17450 This
17451 \begin_inset Marginal
17452 status collapsed
17453
17454 \begin_layout Standard
17455
17456 Marginpar
17457 \end_layout
17458
17459 \end_inset
17460
17461  is a marginpar.
17462 \end_layout
17463
17464 \begin_layout Paragraph
17465
17466 See Also:
17467 \end_layout
17468
17469 \begin_layout Standard
17470
17471 open-stuff; footnote-insert;
17472 \end_layout
17473
17474 \begin_layout Standard
17475
17476
17477 \emph on
17478 Tricks for Footnotes and Marginpars
17479 \emph default
17480  in 
17481 \emph on
17482 Extended Features.
17483 \end_layout
17484
17485 \begin_layout Subsection
17486
17487 mark-off
17488 \end_layout
17489
17490 \begin_layout Description
17491
17492 Default\InsetSpace ~
17493 Bindings:
17494 \end_layout
17495
17496 \begin_deeper
17497 \begin_layout List
17498 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17499
17500
17501 \series bold
17502 Menu\InsetSpace ~
17503 -
17504 \series default
17505  Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17506 Item
17507 \end_layout
17508
17509 \begin_layout List
17510 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17511
17512
17513 \series bold
17514 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
17515 -
17516 \series default
17517  Button # from the left.
17518  
17519 \end_layout
17520
17521 \begin_deeper
17522 \begin_layout Standard
17523
17524 Brief description of button icon.
17525 \end_layout
17526 \end_deeper
17527 \begin_layout List
17528 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17529
17530
17531 \series bold
17532 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
17533 -
17534 \series default
17535  
17536 \family sans
17537 M-e S-M
17538 \end_layout
17539 \end_deeper
17540 \begin_layout Paragraph
17541
17542 Purpose:
17543 \end_layout
17544
17545 \begin_layout Standard
17546
17547 Turns off selection marking.
17548 \end_layout
17549
17550 \begin_layout Paragraph
17551
17552 Usage:
17553 \end_layout
17554
17555 \begin_layout Standard
17556
17557 Description.
17558 \end_layout
17559
17560 \begin_layout Paragraph
17561
17562 Examples:
17563 \end_layout
17564
17565 \begin_layout Standard
17566
17567 Examples.
17568 \end_layout
17569
17570 \begin_layout Paragraph
17571
17572 See Also:
17573 \end_layout
17574
17575 \begin_layout Standard
17576
17577 mark-on; mark-toggle; cut; copy;
17578 \end_layout
17579
17580 \begin_layout Subsection
17581
17582 mark-on
17583 \end_layout
17584
17585 \begin_layout Description
17586
17587 Default\InsetSpace ~
17588 Bindings:
17589 \end_layout
17590
17591 \begin_deeper
17592 \begin_layout List
17593 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17594
17595
17596 \series bold
17597 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
17598 -
17599 \series default
17600  
17601 \family sans
17602 M-e m
17603 \end_layout
17604
17605 \begin_deeper
17606 \begin_layout Standard
17607
17608
17609 \family sans
17610 C-@
17611 \family default
17612  in 
17613 \family typewriter
17614 emacs.bind
17615 \family default
17616 .
17617 \end_layout
17618 \end_deeper
17619 \end_deeper
17620 \begin_layout Paragraph
17621
17622 Purpose:
17623 \end_layout
17624
17625 \begin_layout Standard
17626
17627 Description.
17628 \end_layout
17629
17630 \begin_layout Paragraph
17631
17632 Usage:
17633 \end_layout
17634
17635 \begin_layout Standard
17636
17637 Description.
17638 \end_layout
17639
17640 \begin_layout Paragraph
17641
17642 Examples:
17643 \end_layout
17644
17645 \begin_layout Standard
17646
17647 Examples.
17648 \end_layout
17649
17650 \begin_layout Paragraph
17651
17652 See Also:
17653 \end_layout
17654
17655 \begin_layout Standard
17656
17657 mark-off; mark-toggle; cut; copy;
17658 \end_layout
17659
17660 \begin_layout Subsection
17661
17662 mark-toggle
17663 \end_layout
17664
17665 \begin_layout Description
17666
17667 Default\InsetSpace ~
17668 Bindings:
17669 \end_layout
17670
17671 \begin_deeper
17672 \begin_layout List
17673 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17674
17675
17676 \series bold
17677 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
17678 -
17679 \series default
17680  
17681 \family sans
17682 C-m
17683 \family default
17684  in 
17685 \family typewriter
17686 emacs.bind
17687 \family default
17688 .
17689 \end_layout
17690 \end_deeper
17691 \begin_layout Paragraph
17692
17693 Purpose:
17694 \end_layout
17695
17696 \begin_layout Standard
17697
17698 Toggles selection marking on/off.
17699 \end_layout
17700
17701 \begin_layout Paragraph
17702
17703 Usage:
17704 \end_layout
17705
17706 \begin_layout Standard
17707
17708 Description.
17709 \end_layout
17710
17711 \begin_layout Paragraph
17712
17713 Examples:
17714 \end_layout
17715
17716 \begin_layout Standard
17717
17718 Examples.
17719 \end_layout
17720
17721 \begin_layout Paragraph
17722
17723 See Also:
17724 \end_layout
17725
17726 \begin_layout Standard
17727
17728 mark-off; mark-on; cut; copy;
17729 \end_layout
17730
17731 \begin_layout Subsection
17732
17733 math-delim
17734 \end_layout
17735
17736 \begin_layout Description
17737
17738 Default\InsetSpace ~
17739 Bindings:
17740 \end_layout
17741
17742 \begin_deeper
17743 \begin_layout List
17744 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17745
17746
17747 \series bold
17748 Menu\InsetSpace ~
17749 -
17750 \series default
17751  
17752 \family sans
17753 \bar under
17754 M
17755 \bar default
17756 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17757
17758 \bar under
17759 M
17760 \bar default
17761 ath Panel
17762 \end_layout
17763
17764 \begin_deeper
17765 \begin_layout Description
17766
17767 MathPanel: Third button from left to right.
17768  
17769 \end_layout
17770
17771 \begin_deeper
17772 \begin_layout Standard
17773
17774 Two square brackets enclosing a blue rectangle.
17775 \end_layout
17776 \end_deeper
17777 \end_deeper
17778 \end_deeper
17779 \begin_layout Paragraph
17780
17781 Purpose:
17782 \end_layout
17783
17784 \begin_layout Standard
17785
17786 To insert math delimiters [i.
17787  e.
17788  - parentheses, brackets, etc.].
17789 \end_layout
17790
17791 \begin_layout Paragraph
17792
17793 Usage:
17794 \end_layout
17795
17796 \begin_layout Standard
17797
17798 Requires two arguments, the left and right delimiters.
17799  Each delimiter can be specified by either a LaTeX name or a valid character
17800  .
17801  Use only one space between items.
17802 \end_layout
17803
17804 \begin_layout Standard
17805
17806 If you use this function from the 
17807 \family sans
17808 Math Panel
17809 \family default
17810 , you'll get another popup that allows you to choose the left and right
17811  delimiters.
17812 \end_layout
17813
17814 \begin_layout Paragraph
17815
17816 Examples: 
17817 \end_layout
17818
17819 \begin_layout Standard
17820
17821
17822 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17823 \end_inset
17824
17825
17826 \family typewriter
17827 math-delim { rangle
17828 \family default
17829
17830 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17831 \end_inset
17832
17833  result in 
17834 \begin_inset Formula $\left\{ \right\rangle $
17835 \end_inset
17836
17837  with the cursor at the small rectangle.
17838  
17839 \end_layout
17840
17841 \begin_layout Paragraph
17842
17843 See Also:
17844 \end_layout
17845
17846 \begin_layout Standard
17847
17848 UserGuide, chapter Math.
17849 \end_layout
17850
17851 \begin_layout Subsection
17852
17853 math-display
17854 \end_layout
17855
17856 \begin_layout Description
17857
17858 Default\InsetSpace ~
17859 Bindings:
17860 \end_layout
17861
17862 \begin_deeper
17863 \begin_layout List
17864 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17865
17866
17867 \series bold
17868 Menu\InsetSpace ~
17869 -
17870 \series default
17871  
17872 \family sans
17873 \bar under
17874 M
17875 \bar default
17876 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17877 D
17878 \bar under
17879 i
17880 \bar default
17881 splay
17882 \end_layout
17883
17884 \begin_deeper
17885 \begin_layout Description
17886
17887 MathPanel: Rightmost button.
17888 \end_layout
17889
17890 \begin_deeper
17891 \begin_layout Standard
17892
17893 A small blue rectangle with two horizontal lines below and above.
17894 \end_layout
17895 \end_deeper
17896 \end_deeper
17897 \end_deeper
17898 \begin_layout Paragraph
17899
17900 Purpose:
17901 \end_layout
17902
17903 \begin_layout Standard
17904
17905 In text mode, this is used to create a new displayed equation.
17906  In math mode it changes the display status of a formula from inlined to
17907  display and vice-versa.
17908  
17909 \end_layout
17910
17911 \begin_layout Paragraph
17912
17913 Usage:
17914 \end_layout
17915
17916 \begin_layout Standard
17917
17918 Self-Explanatory
17919 \end_layout
17920
17921 \begin_layout Paragraph
17922
17923 Examples:
17924 \end_layout
17925
17926 \begin_layout Standard
17927
17928 This is a displayed equation:
17929 \end_layout
17930
17931 \begin_layout Standard
17932
17933
17934 \begin_inset Formula \[
17935 a=b+c\]
17936
17937 \end_inset
17938
17939
17940 \end_layout
17941
17942 \begin_layout Paragraph
17943
17944 See Also:
17945 \end_layout
17946
17947 \begin_layout Standard
17948
17949 UserGuide, chapter Math.
17950 \end_layout
17951
17952 \begin_layout Subsection
17953
17954 math-greek
17955 \end_layout
17956
17957 \begin_layout Description
17958
17959 Default\InsetSpace ~
17960 Bindings:
17961 \end_layout
17962
17963 \begin_deeper
17964 \begin_layout List
17965 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17966
17967
17968 \series bold
17969 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
17970 -
17971 \series default
17972  
17973 \family sans
17974 M-m g
17975 \family default
17976  
17977 \end_layout
17978 \end_deeper
17979 \begin_layout Paragraph
17980
17981 Purpose:
17982 \end_layout
17983
17984 \begin_layout Standard
17985
17986 Enter a single Greek character.
17987  
17988 \end_layout
17989
17990 \begin_layout Paragraph
17991
17992 Usage:
17993 \end_layout
17994
17995 \begin_layout Standard
17996
17997 After invoking this function, the next character you type will be translated
17998  to a Greek character.
17999  Anything typed after that character will be a normal Latin character.
18000 \end_layout
18001
18002 \begin_layout Paragraph
18003
18004 Examples:
18005 \end_layout
18006
18007 \begin_layout Standard
18008
18009
18010 \begin_inset Formula $\Gamma\Omega\alpha\beta$
18011 \end_inset
18012
18013 .
18014 \end_layout
18015
18016 \begin_layout Paragraph
18017
18018 See Also:
18019 \end_layout
18020
18021 \begin_layout Standard
18022
18023 UserGuide, chapter Math.
18024 \end_layout
18025
18026 \begin_layout Subsection
18027
18028 math-greek-toggle
18029 \end_layout
18030
18031 \begin_layout Description
18032
18033 Default\InsetSpace ~
18034 Bindings:
18035 \end_layout
18036
18037 \begin_deeper
18038 \begin_layout List
18039 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18040
18041
18042 \series bold
18043 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
18044 -
18045 \series default
18046  
18047 \family sans
18048 M-m S-G
18049 \family default
18050  
18051 \end_layout
18052 \end_deeper
18053 \begin_layout Paragraph
18054
18055 Purpose:
18056 \end_layout
18057
18058 \begin_layout Standard
18059
18060 Turn on the math Greek keyboard.
18061  
18062 \end_layout
18063
18064 \begin_layout Paragraph
18065
18066 Usage:
18067 \end_layout
18068
18069 \begin_layout Standard
18070
18071 Every typed Latin character is mapped to Greek until this command is invoked
18072  again.
18073  If you leave math mode, the Greek keyboard remains active.
18074  
18075 \end_layout
18076
18077 \begin_layout Paragraph
18078
18079 See Also:
18080 \end_layout
18081
18082 \begin_layout Standard
18083
18084 UserGuide, chapter Math.
18085 \end_layout
18086
18087 \begin_layout Subsection
18088
18089 math-insert
18090 \end_layout
18091
18092 \begin_layout Description
18093
18094 Default\InsetSpace ~
18095 Bindings:
18096 \end_layout
18097
18098 \begin_deeper
18099 \begin_layout List
18100 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18101
18102
18103 \series bold
18104 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
18105 -
18106 \series default
18107  The 
18108 \family sans
18109 M-m
18110 \family default
18111  prefix, plus one of the following keys:
18112 \end_layout
18113
18114 \begin_deeper
18115 \begin_layout List
18116 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
18117
18118
18119 \family sans
18120 M-m\InsetSpace ~
18121
18122 \family default
18123 "
18124 \family typewriter
18125 math-insert 
18126 \backslash
18127 int
18128 \family default
18129
18130 \end_layout
18131
18132 \begin_layout List
18133 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
18134
18135
18136 \family sans
18137 M-m\InsetSpace ~
18138 o
18139 \family default
18140  "
18141 \family typewriter
18142 math-insert 
18143 \backslash
18144 oint
18145 \family default
18146
18147 \end_layout
18148
18149 \begin_layout List
18150 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
18151
18152
18153 \family sans
18154 M-m\InsetSpace ~
18155 p
18156 \family default
18157  "
18158 \family typewriter
18159 math-insert 
18160 \backslash
18161 partial
18162 \family default
18163
18164 \end_layout
18165
18166 \begin_layout List
18167 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
18168
18169
18170 \family sans
18171 M-m\InsetSpace ~
18172 s
18173 \family default
18174  "
18175 \family typewriter
18176 math-insert 
18177 \backslash
18178 sqrt
18179 \family default
18180
18181 \end_layout
18182
18183 \begin_layout List
18184 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
18185
18186
18187 \family sans
18188 M-m\InsetSpace ~
18189 S-S
18190 \family default
18191  "
18192 \family typewriter
18193 math-insert 
18194 \backslash
18195 sum
18196 \family default
18197 "
18198 \end_layout
18199 \end_deeper
18200 \end_deeper
18201 \begin_layout Paragraph
18202
18203 Purpose:
18204 \end_layout
18205
18206 \begin_layout Standard
18207
18208 To insert math objects or symbols.
18209  
18210 \end_layout
18211
18212 \begin_layout Paragraph
18213
18214 Usage:
18215 \end_layout
18216
18217 \begin_layout Standard
18218
18219 Requires an argument, which can be the LaTeX name of either a symbol or
18220  an object.
18221  The possible arguments are:
18222 \end_layout
18223
18224 \begin_layout Itemize
18225
18226
18227 \family typewriter
18228 frac
18229 \end_layout
18230
18231 \begin_layout Itemize
18232
18233
18234 \family typewriter
18235 int
18236 \end_layout
18237
18238 \begin_layout Itemize
18239
18240
18241 \family typewriter
18242 oint
18243 \end_layout
18244
18245 \begin_layout Itemize
18246
18247
18248 \family typewriter
18249 partial
18250 \end_layout
18251
18252 \begin_layout Itemize
18253
18254
18255 \family typewriter
18256 sqrt
18257 \end_layout
18258
18259 \begin_layout Itemize
18260
18261
18262 \family typewriter
18263 sum
18264 \end_layout
18265
18266 \begin_layout Paragraph
18267
18268 Examples:
18269 \end_layout
18270
18271 \begin_layout Standard
18272
18273
18274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18275 \end_inset
18276
18277
18278 \family typewriter
18279 math-insert 
18280 \backslash
18281 int
18282 \family default
18283
18284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18285 \end_inset
18286
18287  or 
18288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18289 \end_inset
18290
18291
18292 \family typewriter
18293 math-insert 
18294 \backslash
18295 frac
18296 \family default
18297
18298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18299 \end_inset
18300
18301 .
18302 \end_layout
18303
18304 \begin_layout Paragraph
18305
18306 See Also:
18307 \end_layout
18308
18309 \begin_layout Standard
18310
18311 UserGuide, chapter Math.
18312 \end_layout
18313
18314 \begin_layout Subsection
18315
18316 math-limits
18317 \end_layout
18318
18319 \begin_layout Description
18320
18321 Default\InsetSpace ~
18322 Bindings:
18323 \end_layout
18324
18325 \begin_deeper
18326 \begin_layout List
18327 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18328
18329
18330 \series bold
18331 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
18332 -
18333 \series default
18334  
18335 \family sans
18336 M-m l
18337 \family default
18338  
18339 \end_layout
18340 \end_deeper
18341 \begin_layout Paragraph
18342
18343 Purpose:
18344 \end_layout
18345
18346 \begin_layout Standard
18347
18348 To change the appearance of the limits above and below an integral symbol,
18349  a limit, a summation, etc.
18350  
18351 \end_layout
18352
18353 \begin_layout Paragraph
18354
18355 Usage:
18356 \end_layout
18357
18358 \begin_layout Standard
18359
18360 Put the cursor 
18361 \emph on
18362 before
18363 \emph default
18364  [i.e.
18365  to the left] of the symbol with the limits, then invoke 
18366 \family typewriter
18367 math-limits
18368 \family default
18369 .
18370 \end_layout
18371
18372 \begin_layout Paragraph
18373
18374 Examples:
18375 \end_layout
18376
18377 \begin_layout Standard
18378
18379 This is a normal integral 
18380 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \int_{0}^{\infty}}$
18381 \end_inset
18382
18383  and this was changed with limits 
18384 \begin_inset Formula $\int_{0}^{\infty}$
18385 \end_inset
18386
18387 .
18388 \end_layout
18389
18390 \begin_layout Paragraph
18391
18392 See Also:
18393 \end_layout
18394
18395 \begin_layout Standard
18396
18397 UserGuide, chapter Math.
18398 \end_layout
18399
18400 \begin_layout Subsection
18401
18402 math-matrix
18403 \end_layout
18404
18405 \begin_layout Description
18406
18407 Default\InsetSpace ~
18408 Bindings:
18409 \end_layout
18410
18411 \begin_deeper
18412 \begin_layout List
18413 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18414
18415
18416 \series bold
18417 Menu\InsetSpace ~
18418 -
18419 \series default
18420  
18421 \family sans
18422 \bar under
18423 M
18424 \bar default
18425 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18426
18427 \bar under
18428 M
18429 \bar default
18430 ath Panel
18431 \end_layout
18432
18433 \begin_deeper
18434 \begin_layout Description
18435
18436 MathPanel: A grid of 
18437 \begin_inset Formula $3\times3$
18438 \end_inset
18439
18440  small blue rectangles.
18441 \end_layout
18442 \end_deeper
18443 \end_deeper
18444 \begin_layout Paragraph
18445
18446 Purpose:
18447 \end_layout
18448
18449 \begin_layout Standard
18450
18451 To insert a matrix.
18452  
18453 \end_layout
18454
18455 \begin_layout Paragraph
18456
18457 Usage:
18458 \end_layout
18459
18460 \begin_layout Standard
18461
18462 This command requires as arguments the dimensions of the matrix (two integer
18463  numbers separated by an space) and, optionally, the alignment.
18464  The alignment is a word composed of the vertical alignment (
18465 \family typewriter
18466 b
18467 \family default
18468
18469 \family typewriter
18470 c
18471 \family default
18472  or 
18473 \family typewriter
18474 t
18475 \family default
18476 ) and the horizontal alignments (
18477 \family typewriter
18478 l
18479 \family default
18480
18481 \family typewriter
18482 c
18483 \family default
18484  or 
18485 \family typewriter
18486 r
18487 \family default
18488 ).
18489 \end_layout
18490
18491 \begin_layout Paragraph
18492
18493 Examples:
18494 \end_layout
18495
18496 \begin_layout Standard
18497
18498
18499 \family typewriter
18500 math-matrix 3 3 bccc 
18501 \family default
18502 results in 
18503 \begin_inset Formula $\begin{array}{ccc}
18504 \\\\\end{array}$
18505 \end_inset
18506
18507 , a 
18508 \begin_inset Formula $3\times3$
18509 \end_inset
18510
18511  matrix with its bottom at the baseline and all columns centered.
18512 \end_layout
18513
18514 \begin_layout Paragraph
18515
18516 See Also:
18517 \end_layout
18518
18519 \begin_layout Standard
18520
18521 UserGuide, chapter Math.
18522 \end_layout
18523
18524 \begin_layout Subsection
18525
18526 math-mode
18527 \end_layout
18528
18529 \begin_layout Description
18530
18531 Default\InsetSpace ~
18532 Bindings:
18533 \end_layout
18534
18535 \begin_deeper
18536 \begin_layout List
18537 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18538
18539
18540 \series bold
18541 Menu\InsetSpace ~
18542 -
18543 \series default
18544  
18545 \family sans
18546 \bar under
18547 M
18548 \bar default
18549 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18550
18551 \bar under
18552 M
18553 \bar default
18554 ath mode
18555 \end_layout
18556
18557 \begin_layout List
18558 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18559
18560
18561 \series bold
18562 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
18563 -
18564 \series default
18565  Second button from the right.
18566  
18567 \end_layout
18568
18569 \begin_deeper
18570 \begin_layout Standard
18571
18572 A blue equation.
18573 \end_layout
18574 \end_deeper
18575 \begin_layout List
18576 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18577
18578
18579 \series bold
18580 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
18581 -
18582 \series default
18583  
18584 \family sans
18585 M-c m
18586 \family default
18587  
18588 \end_layout
18589 \end_deeper
18590 \begin_layout Paragraph
18591
18592 Purpose:
18593 \end_layout
18594
18595 \begin_layout Standard
18596
18597 Set math mode.
18598 \end_layout
18599
18600 \begin_layout Paragraph
18601
18602 Usage:
18603 \end_layout
18604
18605 \begin_layout Standard
18606
18607 In text mode you can insert a math expression.
18608 \end_layout
18609
18610 \begin_layout Paragraph
18611
18612 Examples:
18613 \end_layout
18614
18615 \begin_layout Standard
18616
18617 Most of the entries for math functions have examples of math mode in them.
18618  Here's another example:
18619 \end_layout
18620
18621 \begin_layout Standard
18622
18623 Here is some text.
18624  Now suppose I wanted an inlined equation, such as 
18625 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{A\cdot e^{x}}{x+1}$
18626 \end_inset
18627
18628 , in my text.
18629  I'd use math mode.
18630 \end_layout
18631
18632 \begin_layout Paragraph
18633
18634 See Also:
18635 \end_layout
18636
18637 \begin_layout Standard
18638
18639 UserGuide, chapter Math.
18640 \end_layout
18641
18642 \begin_layout Subsection
18643
18644 math-nonumber
18645 \end_layout
18646
18647 \begin_layout Description
18648
18649 Default\InsetSpace ~
18650 Bindings: None
18651 \end_layout
18652
18653 \begin_layout Paragraph
18654
18655 Purpose:
18656 \end_layout
18657
18658 \begin_layout Standard
18659
18660 To suppress the number of a line in a numbered equation array.
18661 \end_layout
18662
18663 \begin_layout Paragraph
18664
18665 Usage:
18666 \end_layout
18667
18668 \begin_layout Standard
18669
18670 The cursor position must be at the line whose number will be suppressed.
18671 \end_layout
18672
18673 \begin_layout Paragraph
18674
18675 Examples:
18676 \end_layout
18677
18678 \begin_layout Standard
18679
18680 This example contains a two-line, numbered equation.
18681  Ordinarily, both lines get numbered, which makes no sense for this equation:
18682 \end_layout
18683
18684 \begin_layout Standard
18685
18686
18687 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
18688 (x+y)(x-y) & = & x^{2}-xy+xy-y^{2}\nonumber \\
18689  & = & x^{2}-y^{2}\end{eqnarray}
18690
18691 \end_inset
18692
18693
18694 \end_layout
18695
18696 \begin_layout Standard
18697
18698 Notice that only the bottom line has a number.
18699  The top line had its number suppressed using 
18700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18701 \end_inset
18702
18703
18704 \family typewriter
18705 math-nonumber
18706 \family default
18707
18708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18709 \end_inset
18710
18711 .
18712 \end_layout
18713
18714 \begin_layout Paragraph
18715
18716 See Also:
18717 \end_layout
18718
18719 \begin_layout Standard
18720
18721 UserGuide, chapter Math.
18722 \end_layout
18723
18724 \begin_layout Subsection
18725
18726 math-number
18727 \end_layout
18728
18729 \begin_layout Description
18730
18731 Default\InsetSpace ~
18732 Bindings:
18733 \end_layout
18734
18735 \begin_deeper
18736 \begin_layout List
18737 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18738
18739
18740 \series bold
18741 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
18742 -
18743 \series default
18744  
18745 \family sans
18746 M-m n
18747 \family default
18748  
18749 \end_layout
18750 \end_deeper
18751 \begin_layout Paragraph
18752
18753 Purpose:
18754 \end_layout
18755
18756 \begin_layout Standard
18757
18758 Toggles the numbering status of an equation.
18759  Changes the LaTeX environment automatically.
18760  
18761 \end_layout
18762
18763 \begin_layout Paragraph
18764
18765 Usage:
18766 \end_layout
18767
18768 \begin_layout Standard
18769
18770 Self-explanatory
18771 \end_layout
18772
18773 \begin_layout Paragraph
18774
18775 Examples:
18776 \end_layout
18777
18778 \begin_layout Standard
18779
18780 This is a numbered equation
18781 \end_layout
18782
18783 \begin_layout Standard
18784
18785
18786 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
18787 x=2-y\end{equation}
18788
18789 \end_inset
18790
18791
18792 \end_layout
18793
18794 \begin_layout Standard
18795
18796 And this is not
18797 \end_layout
18798
18799 \begin_layout Standard
18800
18801
18802 \begin_inset Formula \[
18803 x=y-2\]
18804
18805 \end_inset
18806
18807
18808 \end_layout
18809
18810 \begin_layout Paragraph
18811
18812 See Also:
18813 \end_layout
18814
18815 \begin_layout Standard
18816
18817 UserGuide, chapter Math.
18818 \end_layout
18819
18820 \begin_layout Subsection
18821
18822 math-size
18823 \end_layout
18824
18825 \begin_layout Description
18826
18827 Default\InsetSpace ~
18828 Bindings:
18829 \end_layout
18830
18831 \begin_deeper
18832 \begin_layout List
18833 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18834
18835
18836 \series bold
18837 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
18838 -
18839 \series default
18840  
18841 \family sans
18842 M-m ?
18843 \end_layout
18844 \end_deeper
18845 \begin_layout Standard
18846
18847
18848 \emph on
18849 Editor's Note - there may be no default binding for this command.
18850  - jw
18851 \end_layout
18852
18853 \begin_layout Paragraph
18854
18855 Purpose:
18856 \end_layout
18857
18858 \begin_layout Standard
18859
18860 To change arbitrarily the size used by math fonts inside a context.
18861  Provides an interface to the LaTeX math mode font size commands.
18862 \end_layout
18863
18864 \begin_layout Paragraph
18865
18866 Usage:
18867 \end_layout
18868
18869 \begin_layout Standard
18870
18871 Requires one argument.
18872  Valid arguments are 
18873 \family typewriter
18874 displaystyle
18875 \family default
18876
18877 \family typewriter
18878 textstyle
18879 \family default
18880
18881 \family typewriter
18882 scriptstyle
18883 \family default
18884  and 
18885 \family typewriter
18886 scriptscriptstyle
18887 \family default
18888 .
18889 \end_layout
18890
18891 \begin_layout Standard
18892
18893 As for how to use these arbitrary font sizes, see a good LaTeX book.
18894  You should use this for fine-tuning only.
18895  LyX [and LaTeX] will ordinarily set an appropriate font size for you.
18896  
18897 \end_layout
18898
18899 \begin_layout Paragraph
18900
18901 Examples:
18902 \end_layout
18903
18904 \begin_layout Standard
18905
18906 This is the normal size of a fraction inside text 
18907 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
18908 \end_inset
18909
18910 , and this other 
18911 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
18912 \end_inset
18913
18914  is the result of using 
18915 \family typewriter
18916 math-size displaystyle.
18917
18918 \family default
18919  [There's no visible difference between the two inside LyX, but there will
18920  be a difference once you print.]
18921 \end_layout
18922
18923 \begin_layout Paragraph
18924
18925 See Also:
18926 \end_layout
18927
18928 \begin_layout Standard
18929
18930 UserGuide, chapter Math; 
18931 \end_layout
18932
18933 \begin_layout Standard
18934
18935 any good LaTeX guide.
18936 \end_layout
18937
18938 \begin_layout Subsection
18939
18940 melt
18941 \end_layout
18942
18943 \begin_layout Description
18944
18945 Default\InsetSpace ~
18946 Bindings:
18947 \end_layout
18948
18949 \begin_deeper
18950 \begin_layout List
18951 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18952
18953
18954 \series bold
18955 Menu\InsetSpace ~
18956 -
18957 \series default
18958  
18959 \family sans
18960 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18961 Floats\InsetSpace ~
18962 &\InsetSpace ~
18963 Insets\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18964 Melt
18965 \end_layout
18966
18967 \begin_layout List
18968 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18969
18970
18971 \series bold
18972 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
18973 -
18974 \series default
18975  This button is not activated as default.
18976 \end_layout
18977
18978 \begin_deeper
18979 \begin_layout Standard
18980
18981 The icon shows two small 
18982 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18983 \end_inset
18984
18985 blobs
18986 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18987 \end_inset
18988
18989  with an arrow between them pointing down towards a larger 
18990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18991 \end_inset
18992
18993 blob.
18994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18995 \end_inset
18996
18997
18998 \end_layout
18999 \end_deeper
19000 \begin_layout List
19001 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19002
19003
19004 \series bold
19005 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
19006 -
19007 \series default
19008  No default keybinding
19009 \end_layout
19010 \end_deeper
19011 \begin_layout Paragraph
19012
19013 Purpose:
19014 \end_layout
19015
19016 \begin_layout Standard
19017
19018 To move the contents of a floating inset to the body at the location where
19019  it appears in the LyX window.
19020 \end_layout
19021
19022 \begin_layout Paragraph
19023
19024 Usage:
19025 \end_layout
19026
19027 \begin_layout Standard
19028
19029 Place the cursor inside the unfolded float.
19030 \end_layout
19031
19032 \begin_layout Paragraph
19033
19034 See Also:
19035 \end_layout
19036
19037 \begin_layout Standard
19038
19039 footnote-insert; open-stuff; marginpar-insert
19040 \end_layout
19041
19042 \begin_layout Standard
19043
19044 Floats are described in detail in chapter 4 of the 
19045 \emph on
19046 Userguide.
19047 \end_layout
19048
19049 \begin_layout Subsection
19050
19051 menu-open
19052 \end_layout
19053
19054 \begin_layout Description
19055
19056 Default\InsetSpace ~
19057 Bindings:
19058 \end_layout
19059
19060 \begin_deeper
19061 \begin_layout List
19062 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19063
19064
19065 \series bold
19066 Menu\InsetSpace ~
19067 -
19068 \series default
19069  Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19070 Item
19071 \end_layout
19072
19073 \begin_layout List
19074 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19075
19076
19077 \series bold
19078 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
19079 -
19080 \series default
19081  Button # from the left.
19082  
19083 \end_layout
19084
19085 \begin_deeper
19086 \begin_layout Standard
19087
19088 Brief description of button icon.
19089 \end_layout
19090 \end_deeper
19091 \begin_layout List
19092 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19093
19094
19095 \series bold
19096 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
19097 -
19098 \series default
19099  
19100 \family sans
19101 C-S-M-W-key
19102 \family default
19103  in 
19104 \family typewriter
19105 file1.bind
19106 \family default
19107 .
19108 \end_layout
19109
19110 \begin_deeper
19111 \begin_layout Standard
19112
19113
19114 \family sans
19115 C-S-M-W-key
19116 \family default
19117  in 
19118 \family typewriter
19119 file2.bind
19120 \family default
19121 .
19122 \end_layout
19123 \end_deeper
19124 \end_deeper
19125 \begin_layout Paragraph
19126
19127 Purpose:
19128 \end_layout
19129
19130 \begin_layout Standard
19131
19132 Description.
19133 \end_layout
19134
19135 \begin_layout Paragraph
19136
19137 Usage:
19138 \end_layout
19139
19140 \begin_layout Standard
19141
19142 Description.
19143 \end_layout
19144
19145 \begin_layout Paragraph
19146
19147 Examples:
19148 \end_layout
19149
19150 \begin_layout Standard
19151
19152 Examples.
19153 \end_layout
19154
19155 \begin_layout Paragraph
19156
19157 See Also:
19158 \end_layout
19159
19160 \begin_layout Standard
19161
19162 Other entries or documents.
19163  Separate many references by either a 
19164 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19165 \end_inset
19166
19167 ;
19168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19169 \end_inset
19170
19171  or place in multiple paragraphs.
19172 \end_layout
19173
19174 \begin_layout Subsection
19175
19176 meta-prefix
19177 \end_layout
19178
19179 \begin_layout Description
19180
19181 Default\InsetSpace ~
19182 Bindings:
19183 \end_layout
19184
19185 \begin_deeper
19186 \begin_layout List
19187 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19188
19189
19190 \series bold
19191 Menu\InsetSpace ~
19192 -
19193 \series default
19194  Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19195 Item
19196 \end_layout
19197
19198 \begin_layout List
19199 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19200
19201
19202 \series bold
19203 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
19204 -
19205 \series default
19206  Button # from the left.
19207  
19208 \end_layout
19209
19210 \begin_deeper
19211 \begin_layout Standard
19212
19213 Brief description of button icon.
19214 \end_layout
19215 \end_deeper
19216 \begin_layout List
19217 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19218
19219
19220 \series bold
19221 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
19222 -
19223 \series default
19224  
19225 \family sans
19226 C-S-M-W-key
19227 \family default
19228  in 
19229 \family typewriter
19230 file1.bind
19231 \family default
19232 .
19233 \end_layout
19234
19235 \begin_deeper
19236 \begin_layout Standard
19237
19238
19239 \family sans
19240 C-S-M-W-key
19241 \family default
19242  in 
19243 \family typewriter
19244 file2.bind
19245 \family default
19246 .
19247 \end_layout
19248 \end_deeper
19249 \end_deeper
19250 \begin_layout Paragraph
19251
19252 Purpose:
19253 \end_layout
19254
19255 \begin_layout Standard
19256
19257 Description.
19258 \end_layout
19259
19260 \begin_layout Paragraph
19261
19262 Usage:
19263 \end_layout
19264
19265 \begin_layout Standard
19266
19267 Description.
19268 \end_layout
19269
19270 \begin_layout Paragraph
19271
19272 Examples:
19273 \end_layout
19274
19275 \begin_layout Standard
19276
19277 Examples.
19278 \end_layout
19279
19280 \begin_layout Paragraph
19281
19282 See Also:
19283 \end_layout
19284
19285 \begin_layout Standard
19286
19287 Other entries or documents.
19288  Separate many references by either a 
19289 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19290 \end_inset
19291
19292 ;
19293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19294 \end_inset
19295
19296  or place in multiple paragraphs.
19297 \end_layout
19298
19299 \begin_layout Section
19300
19301 N-R
19302 \end_layout
19303
19304 \begin_layout Subsection
19305
19306 note-insert
19307 \end_layout
19308
19309 \begin_layout Description
19310
19311 Default\InsetSpace ~
19312 Bindings:
19313 \end_layout
19314
19315 \begin_deeper
19316 \begin_layout List
19317 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19318
19319
19320 \series bold
19321 Menu\InsetSpace ~
19322 -
19323 \series default
19324  
19325 \family sans
19326 \bar under
19327 I
19328 \bar default
19329 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19330
19331 \bar under
19332 N
19333 \bar default
19334 ote
19335 \end_layout
19336
19337 \begin_layout List
19338 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19339
19340
19341 \series bold
19342 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
19343 -
19344 \series default
19345  
19346 \family sans
19347 M-i\InsetSpace ~
19348 n
19349 \family default
19350  
19351 \end_layout
19352 \end_deeper
19353 \begin_layout Paragraph
19354
19355 Purpose:
19356 \end_layout
19357
19358 \begin_layout Standard
19359
19360 Creates at the current cursor position, and for screen interactive use only,
19361  a LyX Note, which is visible by the word 
19362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19363 \end_inset
19364
19365 Note
19366 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19367 \end_inset
19368
19369  within a bright-yellow box.
19370  The box is tied to a pop-up, within which you can insert a message.
19371 \end_layout
19372
19373 \begin_layout Paragraph
19374
19375 Usage:
19376 \end_layout
19377
19378 \begin_layout Standard
19379
19380 After inserting the note at the desired text position, click on the note
19381  to see bring-up the pop-up, and type-in your message.
19382  Neither the box nor the message appear in the printed output.
19383 \end_layout
19384
19385 \begin_layout Paragraph
19386
19387 Examples:
19388 \end_layout
19389
19390 \begin_layout Standard
19391
19392
19393 \begin_inset Note Note
19394 status collapsed
19395
19396 \begin_layout Standard
19397
19398 fields Wed Oct 9 13:57:36 1996
19399 \end_layout
19400
19401 \begin_layout Standard
19402
19403 You can move through the document, from note to note, via the
19404 \end_layout
19405
19406 \begin_layout Standard
19407
19408 note-next command.
19409 \end_layout
19410
19411 \end_inset
19412
19413 To the immediate left is an inserted note.
19414  Click on the box with your mouse to see the message.
19415 \end_layout
19416
19417 \begin_layout Paragraph
19418
19419 See Also:
19420 \end_layout
19421
19422 \begin_layout Standard
19423
19424 note-next; open-stuff.
19425 \end_layout
19426
19427 \begin_layout Subsection
19428
19429 note-next
19430 \end_layout
19431
19432 \begin_layout Description
19433
19434 Default\InsetSpace ~
19435 Bindings:
19436 \end_layout
19437
19438 \begin_deeper
19439 \begin_layout List
19440 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19441
19442
19443 \series bold
19444 Menu\InsetSpace ~
19445 -
19446 \series default
19447  
19448 \family sans
19449 \bar under
19450 E
19451 \bar default
19452 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19453 Go
19454 \family default
19455 \InsetSpace ~
19456
19457 \family sans
19458 to
19459 \family default
19460 \InsetSpace ~
19461
19462 \family sans
19463 \bar under
19464 N
19465 \bar default
19466 ote
19467 \end_layout
19468
19469 \begin_layout List
19470 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19471
19472
19473 \series bold
19474 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
19475 -
19476 \series default
19477  
19478 \family sans
19479 M-e\InsetSpace ~
19480 n
19481 \family default
19482  
19483 \end_layout
19484 \end_deeper
19485 \begin_layout Paragraph
19486
19487 Purpose:
19488 \end_layout
19489
19490 \begin_layout Standard
19491
19492 Move the current cursor and screen location to the next LyX 
19493 \family sans
19494 Note
19495 \family default
19496  in the current buffer.
19497  There is no action if there are no more notes in the document (or no notes
19498  at all).
19499 \end_layout
19500
19501 \begin_layout Paragraph
19502
19503 See Also:
19504 \end_layout
19505
19506 \begin_layout Standard
19507
19508 note-insert.
19509 \end_layout
19510
19511 \begin_layout Subsection
19512
19513 open-stuff
19514 \end_layout
19515
19516 \begin_layout Description
19517
19518 Default\InsetSpace ~
19519 Bindings:
19520 \end_layout
19521
19522 \begin_deeper
19523 \begin_layout List
19524 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19525
19526
19527 \series bold
19528 Menu\InsetSpace ~
19529 -
19530 \series default
19531  
19532 \family sans
19533 \bar under
19534 E
19535 \bar default
19536 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19537 Floats\InsetSpace ~
19538 &\InsetSpace ~
19539
19540 \bar under
19541 I
19542 \bar default
19543 nsets\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19544
19545 \bar under
19546 O
19547 \bar default
19548 pen/Close
19549 \end_layout
19550
19551 \begin_layout List
19552 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19553
19554
19555 \series bold
19556 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
19557 -
19558 \series default
19559  
19560 \family sans
19561 C-o
19562 \family default
19563  
19564 \newline
19565 (or use the appropriate mouse button action)
19566 \end_layout
19567 \end_deeper
19568 \begin_layout Paragraph
19569
19570 Purpose:
19571 \end_layout
19572
19573 \begin_layout Standard
19574
19575 Opens a LyX inset for editing or parameter modification.
19576 \end_layout
19577
19578 \begin_layout Paragraph
19579
19580 Usage:
19581 \end_layout
19582
19583 \begin_layout Standard
19584
19585 Place the cursor to the left of the entity and execute the command.
19586  Or, click on the center of the object with the mouse.
19587  
19588 \family sans
19589 open-stuff 
19590 \family default
19591 will open a math-mode block (left mouse button, single click), figure, note,
19592  footnote or margin note (left mouse button, double-click).
19593 \end_layout
19594
19595 \begin_layout Standard
19596
19597 Typically, the object you're opening is some sort of inset or float.
19598  You can use 
19599 \family typewriter
19600 melt
19601 \family default
19602  to remove the float and merge the text back into the body of the document.
19603 \end_layout
19604
19605 \begin_layout Paragraph
19606
19607 See Also:
19608 \end_layout
19609
19610 \begin_layout Standard
19611
19612 melt.
19613 \end_layout
19614
19615 \begin_layout Subsection
19616
19617 paste
19618 \end_layout
19619
19620 \begin_layout Description
19621
19622 Default\InsetSpace ~
19623 Bindings:
19624 \end_layout
19625
19626 \begin_deeper
19627 \begin_layout List
19628 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19629
19630
19631 \series bold
19632 Menu\InsetSpace ~
19633 -
19634 \series default
19635  
19636 \family sans
19637 \bar under
19638 E
19639 \bar default
19640 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19641
19642 \bar under
19643 P
19644 \bar default
19645 aste
19646 \end_layout
19647
19648 \begin_layout List
19649 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19650
19651
19652 \series bold
19653 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
19654 -
19655 \series default
19656  Button #6 from the left.
19657  
19658 \end_layout
19659
19660 \begin_deeper
19661 \begin_layout Standard
19662
19663 Schematic of a clipboard with arrow to a document.
19664 \end_layout
19665 \end_deeper
19666 \begin_layout List
19667 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19668
19669
19670 \series bold
19671 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
19672 -
19673 \series default
19674  
19675 \family sans
19676 M-e\InsetSpace ~
19677 p
19678 \end_layout
19679
19680 \begin_deeper
19681 \begin_layout Standard
19682
19683
19684 \family sans
19685 C-v
19686 \family default
19687  or 
19688 \family sans
19689 S-Insert
19690 \family default
19691  in 
19692 \family typewriter
19693 cua.bind
19694 \family default
19695 .
19696 \newline
19697
19698 \family sans
19699 C-y
19700 \family default
19701  in 
19702 \family typewriter
19703 emacs.bind
19704 \family default
19705 .
19706 \end_layout
19707 \end_deeper
19708 \end_deeper
19709 \begin_layout Paragraph
19710
19711 Purpose:
19712 \end_layout
19713
19714 \begin_layout Standard
19715
19716 Paste the contents of the paste buffer into the current buffer, at the current
19717  cursor location.
19718 \end_layout
19719
19720 \begin_layout Paragraph
19721
19722 Usage:
19723 \end_layout
19724
19725 \begin_layout Standard
19726
19727 Upon starting LyX, the paste buffer is initially empty.
19728  During a 
19729 \family typewriter
19730 cut
19731 \family sans
19732  
19733 \family default
19734 or 
19735 \family typewriter
19736 copy
19737 \family sans
19738  
19739 \family default
19740 operation, the selected text will be stored in the paste buffer, overwriting
19741  anything previously stored in the buffer.
19742 \end_layout
19743
19744 \begin_layout Standard
19745
19746 If a selection is highlighted at the current cursor location, LyX 
19747 \family typewriter
19748 paste
19749 \family sans
19750  
19751 \family default
19752 inserts the paste buffer text 
19753 \emph on
19754 after
19755 \emph default
19756  the selection.
19757  It does not overwrite; it only operates in 
19758 \emph on
19759 insert 
19760 \emph default
19761 mode.
19762 \end_layout
19763
19764 \begin_layout Paragraph
19765
19766 See Also:
19767 \end_layout
19768
19769 \begin_layout Standard
19770
19771 cut; copy.
19772 \end_layout
19773
19774 \begin_layout Subsection
19775
19776 prefix-arg
19777 \end_layout
19778
19779 \begin_layout Description
19780
19781 Default\InsetSpace ~
19782 Bindings:
19783 \end_layout
19784
19785 \begin_deeper
19786 \begin_layout List
19787 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19788
19789
19790 \series bold
19791 Menu\InsetSpace ~
19792 -
19793 \series default
19794  ?
19795 \end_layout
19796
19797 \begin_layout List
19798 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19799
19800
19801 \series bold
19802 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
19803 -
19804 \series default
19805  ?
19806 \end_layout
19807
19808 \begin_deeper
19809 \begin_layout Standard
19810
19811 ?
19812 \end_layout
19813 \end_deeper
19814 \begin_layout List
19815 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19816
19817
19818 \series bold
19819 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
19820 -
19821 \series default
19822  ?
19823 \end_layout
19824 \end_deeper
19825 \begin_layout Paragraph
19826
19827 Purpose:
19828 \end_layout
19829
19830 \begin_layout Standard
19831
19832 ?
19833 \end_layout
19834
19835 \begin_layout Paragraph
19836
19837 Usage:
19838 \end_layout
19839
19840 \begin_layout Standard
19841
19842 ?
19843 \end_layout
19844
19845 \begin_layout Paragraph
19846
19847 Examples:
19848 \end_layout
19849
19850 \begin_layout Standard
19851
19852 ?
19853 \end_layout
19854
19855 \begin_layout Paragraph
19856
19857 See Also:
19858 \end_layout
19859
19860 \begin_layout Standard
19861
19862 ?
19863 \end_layout
19864
19865 \begin_layout Subsection
19866
19867 protected-space-insert
19868 \end_layout
19869
19870 \begin_layout Description
19871
19872 Default\InsetSpace ~
19873 Bindings:
19874 \end_layout
19875
19876 \begin_deeper
19877 \begin_layout List
19878 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19879
19880
19881 \series bold
19882 Menu\InsetSpace ~
19883 -
19884 \series default
19885  
19886 \family sans
19887 \bar under
19888 I
19889 \bar default
19890 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19891 S
19892 \bar under
19893 p
19894 \bar default
19895 ecial
19896 \family default
19897 \InsetSpace ~
19898
19899 \family sans
19900 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19901 Protected
19902 \family default
19903 \InsetSpace ~
19904
19905 \family sans
19906 \bar under
19907 B
19908 \bar default
19909 lank
19910 \end_layout
19911
19912 \begin_layout List
19913 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19914
19915
19916 \series bold
19917 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
19918 -
19919 \series default
19920  
19921 \family sans
19922 C-Space
19923 \family default
19924  
19925 \end_layout
19926 \end_deeper
19927 \begin_layout Paragraph
19928
19929 Purpose:
19930 \end_layout
19931
19932 \begin_layout Standard
19933
19934 Insert an interword space at which a line break will not be allowed either
19935  on the LyX screen or in the LaTeX output.
19936  
19937 \end_layout
19938
19939 \begin_layout Paragraph
19940
19941 Usage:
19942 \end_layout
19943
19944 \begin_layout Standard
19945
19946 The protected space is represented on the screen as a small, magenta, 
19947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19948 \end_inset
19949
19950 square cup
19951 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19952 \end_inset
19953
19954  symbol, like this \InsetSpace ~
19955 , which if you are reading a printed copy looks something
19956  like 
19957 \begin_inset Formula $\sqcup$
19958 \end_inset
19959
19960 .
19961 \end_layout
19962
19963 \begin_layout Standard
19964
19965 This is sometimes also called a 
19966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19967 \end_inset
19968
19969 hard space
19970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19971 \end_inset
19972
19973  or a 
19974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19975 \end_inset
19976
19977 fixed space
19978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19979 \end_inset
19980
19981  because it is not resized like other whitespace.
19982 \end_layout
19983
19984 \begin_layout Standard
19985
19986 Use the protected space for phrases that you don't want broken at the end
19987  of a line, or to insert more than one word into certain kinds of headings.
19988  For example, the 
19989 \family sans
19990 Description
19991 \family default
19992  list always treats the first word of the paragraph as an item label and
19993  boldfaces it.
19994  If you wanted to use more than one word as an item label, use protected
19995  space between the words.
19996 \end_layout
19997
19998 \begin_layout Standard
19999
20000
20001 \emph on
20002 Never
20003 \emph default
20004  use 
20005 \family typewriter
20006 protected-space
20007 \family default
20008  as a substitute tab-stop! LyX has far, far better ways of formatting text,
20009  so use them.
20010 \end_layout
20011
20012 \begin_layout Paragraph
20013
20014 Examples:
20015 \end_layout
20016
20017 \begin_layout Standard
20018
20019 This phrase, 
20020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20021 \end_inset
20022
20023 the\InsetSpace ~
20024 whole\InsetSpace ~
20025 nine\InsetSpace ~
20026 yards,
20027 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20028 \end_inset
20029
20030  will not be broken at the end of a line.
20031  And if we had a description list with multi-word labels:
20032 \end_layout
20033
20034 \begin_layout Description
20035
20036 entry\InsetSpace ~
20037 #1 This is one.
20038 \end_layout
20039
20040 \begin_layout Description
20041
20042 entry\InsetSpace ~
20043 #2 This is two.
20044  Notice the protected space between the words in the item label.
20045 \end_layout
20046
20047 \begin_layout Paragraph
20048
20049 See Also:
20050 \end_layout
20051
20052 \begin_layout Standard
20053
20054 The User's Guide
20055 \end_layout
20056
20057 \begin_layout Subsection
20058
20059 quote-insert
20060 \end_layout
20061
20062 \begin_layout Description
20063
20064 Default\InsetSpace ~
20065 Bindings:
20066 \end_layout
20067
20068 \begin_deeper
20069 \begin_layout List
20070 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20071
20072
20073 \series bold
20074 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
20075 -
20076 \series default
20077  
20078 \family sans
20079 C-q
20080 \family roman
20081 ,
20082 \family sans
20083  S-C-
20084 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20085 \end_inset
20086
20087
20088 \family roman
20089 ,
20090 \family sans
20091  M-i\InsetSpace ~
20092 '
20093 \family roman
20094 , or
20095 \family sans
20096  M-i\InsetSpace ~
20097 S-
20098 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20099 \end_inset
20100
20101
20102 \family default
20103  
20104 \end_layout
20105 \end_deeper
20106 \begin_layout Paragraph
20107
20108 Purpose:
20109 \end_layout
20110
20111 \begin_layout Standard
20112
20113 Insert a typewriter-style double quote symbol, ", at the current cursor
20114  location.
20115 \end_layout
20116
20117 \begin_layout Paragraph
20118
20119 Usage:
20120 \end_layout
20121
20122 \begin_layout Standard
20123
20124 On the default keyboard, the grave and apostrophe keys produce matching
20125  single quote characters, and the double-quote key produces context-sensitive
20126  anti-symmetric double quotes.
20127  While it should normally be used only in rare situations, the 
20128 \family typewriter
20129 quote-insert
20130 \family sans
20131  
20132 \family default
20133 command allows you to easily produce the
20134 \family sans
20135  
20136 \family default
20137 less esthetically pleasing typewriter-style double quote symbol.
20138 \end_layout
20139
20140 \begin_layout Standard
20141
20142 This command also allows you to create a double-quote character when you've
20143  changed the behavior of the 
20144 \family sans
20145
20146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20147 \end_inset
20148
20149
20150 \family default
20151  key using the 
20152 \family typewriter
20153 layout-quotes
20154 \family default
20155  command.
20156 \end_layout
20157
20158 \begin_layout Paragraph
20159
20160 See Also:
20161 \end_layout
20162
20163 \begin_layout Standard
20164
20165 layout-quotes.
20166 \end_layout
20167
20168 \begin_layout Subsection
20169
20170 redo
20171 \end_layout
20172
20173 \begin_layout Description
20174
20175 Default\InsetSpace ~
20176 Bindings:
20177 \end_layout
20178
20179 \begin_deeper
20180 \begin_layout List
20181 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20182
20183
20184 \series bold
20185 Menu\InsetSpace ~
20186 -
20187 \series default
20188  
20189 \family sans
20190 \bar under
20191 E
20192 \bar default
20193 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20194
20195 \bar under
20196 R
20197 \bar default
20198 edo
20199 \end_layout
20200
20201 \begin_layout List
20202 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20203
20204
20205 \series bold
20206 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
20207 -
20208 \series default
20209  
20210 \family sans
20211 M-e\InsetSpace ~
20212 r
20213 \family default
20214  
20215 \end_layout
20216
20217 \begin_deeper
20218 \begin_layout Standard
20219
20220
20221 \family sans
20222 C-Z
20223 \family default
20224  in 
20225 \family typewriter
20226 cua.bind
20227 \family default
20228 .
20229 \end_layout
20230 \end_deeper
20231 \end_deeper
20232 \begin_layout Paragraph
20233
20234 Purpose:
20235 \end_layout
20236
20237 \begin_layout Standard
20238
20239 Attempts to redo the last major editing command that was undone with the
20240  
20241 \family typewriter
20242 undo
20243 \family sans
20244  
20245 \family default
20246 command.
20247 \end_layout
20248
20249 \begin_layout Paragraph
20250
20251 Usage:
20252 \end_layout
20253
20254 \begin_layout Standard
20255
20256 Self-explanatory.
20257  
20258 \family typewriter
20259 redo
20260 \family default
20261  may not always succeed, or it may redo more editing than you expected.
20262  The only limit to how many times you can perform a 
20263 \family typewriter
20264 redo
20265 \family default
20266  is the beginning of the undo buffer.
20267 \end_layout
20268
20269 \begin_layout Paragraph
20270
20271 See Also:
20272 \end_layout
20273
20274 \begin_layout Standard
20275
20276 undo.
20277  
20278 \end_layout
20279
20280 \begin_layout Subsection
20281
20282 ref-insert
20283 \end_layout
20284
20285 \begin_layout Description
20286
20287 Default\InsetSpace ~
20288 Bindings:
20289 \end_layout
20290
20291 \begin_deeper
20292 \begin_layout List
20293 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20294
20295
20296 \series bold
20297 Menu\InsetSpace ~
20298 -
20299 \series default
20300  
20301 \family sans
20302 \bar under
20303 I
20304 \bar default
20305 nsert \SpecialChar \menuseparator
20306 Cross-
20307 \bar under
20308 R
20309 \bar default
20310 eference
20311 \end_layout
20312
20313 \begin_deeper
20314 \begin_layout Description
20315
20316 Insert\InsetSpace ~
20317 Reference: (cross-reference control panel)
20318 \end_layout
20319 \end_deeper
20320 \begin_layout List
20321 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20322
20323
20324 \series bold
20325 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
20326 -
20327 \series default
20328  
20329 \family sans
20330 M-i\InsetSpace ~
20331 r
20332 \end_layout
20333 \end_deeper
20334 \begin_layout Paragraph
20335
20336 Purpose:
20337 \end_layout
20338
20339 \begin_layout Standard
20340
20341 Insert a cross-reference (using a character string label key), based on
20342  a previously defined label.
20343 \end_layout
20344
20345 \begin_layout Paragraph
20346
20347 Usage:
20348 \end_layout
20349
20350 \begin_layout Standard
20351
20352 This command inserts either a LaTeX 
20353 \family typewriter
20354
20355 \backslash
20356 ref{key}
20357 \emph on
20358  
20359 \family default
20360 \emph default
20361 or a 
20362 \family typewriter
20363
20364 \backslash
20365 pageref{key}
20366 \family default
20367  command, as appropriate, into the document.
20368  The 
20369 \family typewriter
20370 key
20371 \family default
20372  parameter is the case-sensitive alphanumeric label that you previously
20373  defined using 
20374 \family typewriter
20375 label-insert
20376 \family default
20377 .
20378  Executing the 
20379 \family typewriter
20380 ref-insert
20381 \family sans
20382  
20383 \family default
20384 command brings up the 
20385 \family sans
20386 Insert\InsetSpace ~
20387 Reference
20388 \family default
20389  pop-up control panel, which shows you a selection list of previously defined
20390  references.
20391  Also on this panel, you are given the option of referencing either the
20392  environment reference related to that label (like the section number) or
20393  the page number at which the label is located.
20394 \end_layout
20395
20396 \begin_layout Standard
20397
20398 The 
20399 \family typewriter
20400
20401 \backslash
20402 ref(key)
20403 \family default
20404  command allows LaTeX to track the specified key and substitute the appropriate
20405  cross-reference.
20406  The environment referenced can be a section, table, figure, equation number,
20407  enumerated item, 
20408 \emph on
20409 etc
20410 \emph default
20411 .
20412  Note that the actual printed label is not displayed until you view or print
20413  your document; LyX displays instead on the screen the symbolic label, which
20414  is the character string label key that you defined.
20415  
20416 \end_layout
20417
20418 \begin_layout Standard
20419
20420 Note that labels defined in math mode don't become visible to the 
20421 \family sans
20422 Insert\InsetSpace ~
20423 Reference
20424 \family default
20425  popup until after you close and reopen the document.
20426 \end_layout
20427
20428 \begin_layout Paragraph
20429
20430 Examples:
20431 \end_layout
20432
20433 \begin_layout Standard
20434
20435 See 
20436 \family typewriter
20437 label-ref
20438 \family sans
20439  
20440 \family default
20441 for an example of referencing a section number.
20442  That same label from that example can also be used to reference the page
20443  number at that location; for example, the page number of that location
20444  is Page\InsetSpace ~
20445
20446 \begin_inset LatexCommand \pageref{test label}
20447
20448 \end_inset
20449
20450 .
20451 \end_layout
20452
20453 \begin_layout Paragraph
20454
20455 See Also:
20456 \end_layout
20457
20458 \begin_layout Standard
20459
20460 label-insert; math-number.
20461  
20462 \end_layout
20463
20464 \begin_layout Standard
20465
20466 You can find further description of the LaTeX labeling and cross-referencing
20467  method in the LyX User's Guide or any good LaTeX user's guide.
20468 \end_layout
20469
20470 \begin_layout Section
20471
20472 S
20473 \end_layout
20474
20475 \begin_layout Subsection
20476
20477 screen-down
20478 \end_layout
20479
20480 \begin_layout Description
20481
20482 Default\InsetSpace ~
20483 Bindings:
20484 \end_layout
20485
20486 \begin_deeper
20487 \begin_layout List
20488 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20489
20490
20491 \series bold
20492 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
20493 -
20494 \series default
20495  
20496 \family sans
20497 PageDown
20498 \family default
20499  
20500 \end_layout
20501
20502 \begin_deeper
20503 \begin_layout Standard
20504
20505
20506 \family sans
20507 C-v 
20508 \family roman
20509 or
20510 \family sans
20511  C-x\InsetSpace ~
20512 ]
20513 \family default
20514  in 
20515 \family typewriter
20516 emacs.bind
20517 \family default
20518 .
20519 \end_layout
20520 \end_deeper
20521 \end_deeper
20522 \begin_layout Paragraph
20523
20524 Purpose:
20525 \end_layout
20526
20527 \begin_layout Standard
20528
20529 Moves the cursor down one screenful of text while maintaining the current
20530  relative cursor screen position.
20531 \end_layout
20532
20533 \begin_layout Paragraph
20534
20535 Usage:
20536 \end_layout
20537
20538 \begin_layout Standard
20539
20540 Self-explanatory.
20541  Note that repeated 
20542 \family typewriter
20543 screen-down
20544 \family default
20545  and 
20546 \family typewriter
20547 screen-up
20548 \family default
20549  commands will not necessarily return the cursor to its previous location.
20550 \end_layout
20551
20552 \begin_layout Paragraph
20553
20554 See Also:
20555 \end_layout
20556
20557 \begin_layout Standard
20558
20559 char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; line-begin; line-end;
20560  tab-forward; up; down; screen-up; buffer-begin; buffer-end.
20561 \end_layout
20562
20563 \begin_layout Subsection
20564
20565 screen-down-select
20566 \end_layout
20567
20568 \begin_layout Description
20569
20570 Default\InsetSpace ~
20571 Bindings:
20572 \end_layout
20573
20574 \begin_deeper
20575 \begin_layout List
20576 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20577
20578
20579 \series bold
20580 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
20581 -
20582 \series default
20583  
20584 \family sans
20585 S-PageDown
20586 \family default
20587  
20588 \end_layout
20589 \end_deeper
20590 \begin_layout Paragraph
20591
20592 Purpose:
20593 \end_layout
20594
20595 \begin_layout Standard
20596
20597 Highlights (selects) the text between the starting and ending cursor positions
20598  during a 
20599 \family typewriter
20600 screen-down
20601 \family sans
20602  
20603 \family default
20604 move.
20605  The highlighted text is shown in reverse video.
20606 \end_layout
20607
20608 \begin_layout Paragraph
20609
20610 See Also:
20611 \end_layout
20612
20613 \begin_layout Standard
20614
20615 screen-down;
20616 \end_layout
20617
20618 \begin_layout Standard
20619
20620 backward-select; forward-select; up-select; down-select; word-forward-select;
20621  word-backward-select; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select;
20622  buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select.
20623 \end_layout
20624
20625 \begin_layout Subsection
20626
20627 screen-recenter
20628 \end_layout
20629
20630 \begin_layout Description
20631
20632 Default\InsetSpace ~
20633 Bindings:
20634 \end_layout
20635
20636 \begin_deeper
20637 \begin_layout List
20638 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20639
20640
20641 \series bold
20642 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
20643 -
20644 \series default
20645  
20646 \family sans
20647 C-l
20648 \family default
20649  in 
20650 \family typewriter
20651 emacs.bind
20652 \family default
20653 .
20654 \end_layout
20655 \end_deeper
20656 \begin_layout Paragraph
20657
20658 Purpose:
20659 \end_layout
20660
20661 \begin_layout Standard
20662
20663 Repositions the screen so that it is centered on the current cursor location.
20664  The position of the cursor in the text does not change.
20665 \end_layout
20666
20667 \begin_layout Paragraph
20668
20669 See Also:
20670 \end_layout
20671
20672 \begin_layout Standard
20673
20674 ?
20675 \end_layout
20676
20677 \begin_layout Subsection
20678
20679 screen-up
20680 \end_layout
20681
20682 \begin_layout Description
20683
20684 Default\InsetSpace ~
20685 Bindings:
20686 \end_layout
20687
20688 \begin_deeper
20689 \begin_layout List
20690 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20691
20692
20693 \series bold
20694 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
20695 -
20696 \series default
20697  
20698 \family sans
20699 PageUp 
20700 \end_layout
20701
20702 \begin_deeper
20703 \begin_layout Standard
20704
20705
20706 \family sans
20707 C-x\InsetSpace ~
20708 [
20709 \family default
20710  in 
20711 \family typewriter
20712 emacs.bind
20713 \family default
20714 .
20715 \end_layout
20716 \end_deeper
20717 \end_deeper
20718 \begin_layout Paragraph
20719
20720 Purpose:
20721 \end_layout
20722
20723 \begin_layout Standard
20724
20725 Moves the cursor up one screenful of text while maintaining the current
20726  relative cursor screen position.
20727 \end_layout
20728
20729 \begin_layout Paragraph
20730
20731 Usage:
20732 \end_layout
20733
20734 \begin_layout Standard
20735
20736 Self-explanatory.
20737  Note that repeated 
20738 \family typewriter
20739 screen-down
20740 \family default
20741  and 
20742 \family typewriter
20743 screen-up
20744 \family default
20745  commands will not necessarily return the cursor to its previous location.
20746 \end_layout
20747
20748 \begin_layout Paragraph
20749
20750 See Also:
20751 \end_layout
20752
20753 \begin_layout Standard
20754
20755 char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; line-begin; line-end;
20756  tab-forward; up; down; screen-down; buffer-begin; buffer-end.
20757 \end_layout
20758
20759 \begin_layout Subsection
20760
20761 screen-up-select
20762 \end_layout
20763
20764 \begin_layout Description
20765
20766 Default\InsetSpace ~
20767 Bindings:
20768 \end_layout
20769
20770 \begin_deeper
20771 \begin_layout List
20772 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20773
20774
20775 \series bold
20776 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
20777 -
20778 \series default
20779  
20780 \family sans
20781 S-PageUp
20782 \family default
20783  
20784 \end_layout
20785 \end_deeper
20786 \begin_layout Paragraph
20787
20788 Purpose:
20789 \end_layout
20790
20791 \begin_layout Standard
20792
20793 Highlights (selects) the text between the starting and ending cursor positions
20794  during a 
20795 \family typewriter
20796 screen-up
20797 \family sans
20798  
20799 \family default
20800 move.
20801  The highlighted text is shown in reverse video.
20802 \end_layout
20803
20804 \begin_layout Paragraph
20805
20806 See Also:
20807 \end_layout
20808
20809 \begin_layout Standard
20810
20811 screen-up;
20812 \end_layout
20813
20814 \begin_layout Standard
20815
20816 backward-select; forward-select; up-select; down-select; word-forward-select;
20817  word-backward-select; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-down-select;
20818  buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select.
20819 \end_layout
20820
20821 \begin_layout Subsection
20822
20823 self-insert
20824 \end_layout
20825
20826 \begin_layout Description
20827
20828 Default\InsetSpace ~
20829 Bindings:
20830 \end_layout
20831
20832 \begin_deeper
20833 \begin_layout List
20834 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20835
20836
20837 \series bold
20838 Menu\InsetSpace ~
20839 -
20840 \series default
20841  Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20842 Item
20843 \end_layout
20844
20845 \begin_layout List
20846 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20847
20848
20849 \series bold
20850 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
20851 -
20852 \series default
20853  Button # from the left.
20854  
20855 \end_layout
20856
20857 \begin_deeper
20858 \begin_layout Standard
20859
20860 Brief description of button icon.
20861 \end_layout
20862 \end_deeper
20863 \begin_layout List
20864 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20865
20866
20867 \series bold
20868 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
20869 -
20870 \series default
20871  None.
20872 \end_layout
20873 \end_deeper
20874 \begin_layout Paragraph
20875
20876 Purpose:
20877 \end_layout
20878
20879 \begin_layout Standard
20880
20881 Don't know what this does<ref>.
20882 \end_layout
20883
20884 \begin_layout Paragraph
20885
20886 Usage:
20887 \end_layout
20888
20889 \begin_layout Standard
20890
20891 ?
20892 \end_layout
20893
20894 \begin_layout Paragraph
20895
20896 Examples:
20897 \end_layout
20898
20899 \begin_layout Standard
20900
20901 ?
20902 \end_layout
20903
20904 \begin_layout Paragraph
20905
20906 See Also:
20907 \end_layout
20908
20909 \begin_layout Standard
20910
20911 ?
20912 \end_layout
20913
20914 \begin_layout Subsection
20915
20916 server-char-after
20917 \end_layout
20918
20919 \begin_layout Description
20920
20921 Default\InsetSpace ~
20922 Bindings: None.
20923 \end_layout
20924
20925 \begin_layout Paragraph
20926
20927 Purpose:
20928 \end_layout
20929
20930 \begin_layout Standard
20931
20932 One of the functions for the LyX server.
20933 \end_layout
20934
20935 \begin_layout Paragraph
20936
20937 Usage:
20938 \end_layout
20939
20940 \begin_layout Standard
20941
20942 ?
20943 \end_layout
20944
20945 \begin_layout Paragraph
20946
20947 Examples:
20948 \end_layout
20949
20950 \begin_layout Standard
20951
20952 Examples.
20953 \end_layout
20954
20955 \begin_layout Paragraph
20956
20957 See Also:
20958 \end_layout
20959
20960 \begin_layout Standard
20961
20962 server-get-font; server-get-latex; server-get-layout; server-get-name; server-ge
20963 t-xy; server-notify; server-set-xy.
20964 \end_layout
20965
20966 \begin_layout Subsection
20967
20968 server-get-font
20969 \end_layout
20970
20971 \begin_layout Description
20972
20973 Default\InsetSpace ~
20974 Bindings: None.
20975 \end_layout
20976
20977 \begin_layout Paragraph
20978
20979 Purpose:
20980 \end_layout
20981
20982 \begin_layout Standard
20983
20984 One of the functions for the LyX server.
20985 \end_layout
20986
20987 \begin_layout Paragraph
20988
20989 Usage:
20990 \end_layout
20991
20992 \begin_layout Standard
20993
20994 ?
20995 \end_layout
20996
20997 \begin_layout Paragraph
20998
20999 See Also:
21000 \end_layout
21001
21002 \begin_layout Standard
21003
21004 server-char-after; server-get-latex; server-get-layout; server-get-name;
21005  server-get-xy; server-notify; server-set-xy.
21006 \end_layout
21007
21008 \begin_layout Subsection
21009
21010 server-get-latex
21011 \end_layout
21012
21013 \begin_layout Description
21014
21015 Default\InsetSpace ~
21016 Bindings: None.
21017 \end_layout
21018
21019 \begin_layout Paragraph
21020
21021 Purpose:
21022 \end_layout
21023
21024 \begin_layout Standard
21025
21026 One of the functions for the LyX server.
21027 \end_layout
21028
21029 \begin_layout Paragraph
21030
21031 Usage:
21032 \end_layout
21033
21034 \begin_layout Standard
21035
21036 ?
21037 \end_layout
21038
21039 \begin_layout Paragraph
21040
21041 See Also:
21042 \end_layout
21043
21044 \begin_layout Standard
21045
21046 server-char-after; server-get-font; server-get-layout; server-get-name;
21047  server-get-xy; server-notify; server-set-xy.
21048 \end_layout
21049
21050 \begin_layout Subsection
21051
21052 server-get-layout
21053 \end_layout
21054
21055 \begin_layout Description
21056
21057 Default\InsetSpace ~
21058 Bindings: None.
21059 \end_layout
21060
21061 \begin_layout Paragraph
21062
21063 Purpose:
21064 \end_layout
21065
21066 \begin_layout Standard
21067
21068 One of the functions for the LyX server.
21069 \end_layout
21070
21071 \begin_layout Paragraph
21072
21073 Usage:
21074 \end_layout
21075
21076 \begin_layout Paragraph
21077
21078 See Also:
21079 \end_layout
21080
21081 \begin_layout Standard
21082
21083 server-char-after; server-get-font; server-get-latex; server-get-name; server-ge
21084 t-xy; server-notify; server-set-xy.
21085 \end_layout
21086
21087 \begin_layout Subsection
21088
21089 server-get-name
21090 \end_layout
21091
21092 \begin_layout Description
21093
21094 Default\InsetSpace ~
21095 Bindings: None.
21096 \end_layout
21097
21098 \begin_layout Paragraph
21099
21100 Purpose:
21101 \end_layout
21102
21103 \begin_layout Standard
21104
21105 One of the functions for the LyX server.
21106 \end_layout
21107
21108 \begin_layout Paragraph
21109
21110 Usage:
21111 \end_layout
21112
21113 \begin_layout Standard
21114
21115 ?
21116 \end_layout
21117
21118 \begin_layout Paragraph
21119
21120 See Also:
21121 \end_layout
21122
21123 \begin_layout Standard
21124
21125 server-char-after; server-get-font; server-get-latex; server-get-layout;
21126  server-get-xy; server-notify; server-set-xy.
21127 \end_layout
21128
21129 \begin_layout Subsection
21130
21131 server-get-xy
21132 \end_layout
21133
21134 \begin_layout Description
21135
21136 Default\InsetSpace ~
21137 Bindings: None.
21138 \end_layout
21139
21140 \begin_layout Paragraph
21141
21142 Purpose:
21143 \end_layout
21144
21145 \begin_layout Standard
21146
21147 One of the functions for the LyX server.
21148 \end_layout
21149
21150 \begin_layout Paragraph
21151
21152 Usage:
21153 \end_layout
21154
21155 \begin_layout Standard
21156
21157 ?
21158 \end_layout
21159
21160 \begin_layout Paragraph
21161
21162 See Also:
21163 \end_layout
21164
21165 \begin_layout Standard
21166
21167 server-char-after; server-get-font; server-get-latex; server-get-layout;
21168  server-get-name; server-notify; server-set-xy.
21169 \end_layout
21170
21171 \begin_layout Subsection
21172
21173 server-notify
21174 \end_layout
21175
21176 \begin_layout Description
21177
21178 Default\InsetSpace ~
21179 Bindings: None.
21180 \end_layout
21181
21182 \begin_layout Paragraph
21183
21184 Purpose:
21185 \end_layout
21186
21187 \begin_layout Standard
21188
21189 One of the functions for the LyX server.
21190 \end_layout
21191
21192 \begin_layout Paragraph
21193
21194 Usage:
21195 \end_layout
21196
21197 \begin_layout Standard
21198
21199 ?
21200 \end_layout
21201
21202 \begin_layout Paragraph
21203
21204 See Also:
21205 \end_layout
21206
21207 \begin_layout Standard
21208
21209 server-char-after; server-get-font; server-get-latex; server-get-layout;
21210  server-get-name; server-get-xy; server-set-xy.
21211 \end_layout
21212
21213 \begin_layout Subsection
21214
21215 server-set-xy
21216 \end_layout
21217
21218 \begin_layout Description
21219
21220 Default\InsetSpace ~
21221 Bindings: None.
21222 \end_layout
21223
21224 \begin_layout Paragraph
21225
21226 Purpose:
21227 \end_layout
21228
21229 \begin_layout Standard
21230
21231 One of the functions for the LyX server.
21232 \end_layout
21233
21234 \begin_layout Paragraph
21235
21236 Usage:
21237 \end_layout
21238
21239 \begin_layout Standard
21240
21241 ?
21242 \end_layout
21243
21244 \begin_layout Paragraph
21245
21246 See Also:
21247 \end_layout
21248
21249 \begin_layout Standard
21250
21251 server-char-after; server-get-font; server-get-latex; server-get-layout;
21252  server-get-name; server-get-xy; server-notify.
21253 \end_layout
21254
21255 \begin_layout Subsection
21256
21257 set-color
21258 \end_layout
21259
21260 \begin_layout Standard
21261
21262 Default\InsetSpace ~
21263 Bindings: None.
21264 \end_layout
21265
21266 \begin_layout Paragraph
21267
21268 Purpose:
21269 \end_layout
21270
21271 \begin_layout Standard
21272
21273 Change the colors used by LyX.
21274 \end_layout
21275
21276 \begin_layout Paragraph
21277
21278 Usage:
21279 \end_layout
21280
21281 \begin_layout Standard
21282
21283 set-color required two arguments, the LyX color name (essentially the object
21284  to be colours) and the display (currently X11) color name.
21285 \end_layout
21286
21287 \begin_layout Paragraph
21288
21289 See Also:
21290 \end_layout
21291
21292 \begin_layout Standard
21293
21294 The set-color section of the Customization guide.
21295 \end_layout
21296
21297 \begin_layout Subsection
21298
21299 spellchecker
21300 \end_layout
21301
21302 \begin_layout Description
21303
21304 Default\InsetSpace ~
21305 Bindings:
21306 \end_layout
21307
21308 \begin_deeper
21309 \begin_layout List
21310 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
21311
21312
21313 \series bold
21314 Menu\InsetSpace ~
21315 -
21316 \series default
21317  
21318 \family sans
21319 \bar under
21320 E
21321 \bar default
21322 dit \SpecialChar \menuseparator
21323
21324 \bar under
21325 S
21326 \bar default
21327 pellchecker
21328 \end_layout
21329
21330 \begin_deeper
21331 \begin_layout Description
21332
21333 Spellchecker: (control panel for the spellchecker)
21334 \newline
21335 or
21336 \end_layout
21337
21338 \begin_layout Standard
21339
21340
21341 \family sans
21342 \bar under
21343 O
21344 \bar default
21345 ptions\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21346
21347 \bar under
21348 S
21349 \bar default
21350 pellchecker\InsetSpace ~
21351 Options
21352 \end_layout
21353
21354 \begin_layout Description
21355
21356 Spellchecker\InsetSpace ~
21357 Options:
21358 \family sans
21359  
21360 \bar under
21361 S
21362 \bar default
21363 tart\InsetSpace ~
21364 Spellchecker
21365 \end_layout
21366 \end_deeper
21367 \begin_layout List
21368 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
21369
21370
21371 \series bold
21372 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
21373 -
21374 \series default
21375  
21376 \family sans
21377 M-e\InsetSpace ~
21378 s
21379 \family default
21380  
21381 \end_layout
21382 \end_deeper
21383 \begin_layout Paragraph
21384
21385 Purpose:
21386 \end_layout
21387
21388 \begin_layout Standard
21389
21390 Start spellchecker.
21391 \end_layout
21392
21393 \begin_layout Standard
21394
21395 [
21396 \emph on
21397 Author's Note: Need more detail here.
21398  -<ref>
21399 \emph default
21400 ]
21401 \end_layout
21402
21403 \begin_layout Paragraph
21404
21405 See Also:
21406 \end_layout
21407
21408 \begin_layout Standard
21409
21410 spellcheck popup.
21411  [
21412 \emph on
21413 Editor's Note: To be added later - jw.
21414 \emph default
21415 ]
21416 \end_layout
21417
21418 \begin_layout Subsection
21419
21420 symbol-insert
21421 \end_layout
21422
21423 \begin_layout Description
21424
21425 Default\InsetSpace ~
21426 Bindings:
21427 \end_layout
21428
21429 \begin_deeper
21430 \begin_layout List
21431 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
21432
21433
21434 \series bold
21435 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
21436 -
21437 \series default
21438  
21439 \family sans
21440 M-c\InsetSpace ~
21441 m
21442 \end_layout
21443 \end_deeper
21444 \begin_layout Paragraph
21445
21446 Purpose:
21447 \end_layout
21448
21449 \begin_layout Standard
21450
21451 This command is simply an alias for the command 
21452 \family typewriter
21453 math-mode
21454 \family default
21455 .
21456  
21457 \end_layout
21458
21459 \begin_layout Paragraph
21460
21461 See Also:
21462 \end_layout
21463
21464 \begin_layout Standard
21465
21466 math-mode.
21467  
21468 \end_layout
21469
21470 \begin_layout Section
21471
21472 T-U
21473 \end_layout
21474
21475 \begin_layout Subsection
21476
21477 tab-forward
21478 \end_layout
21479
21480 \begin_layout Description
21481
21482 Default\InsetSpace ~
21483 Bindings:
21484 \end_layout
21485
21486 \begin_deeper
21487 \begin_layout List
21488 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
21489
21490
21491 \series bold
21492 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
21493 -
21494 \series default
21495  
21496 \family sans
21497 Tab
21498 \family default
21499  
21500 \end_layout
21501 \end_deeper
21502 \begin_layout Paragraph
21503
21504 Purpose:
21505 \end_layout
21506
21507 \begin_layout Standard
21508
21509 Move the cursor position forward to the left margin at the start of the
21510  next paragraph or list item.
21511 \end_layout
21512
21513 \begin_layout Paragraph
21514
21515 Usage:
21516 \end_layout
21517
21518 \begin_layout Standard
21519
21520 Note that although other motion commands have a text selection parallel,
21521  
21522 \family typewriter
21523 tab-forward
21524 \family default
21525  does not; there is currently no 
21526 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21527 \end_inset
21528
21529
21530 \family typewriter
21531 tab-forward-select
21532 \family default
21533
21534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21535 \end_inset
21536
21537  command in LyX.
21538 \end_layout
21539
21540 \begin_layout Paragraph
21541
21542 See Also:
21543 \end_layout
21544
21545 \begin_layout Standard
21546
21547 char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; line-begin; line-end;
21548  up; down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin; buffer-end.
21549 \end_layout
21550
21551 \begin_layout Subsection
21552
21553 table-insert
21554 \end_layout
21555
21556 \begin_layout Description
21557
21558 Default\InsetSpace ~
21559 Bindings:
21560 \end_layout
21561
21562 \begin_deeper
21563 \begin_layout List
21564 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
21565
21566
21567 \series bold
21568 Menu\InsetSpace ~
21569 -
21570 \series default
21571  
21572 \family sans
21573 \bar under
21574 E
21575 \bar default
21576 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21577 Ta
21578 \bar under
21579 b
21580 \bar default
21581 le\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21582 Insert
21583 \family default
21584 \InsetSpace ~
21585
21586 \family sans
21587 table
21588 \end_layout
21589
21590 \begin_deeper
21591 \begin_layout Description
21592
21593 Table: (table size and insertion control panel)
21594 \end_layout
21595 \end_deeper
21596 \begin_layout List
21597 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
21598
21599
21600 \series bold
21601 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
21602 -
21603 \series default
21604  First button on the right.
21605  
21606 \end_layout
21607
21608 \begin_deeper
21609 \begin_layout Standard
21610
21611 Table icon showing a four by four table with gridlines.
21612 \end_layout
21613 \end_deeper
21614 \end_deeper
21615 \begin_layout Paragraph
21616
21617 Purpose:
21618 \end_layout
21619
21620 \begin_layout Standard
21621
21622 Inserts a LaTeX table (
21623 \family typewriter
21624 tabular
21625 \family default
21626  environment) into the text.
21627 \end_layout
21628
21629 \begin_layout Paragraph
21630
21631 Usage:
21632 \end_layout
21633
21634 \begin_layout Standard
21635
21636 Executing the command creates a pop-up table control panel that allows you
21637  to set the initial number of rows and columns.
21638  Hitting either the control panel 
21639 \family sans
21640 OK
21641 \family default
21642  or 
21643 \family sans
21644 Apply 
21645 \family default
21646 buttons inserts the table at the current cursor location.
21647  Text can then be inserted into any cell of a table by selecting the cell
21648  and typing.
21649  The table can be modified by placing the cursor anywhere in the table and
21650  clicking the right mouse button, which brings up a table control menu.
21651 \end_layout
21652
21653 \begin_layout Paragraph
21654
21655 Examples:
21656 \end_layout
21657
21658 \begin_layout Standard
21659
21660 Executing the 
21661 \family typewriter
21662 table-insert
21663 \family default
21664  function at the end of this sentence, and accepting the default values,
21665  results in the following:
21666 \end_layout
21667
21668
21669 \begin_layout Standard
21670
21671
21672 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
21673 \end_inset
21674
21675
21676 \end_layout
21677
21678 \begin_layout Standard
21679 \align center
21680
21681 \begin_inset  Tabular
21682 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
21683 <features>
21684 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
21685 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
21686 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
21687 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
21688 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
21689 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
21690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21691 \begin_inset Text
21692
21693 \begin_layout Standard
21694
21695
21696 \family roman
21697 \series medium
21698 \shape up
21699 \size normal
21700 \emph off
21701 \bar no
21702 \noun off
21703 1
21704 \end_layout
21705
21706 \end_inset
21707 </cell>
21708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21709 \begin_inset Text
21710
21711 \begin_layout Standard
21712
21713
21714 \family roman
21715 \series medium
21716 \shape up
21717 \size normal
21718 \emph off
21719 \bar no
21720 \noun off
21721 2
21722 \end_layout
21723
21724 \end_inset
21725 </cell>
21726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21727 \begin_inset Text
21728
21729 \begin_layout Standard
21730
21731
21732 \family roman
21733 \series medium
21734 \shape up
21735 \size normal
21736 \emph off
21737 \bar no
21738 \noun off
21739 3
21740 \end_layout
21741
21742 \end_inset
21743 </cell>
21744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21745 \begin_inset Text
21746
21747 \begin_layout Standard
21748
21749
21750 \family roman
21751 \series medium
21752 \shape up
21753 \size normal
21754 \emph off
21755 \bar no
21756 \noun off
21757 4
21758 \end_layout
21759
21760 \end_inset
21761 </cell>
21762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21763 \begin_inset Text
21764
21765 \begin_layout Standard
21766
21767
21768 \family roman
21769 \series medium
21770 \shape up
21771 \size normal
21772 \emph off
21773 \bar no
21774 \noun off
21775 5
21776 \end_layout
21777
21778 \end_inset
21779 </cell>
21780 </row>
21781 <row topline="true">
21782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21783 \begin_inset Text
21784
21785 \begin_layout Standard
21786
21787
21788 \family roman
21789 \series medium
21790 \shape up
21791 \size normal
21792 \emph off
21793 \bar no
21794 \noun off
21795 A
21796 \end_layout
21797
21798 \end_inset
21799 </cell>
21800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21801 \begin_inset Text
21802
21803 \begin_layout Standard
21804
21805
21806 \family roman
21807 \series medium
21808 \shape up
21809 \size normal
21810 \emph off
21811 \bar no
21812 \noun off
21813 x
21814 \end_layout
21815
21816 \end_inset
21817 </cell>
21818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21819 \begin_inset Text
21820
21821 \begin_layout Standard
21822
21823 \end_layout
21824
21825 \end_inset
21826 </cell>
21827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21828 \begin_inset Text
21829
21830 \begin_layout Standard
21831
21832 \end_layout
21833
21834 \end_inset
21835 </cell>
21836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21837 \begin_inset Text
21838
21839 \begin_layout Standard
21840
21841
21842 \family roman
21843 \series medium
21844 \shape up
21845 \size normal
21846 \emph off
21847 \bar no
21848 \noun off
21849 y
21850 \end_layout
21851
21852 \end_inset
21853 </cell>
21854 </row>
21855 <row topline="true">
21856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21857 \begin_inset Text
21858
21859 \begin_layout Standard
21860
21861
21862 \family roman
21863 \series medium
21864 \shape up
21865 \size normal
21866 \emph off
21867 \bar no
21868 \noun off
21869 B
21870 \end_layout
21871
21872 \end_inset
21873 </cell>
21874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21875 \begin_inset Text
21876
21877 \begin_layout Standard
21878
21879 \end_layout
21880
21881 \end_inset
21882 </cell>
21883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21884 \begin_inset Text
21885
21886 \begin_layout Standard
21887
21888
21889 \family roman
21890 \series medium
21891 \shape up
21892 \size normal
21893 \emph off
21894 \bar no
21895 \noun off
21896 x
21897 \end_layout
21898
21899 \end_inset
21900 </cell>
21901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21902 \begin_inset Text
21903
21904 \begin_layout Standard
21905
21906
21907 \family roman
21908 \series medium
21909 \shape up
21910 \size normal
21911 \emph off
21912 \bar no
21913 \noun off
21914 y
21915 \end_layout
21916
21917 \end_inset
21918 </cell>
21919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21920 \begin_inset Text
21921
21922 \begin_layout Standard
21923
21924 \end_layout
21925
21926 \end_inset
21927 </cell>
21928 </row>
21929 <row topline="true">
21930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21931 \begin_inset Text
21932
21933 \begin_layout Standard
21934
21935
21936 \family roman
21937 \series medium
21938 \shape up
21939 \size normal
21940 \emph off
21941 \bar no
21942 \noun off
21943 C
21944 \end_layout
21945
21946 \end_inset
21947 </cell>
21948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21949 \begin_inset Text
21950
21951 \begin_layout Standard
21952
21953 \end_layout
21954
21955 \end_inset
21956 </cell>
21957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21958 \begin_inset Text
21959
21960 \begin_layout Standard
21961
21962
21963 \family roman
21964 \series medium
21965 \shape up
21966 \size normal
21967 \emph off
21968 \bar no
21969 \noun off
21970 y
21971 \end_layout
21972
21973 \end_inset
21974 </cell>
21975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21976 \begin_inset Text
21977
21978 \begin_layout Standard
21979
21980
21981 \family roman
21982 \series medium
21983 \shape up
21984 \size normal
21985 \emph off
21986 \bar no
21987 \noun off
21988 x
21989 \end_layout
21990
21991 \end_inset
21992 </cell>
21993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21994 \begin_inset Text
21995
21996 \begin_layout Standard
21997
21998 \end_layout
21999
22000 \end_inset
22001 </cell>
22002 </row>
22003 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
22004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22005 \begin_inset Text
22006
22007 \begin_layout Standard
22008
22009
22010 \family roman
22011 \series medium
22012 \shape up
22013 \size normal
22014 \emph off
22015 \bar no
22016 \noun off
22017 D
22018 \end_layout
22019
22020 \end_inset
22021 </cell>
22022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22023 \begin_inset Text
22024
22025 \begin_layout Standard
22026
22027
22028 \family roman
22029 \series medium
22030 \shape up
22031 \size normal
22032 \emph off
22033 \bar no
22034 \noun off
22035 y
22036 \end_layout
22037
22038 \end_inset
22039 </cell>
22040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22041 \begin_inset Text
22042
22043 \begin_layout Standard
22044
22045 \end_layout
22046
22047 \end_inset
22048 </cell>
22049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22050 \begin_inset Text
22051
22052 \begin_layout Standard
22053
22054 \end_layout
22055
22056 \end_inset
22057 </cell>
22058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22059 \begin_inset Text
22060
22061 \begin_layout Standard
22062
22063
22064 \family roman
22065 \series medium
22066 \shape up
22067 \size normal
22068 \emph off
22069 \bar no
22070 \noun off
22071 x
22072 \end_layout
22073
22074 \end_inset
22075 </cell>
22076 </row>
22077 </lyxtabular>
22078
22079 \end_inset
22080
22081
22082 \end_layout
22083
22084 \begin_layout Standard
22085
22086
22087 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
22088 \end_inset
22089
22090
22091 \end_layout
22092
22093
22094 \begin_layout Standard
22095
22096 We took the liberty of adding a little text to the table.
22097 \end_layout
22098
22099 \begin_layout Paragraph
22100
22101 See Also:
22102 \end_layout
22103
22104 \begin_layout Standard
22105
22106 TBD\SpecialChar \@.
22107  We'll think of something, to be sure\SpecialChar \ldots{}
22108
22109 \end_layout
22110
22111 \begin_layout Subsection
22112
22113 tex-mode
22114 \end_layout
22115
22116 \begin_layout Description
22117
22118 Default\InsetSpace ~
22119 Bindings:
22120 \end_layout
22121
22122 \begin_deeper
22123 \begin_layout List
22124 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22125
22126
22127 \series bold
22128 Menu\InsetSpace ~
22129 -
22130 \series default
22131  
22132 \family sans
22133 \bar under
22134 L
22135 \bar default
22136 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22137
22138 \bar under
22139 T
22140 \bar default
22141 ex
22142 \family default
22143 \InsetSpace ~
22144
22145 \family sans
22146 Style
22147 \end_layout
22148
22149 \begin_layout List
22150 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22151
22152
22153 \series bold
22154 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
22155 -
22156 \series default
22157  Fourth button from the right.
22158  
22159 \end_layout
22160
22161 \begin_deeper
22162 \begin_layout Standard
22163
22164 Button with TeX on the face
22165 \end_layout
22166 \end_deeper
22167 \begin_layout List
22168 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22169
22170
22171 \series bold
22172 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
22173 -
22174 \series default
22175  
22176 \family sans
22177 M-l\InsetSpace ~
22178
22179 \family roman
22180 or
22181 \family sans
22182  M-c\InsetSpace ~
22183 t
22184 \family default
22185  (standard)
22186 \end_layout
22187
22188 \begin_deeper
22189 \begin_layout Standard
22190
22191
22192 \family sans
22193 C-l
22194 \family default
22195  in 
22196 \family typewriter
22197 cua.bind
22198 \family default
22199 .
22200 \end_layout
22201 \end_deeper
22202 \end_deeper
22203 \begin_layout Paragraph
22204
22205 Purpose:
22206 \end_layout
22207
22208 \begin_layout Standard
22209
22210 Enter LaTeX code.
22211  
22212 \end_layout
22213
22214 \begin_layout Paragraph
22215
22216 Usage:
22217 \end_layout
22218
22219 \begin_layout Standard
22220
22221 The 
22222 \family typewriter
22223 tex-mode
22224 \family default
22225  command is a toggle function.
22226  When first executed, 
22227 \family typewriter
22228 tex-mode
22229 \family default
22230  begins accepting characters as a LaTeX command rather than text; when 
22231 \family typewriter
22232 tex-mode
22233 \family sans
22234  
22235 \family default
22236 is executed again this action stops.
22237  The result must be a valid and appropriate LaTeX command, or an error will
22238  result when the file is processed with LaTeX.
22239 \end_layout
22240
22241 \begin_layout Paragraph
22242
22243 Examples:
22244 \end_layout
22245
22246 \begin_layout Standard
22247
22248 The characters accepted as a LaTeX command are shown on the screen in red,
22249  as this example of the LaTeX 
22250 \family typewriter
22251
22252 \backslash
22253 relax
22254 \family default
22255  command shows: 
22256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22257 \end_inset
22258
22259
22260 \begin_inset ERT
22261 status inlined
22262
22263 \begin_layout Standard
22264
22265 \backslash
22266 relax
22267 \end_layout
22268
22269 \end_inset
22270
22271
22272 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22273 \end_inset
22274
22275 .
22276 \end_layout
22277
22278 \begin_layout Paragraph
22279
22280 See Also:
22281 \end_layout
22282
22283 \begin_layout Standard
22284
22285 math-mode.
22286 \end_layout
22287
22288 \begin_layout Subsection
22289
22290 toc-insert
22291 \end_layout
22292
22293 \begin_layout Description
22294
22295 Default\InsetSpace ~
22296 Bindings:
22297 \end_layout
22298
22299 \begin_deeper
22300 \begin_layout List
22301 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22302
22303
22304 \series bold
22305 Menu\InsetSpace ~
22306 -
22307 \series default
22308  
22309 \family sans
22310 \bar under
22311 I
22312 \bar default
22313 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22314 Lists and 
22315 \bar under
22316 T
22317 \bar default
22318 OC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22319 Table
22320 \family default
22321 \InsetSpace ~
22322
22323 \family sans
22324 of
22325 \family default
22326 \InsetSpace ~
22327
22328 \family sans
22329 \bar under
22330 C
22331 \bar default
22332 ontents
22333 \end_layout
22334
22335 \begin_layout List
22336 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22337
22338
22339 \series bold
22340 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
22341 -
22342 \series default
22343  
22344 \family sans
22345 M-i t c
22346 \end_layout
22347 \end_deeper
22348 \begin_layout Paragraph
22349
22350 Purpose:
22351 \end_layout
22352
22353 \begin_layout Standard
22354
22355 Inserts a
22356 \family sans
22357  table of contents in your document at the current cursor position.
22358
22359 \family default
22360  
22361 \end_layout
22362
22363 \begin_layout Paragraph
22364
22365 Usage:
22366 \end_layout
22367
22368 \begin_layout Standard
22369
22370 The standard location for a table of contents is straight after the title
22371  page.
22372  So insert it there for best results.
22373 \end_layout
22374
22375 \begin_layout Paragraph
22376
22377 See Also:
22378 \end_layout
22379
22380 \begin_layout Standard
22381
22382 toc-view; Table of Contents popup.
22383 \end_layout
22384
22385 \begin_layout Subsection
22386
22387 toc-view
22388 \end_layout
22389
22390 \begin_layout Description
22391
22392 Default\InsetSpace ~
22393 Bindings:
22394 \end_layout
22395
22396 \begin_deeper
22397 \begin_layout List
22398 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22399
22400
22401 \series bold
22402 Menu\InsetSpace ~
22403 -
22404 \series default
22405  
22406 \family sans
22407 \bar under
22408 E
22409 \bar default
22410 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22411
22412 \bar under
22413 T
22414 \bar default
22415 able
22416 \family default
22417 \InsetSpace ~
22418
22419 \family sans
22420 of
22421 \family default
22422 \InsetSpace ~
22423
22424 \family sans
22425 Contents
22426 \end_layout
22427
22428 \begin_deeper
22429 \begin_layout Description
22430
22431 Table\InsetSpace ~
22432 of\InsetSpace ~
22433 Contents: (table of contents control panel)
22434 \end_layout
22435 \end_deeper
22436 \begin_layout List
22437 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22438
22439
22440 \series bold
22441 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
22442 -
22443 \series default
22444  
22445 \family sans
22446 M-e t
22447 \family default
22448  
22449 \end_layout
22450 \end_deeper
22451 \begin_layout Paragraph
22452
22453 Purpose:
22454 \end_layout
22455
22456 \begin_layout Standard
22457
22458 This function brings up the 
22459 \family sans
22460 Table\InsetSpace ~
22461 of\InsetSpace ~
22462 Contents 
22463 \family default
22464 pop-up.
22465  
22466 \end_layout
22467
22468 \begin_layout Paragraph
22469
22470 Usage:
22471 \end_layout
22472
22473 \begin_layout Standard
22474
22475 You can update the table of contents using the 
22476 \family sans
22477 \bar under
22478 U
22479 \bar default
22480 pdate
22481 \family default
22482  button on the control panel, but the primary purpose of the 
22483 \family sans
22484 Table\InsetSpace ~
22485 of\InsetSpace ~
22486 Contents 
22487 \family default
22488 pop-up is browsing.
22489 \end_layout
22490
22491 \begin_layout Paragraph
22492
22493 See Also:
22494 \end_layout
22495
22496 \begin_layout Standard
22497
22498 toc-insert; Table of Contents popup.
22499 \end_layout
22500
22501 \begin_layout Subsection
22502
22503 toggle-cursor-follows-scrollbar
22504 \end_layout
22505
22506 \begin_layout Description
22507
22508 Default\InsetSpace ~
22509 Bindings: None.
22510 \end_layout
22511
22512 \begin_layout Paragraph
22513
22514 Purpose:
22515 \end_layout
22516
22517 \begin_layout Standard
22518
22519 To control the movement of the cursor when you use the scrollbar.
22520 \end_layout
22521
22522 \begin_layout Paragraph
22523
22524 Usage:
22525 \end_layout
22526
22527 \begin_layout Standard
22528
22529 Use this switch to change the way the cursor is handled when you move the
22530  scrollbar.
22531  The default behaviour is for the cursor to remain at the last position
22532  you were editing even if you scroll it off the screen.
22533  The alternate behaviour is for the cursor to always be on screen with its
22534  position limited by the topmost or bottommost visible line of text.
22535 \end_layout
22536
22537 \begin_layout Standard
22538
22539 It is possible to set the alternate behaviour as the default by adding an
22540  entry in your 
22541 \family typewriter
22542 lyxrc
22543 \family default
22544  file of the form: 
22545 \family typewriter
22546
22547 \backslash
22548 cursor_follows_scrollbar true
22549 \family default
22550 .
22551 \end_layout
22552
22553 \begin_layout Subsection
22554
22555 toolbar-add-to
22556 \end_layout
22557
22558 \begin_layout Description
22559
22560 Default\InsetSpace ~
22561 Bindings: None.
22562 \end_layout
22563
22564 \begin_layout Paragraph
22565
22566 Purpose:
22567 \end_layout
22568
22569 \begin_layout Standard
22570
22571 Used in the 
22572 \family typewriter
22573 lyxrc
22574 \family default
22575  files to add a toolbar button.
22576 \end_layout
22577
22578 \begin_layout Paragraph
22579
22580 Usage:
22581 \end_layout
22582
22583 \begin_layout Standard
22584
22585 ?
22586 \end_layout
22587
22588 \begin_layout Paragraph
22589
22590 See Also:
22591 \end_layout
22592
22593 \begin_layout Standard
22594
22595 toolbar-push.
22596 \end_layout
22597
22598 \begin_layout Subsection
22599
22600 toolbar-push
22601 \end_layout
22602
22603 \begin_layout Description
22604
22605 Default\InsetSpace ~
22606 Bindings: None.
22607 \end_layout
22608
22609 \begin_layout Paragraph
22610
22611 Purpose:
22612 \end_layout
22613
22614 \begin_layout Standard
22615
22616 Used in the 
22617 \family typewriter
22618 lyxrc
22619 \family default
22620  files to add a toolbar button.
22621 \end_layout
22622
22623 \begin_layout Paragraph
22624
22625 Usage:
22626 \end_layout
22627
22628 \begin_layout Standard
22629
22630 ?
22631 \end_layout
22632
22633 \begin_layout Paragraph
22634
22635 See Also:
22636 \end_layout
22637
22638 \begin_layout Standard
22639
22640 toolbar-add-to.
22641 \end_layout
22642
22643 \begin_layout Subsection
22644
22645 undo
22646 \end_layout
22647
22648 \begin_layout Description
22649
22650 Default\InsetSpace ~
22651 Bindings:
22652 \end_layout
22653
22654 \begin_deeper
22655 \begin_layout List
22656 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22657
22658
22659 \series bold
22660 Menu\InsetSpace ~
22661 -
22662 \series default
22663  
22664 \family sans
22665 \bar under
22666 E
22667 \bar default
22668 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22669
22670 \bar under
22671 U
22672 \bar default
22673 ndo
22674 \end_layout
22675
22676 \begin_layout List
22677 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22678
22679
22680 \series bold
22681 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
22682 -
22683 \series default
22684  
22685 \family sans
22686 M-e\InsetSpace ~
22687 u
22688 \family default
22689  
22690 \end_layout
22691
22692 \begin_deeper
22693 \begin_layout Standard
22694
22695
22696 \family sans
22697 C-z
22698 \family default
22699  in 
22700 \family typewriter
22701 cua.bind
22702 \family default
22703 .
22704 \newline
22705
22706 \family sans
22707 C-x\InsetSpace ~
22708 u or C-~S-slash
22709 \family default
22710  in 
22711 \family typewriter
22712 emacs.bind
22713 \family default
22714 .
22715 \end_layout
22716 \end_deeper
22717 \end_deeper
22718 \begin_layout Paragraph
22719
22720 Purpose:
22721 \end_layout
22722
22723 \begin_layout Standard
22724
22725 Undo the last major editing command.
22726 \end_layout
22727
22728 \begin_layout Paragraph
22729
22730 Usage:
22731 \end_layout
22732
22733 \begin_layout Standard
22734
22735 Self explanatory.
22736  
22737 \end_layout
22738
22739 \begin_layout Standard
22740
22741 Two things: first, 
22742 \family typewriter
22743 undo
22744 \family default
22745  has unlimited depth.
22746  
22747 \emph on
22748 (Except in the beta-version, where this feature has been limited to 100
22749  steps for safety).
22750  
22751 \emph default
22752 You can keep invoking 
22753 \family typewriter
22754 undo
22755 \family default
22756  until you run out of changes and the document is back in the state it was
22757  in when you loaded it.
22758 \end_layout
22759
22760 \begin_layout Standard
22761
22762 Second, 
22763 \family typewriter
22764 undo
22765 \family default
22766  does not work everywhere.
22767  You cannot undo changes to the document layout, for example.
22768 \end_layout
22769
22770 \begin_layout Paragraph
22771
22772 See Also:
22773 \end_layout
22774
22775 \begin_layout Standard
22776
22777 redo.
22778  
22779 \end_layout
22780
22781 \begin_layout Subsection
22782
22783 up
22784 \end_layout
22785
22786 \begin_layout Description
22787
22788 Default\InsetSpace ~
22789 Bindings:
22790 \end_layout
22791
22792 \begin_deeper
22793 \begin_layout List
22794 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22795
22796
22797 \series bold
22798 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
22799 -
22800 \series default
22801  
22802 \family sans
22803 Up
22804 \end_layout
22805
22806 \begin_deeper
22807 \begin_layout Standard
22808
22809
22810 \family sans
22811 C-p
22812 \family default
22813  in 
22814 \family typewriter
22815 emacs.bind
22816 \family default
22817 .
22818 \end_layout
22819 \end_deeper
22820 \end_deeper
22821 \begin_layout Paragraph
22822
22823 Purpose:
22824 \end_layout
22825
22826 \begin_layout Standard
22827
22828 Moves the cursor down up line.
22829  If the cursor starting-position is at the top of the screen-display, the
22830  buffer scrolls downward to display the new current line about 1/4 of the
22831  screen-height from the top of the screen.
22832 \end_layout
22833
22834 \begin_layout Paragraph
22835
22836 See Also:
22837 \end_layout
22838
22839 \begin_layout Standard
22840
22841 char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; tab-forward; line-begi
22842 n; line-end; down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin; buffer-end.
22843 \end_layout
22844
22845 \begin_layout Subsection
22846
22847 up-select
22848 \end_layout
22849
22850 \begin_layout Description
22851
22852 Default\InsetSpace ~
22853 Bindings:
22854 \end_layout
22855
22856 \begin_deeper
22857 \begin_layout List
22858 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22859
22860
22861 \series bold
22862 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
22863 -
22864 \series default
22865  
22866 \family sans
22867 S-Up
22868 \end_layout
22869 \end_deeper
22870 \begin_layout Paragraph
22871
22872 Purpose:
22873 \end_layout
22874
22875 \begin_layout Standard
22876
22877 To select text from the current cursor position to the same position one
22878  line up.
22879  If the previous line is shorter than the current line, the cursor simply
22880  moves to the end of the previous line.
22881 \end_layout
22882
22883 \begin_layout Paragraph
22884
22885 See Also:
22886 \end_layout
22887
22888 \begin_layout Standard
22889
22890 up;
22891 \end_layout
22892
22893 \begin_layout Standard
22894
22895 backward-select; forward-select; down-select; word-forward-select; word-backward
22896 -select; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select; screen-down-selec
22897 t; buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select.
22898 \end_layout
22899
22900 \begin_layout Section
22901
22902 W-Z
22903 \end_layout
22904
22905 \begin_layout Subsection
22906
22907 word-backward
22908 \end_layout
22909
22910 \begin_layout Description
22911
22912 Default\InsetSpace ~
22913 Bindings:
22914 \end_layout
22915
22916 \begin_deeper
22917 \begin_layout List
22918 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22919
22920
22921 \series bold
22922 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
22923 -
22924 \series default
22925  
22926 \family sans
22927 C-Left
22928 \end_layout
22929 \end_deeper
22930 \begin_layout Paragraph
22931
22932 Purpose:
22933 \end_layout
22934
22935 \begin_layout Standard
22936
22937 Moves the cursor backward by one word.
22938 \end_layout
22939
22940 \begin_layout Paragraph
22941
22942 Usage:
22943 \end_layout
22944
22945 \begin_layout Standard
22946
22947 Self explanatory.
22948  If you are already at the beginning of a word, the cursor moves to the
22949  first letter of the previous word.
22950  If you are in the middle or at the end of a word, the cursor moves to the
22951  first letter of that word.
22952 \end_layout
22953
22954 \begin_layout Paragraph
22955
22956 See Also:
22957 \end_layout
22958
22959 \begin_layout Standard
22960
22961 char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; tab-forward; line-begin; line-end;
22962  up; down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin; buffer-end.
22963 \end_layout
22964
22965 \begin_layout Subsection
22966
22967 word-backward-select
22968 \end_layout
22969
22970 \begin_layout Description
22971
22972 Default\InsetSpace ~
22973 Bindings:
22974 \end_layout
22975
22976 \begin_deeper
22977 \begin_layout List
22978 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22979
22980
22981 \series bold
22982 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
22983 -
22984 \series default
22985  
22986 \family sans
22987 S-C-Left
22988 \end_layout
22989 \end_deeper
22990 \begin_layout Paragraph
22991
22992 Purpose:
22993 \end_layout
22994
22995 \begin_layout Standard
22996
22997 Highlights (selects) the text between the starting and ending positions
22998  during a 
22999 \family typewriter
23000 word-backward
23001 \family default
23002  move.
23003  The highlighted text is shown in reverse video.
23004 \end_layout
23005
23006 \begin_layout Paragraph
23007
23008 See Also:
23009 \end_layout
23010
23011 \begin_layout Standard
23012
23013 word-backward; backward-select; forward-select; up-select; down-select;
23014  word-forward-select; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select;
23015  screen-down-select; buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select.
23016 \end_layout
23017
23018 \begin_layout Subsection
23019
23020 word-capitalize
23021 \end_layout
23022
23023 \begin_layout Description
23024
23025 Default\InsetSpace ~
23026 Bindings:
23027 \end_layout
23028
23029 \begin_deeper
23030 \begin_layout List
23031 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
23032
23033
23034 \series bold
23035 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
23036 -
23037 \series default
23038  
23039 \family sans
23040 M-c\InsetSpace ~
23041 Right
23042 \end_layout
23043 \end_deeper
23044 \begin_layout Paragraph
23045
23046 Purpose:
23047 \end_layout
23048
23049 \begin_layout Standard
23050
23051 Capitalizes the next character to the right of the current cursor, and moves
23052  the cursor position to the beginning of the next word.
23053 \end_layout
23054
23055 \begin_layout Paragraph
23056
23057 Usage:
23058 \end_layout
23059
23060 \begin_layout Standard
23061
23062 No case change occurs for preselected text.
23063 \end_layout
23064
23065 \begin_layout Paragraph
23066
23067 Examples:
23068 \end_layout
23069
23070 \begin_layout Standard
23071
23072 If your current cursor location is immediately to the left of the 
23073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23074 \end_inset
23075
23076 p
23077 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23078 \end_inset
23079
23080  in the word 
23081 \emph on
23082 description
23083 \emph default
23084  and you execute the 
23085 \family typewriter
23086 word-capitalize
23087 \family default
23088  function, 
23089 \emph on
23090 description
23091 \emph default
23092  will change to 
23093 \emph on
23094 descriPtion.
23095
23096 \emph default
23097  
23098 \end_layout
23099
23100 \begin_layout Paragraph
23101
23102 See Also:
23103 \end_layout
23104
23105 \begin_layout Standard
23106
23107 word-lowcase; word-upcase.
23108 \end_layout
23109
23110 \begin_layout Subsection
23111
23112 word-delete-backward
23113 \end_layout
23114
23115 \begin_layout Description
23116
23117 Default\InsetSpace ~
23118 Bindings:
23119 \end_layout
23120
23121 \begin_deeper
23122 \begin_layout List
23123 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
23124
23125
23126 \series bold
23127 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
23128 -
23129 \series default
23130  
23131 \family sans
23132 C-BackSpace
23133 \end_layout
23134 \end_deeper
23135 \begin_layout Paragraph
23136
23137 Purpose:
23138 \end_layout
23139
23140 \begin_layout Standard
23141
23142 Deletes the previous word.
23143 \end_layout
23144
23145 \begin_layout Paragraph
23146
23147 Usage:
23148 \end_layout
23149
23150 \begin_layout Standard
23151
23152 If the cursor is in between words (in whitespace), then the previous word
23153  is deleted.
23154  
23155 \end_layout
23156
23157 \begin_layout Standard
23158
23159 If the cursor is in the middle of a word, then the beginning of the word
23160  is deleted to the cursor location.
23161  
23162 \end_layout
23163
23164 \begin_layout Standard
23165
23166 If the cursor is at the beginning of a paragraph, then the last word of
23167  the previous paragraph is deleted.
23168  Also in this case, if both paragraph have the same environment, LyX will
23169  join the two paragraphs.
23170  
23171 \end_layout
23172
23173 \begin_layout Paragraph
23174
23175 See Also:
23176 \end_layout
23177
23178 \begin_layout Standard
23179
23180 word-delete-forward.
23181 \end_layout
23182
23183 \begin_layout Subsection
23184
23185 word-delete-forward
23186 \end_layout
23187
23188 \begin_layout Description
23189
23190 Default\InsetSpace ~
23191 Bindings:
23192 \end_layout
23193
23194 \begin_deeper
23195 \begin_layout List
23196 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
23197
23198
23199 \series bold
23200 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
23201 -
23202 \series default
23203  
23204 \family sans
23205 C-Delete
23206 \newline
23207 M-d
23208 \family default
23209  in 
23210 \family typewriter
23211 emacs.bind
23212 \end_layout
23213 \end_deeper
23214 \begin_layout Paragraph
23215
23216 Purpose:
23217 \end_layout
23218
23219 \begin_layout Standard
23220
23221 Deletes the next word.
23222 \end_layout
23223
23224 \begin_layout Paragraph
23225
23226 Usage:
23227 \end_layout
23228
23229 \begin_layout Standard
23230
23231 If the cursor is in between words (in whitespace), then the next word is
23232  deleted.
23233  
23234 \end_layout
23235
23236 \begin_layout Standard
23237
23238 If the cursor is in the middle of a word, then the end of the word is deleted
23239  to the cursor location.
23240  
23241 \end_layout
23242
23243 \begin_layout Standard
23244
23245 If the cursor is at the end of a paragraph, one of two things can happen.
23246  If the current and next paragraph have the same paragraph environment,
23247  LyX merges the two paragraphs, but doesn't delete any words.
23248  If the two paragraphs have different environments, nothing happens.
23249  Note that this is different from the behavior of 
23250 \family typewriter
23251 word-delete-backward
23252 \family default
23253 .
23254 \end_layout
23255
23256 \begin_layout Paragraph
23257
23258 See Also:
23259 \end_layout
23260
23261 \begin_layout Standard
23262
23263 word-delete-backward.
23264 \end_layout
23265
23266 \begin_layout Subsection
23267
23268 word-forward
23269 \end_layout
23270
23271 \begin_layout Description
23272
23273 Default\InsetSpace ~
23274 Bindings:
23275 \end_layout
23276
23277 \begin_deeper
23278 \begin_layout List
23279 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
23280
23281
23282 \series bold
23283 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
23284 -
23285 \series default
23286  
23287 \family sans
23288 C-Right
23289 \end_layout
23290 \end_deeper
23291 \begin_layout Paragraph
23292
23293 Purpose:
23294 \end_layout
23295
23296 \begin_layout Standard
23297
23298 Moves the cursor forward by one word.
23299  
23300 \end_layout
23301
23302 \begin_layout Paragraph
23303
23304 Usage:
23305 \end_layout
23306
23307 \begin_layout Standard
23308
23309 Unlike 
23310 \family typewriter
23311 word-backward
23312 \family default
23313 , this function always displays the same behavior.
23314  It always moves the cursor to the beginning of the next word, no matter
23315  where the starting cursor location may be.
23316 \end_layout
23317
23318 \begin_layout Paragraph
23319
23320 See Also:
23321 \end_layout
23322
23323 \begin_layout Standard
23324
23325 char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; tab-forward; line-begi
23326 n; line-end; up; down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin; buffer-end.
23327 \end_layout
23328
23329 \begin_layout Subsection
23330
23331 word-forward-select
23332 \end_layout
23333
23334 \begin_layout Description
23335
23336 Default\InsetSpace ~
23337 Bindings:
23338 \end_layout
23339
23340 \begin_deeper
23341 \begin_layout List
23342 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
23343
23344
23345 \series bold
23346 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
23347 -
23348 \series default
23349  
23350 \family sans
23351 S-C-Right
23352 \end_layout
23353 \end_deeper
23354 \begin_layout Paragraph
23355
23356 Purpose:
23357 \end_layout
23358
23359 \begin_layout Standard
23360
23361 Highlights (selects) the text between the starting and ending positions
23362  during a 
23363 \family typewriter
23364 word-forward
23365 \family sans
23366  
23367 \family default
23368 move.
23369  The highlighted text is shown in reverse video.
23370 \end_layout
23371
23372 \begin_layout Paragraph
23373
23374 See Also:
23375 \end_layout
23376
23377 \begin_layout Standard
23378
23379 word-forward;
23380 \end_layout
23381
23382 \begin_layout Standard
23383
23384 backward-select; forward-select; up-select; down-select; word-backward-select;
23385  line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select; screen-down-select;
23386  buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select.
23387 \end_layout
23388
23389 \begin_layout Subsection
23390
23391 word-lowcase
23392 \end_layout
23393
23394 \begin_layout Description
23395
23396 Default\InsetSpace ~
23397 Bindings:
23398 \end_layout
23399
23400 \begin_deeper
23401 \begin_layout List
23402 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
23403
23404
23405 \series bold
23406 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
23407 -
23408 \series default
23409  
23410 \family sans
23411 M-c\InsetSpace ~
23412 Down
23413 \end_layout
23414 \end_deeper
23415 \begin_layout Paragraph
23416
23417 Purpose:
23418 \end_layout
23419
23420 \begin_layout Standard
23421
23422 Forces a word to all lowercase, then moves the cursor to the start of the
23423  next word.
23424 \end_layout
23425
23426 \begin_layout Paragraph
23427
23428 Usage:
23429 \end_layout
23430
23431 \begin_layout Standard
23432
23433 Only the portion of the word to the right of the cursor is affected.
23434  No case change occurs for preselected text.
23435 \end_layout
23436
23437 \begin_layout Paragraph
23438
23439 Examples:
23440 \end_layout
23441
23442 \begin_layout Standard
23443
23444 If your current cursor location is immediately to the left of the 
23445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23446 \end_inset
23447
23448 p
23449 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23450 \end_inset
23451
23452  in the word 
23453 \emph on
23454 DESCRIPTION
23455 \emph default
23456  and you execute the 
23457 \family typewriter
23458 word-lowcase
23459 \family default
23460  function, 
23461 \emph on
23462 DESCRIPTION
23463 \emph default
23464  will change to 
23465 \emph on
23466 DESCRIption
23467 \emph default
23468 .
23469 \end_layout
23470
23471 \begin_layout Paragraph
23472
23473 See Also:
23474 \end_layout
23475
23476 \begin_layout Standard
23477
23478 word-capitalize; word-upcase.
23479 \end_layout
23480
23481 \begin_layout Subsection
23482
23483 word-upcase
23484 \end_layout
23485
23486 \begin_layout Description
23487
23488 Default\InsetSpace ~
23489 Bindings:
23490 \end_layout
23491
23492 \begin_deeper
23493 \begin_layout List
23494 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
23495
23496
23497 \series bold
23498 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
23499 -
23500 \series default
23501  
23502 \family sans
23503 M-c\InsetSpace ~
23504 Up
23505 \end_layout
23506 \end_deeper
23507 \begin_layout Paragraph
23508
23509 Purpose:
23510 \end_layout
23511
23512 \begin_layout Standard
23513
23514 Forces a word to all uppercase, then moves the cursor to the start of the
23515  next word.
23516 \end_layout
23517
23518 \begin_layout Paragraph
23519
23520 Usage:
23521 \end_layout
23522
23523 \begin_layout Standard
23524
23525 Only the portion of the word to the right of the cursor is affected.
23526  No case change occurs for preselected text.
23527 \end_layout
23528
23529 \begin_layout Paragraph
23530
23531 Examples:
23532 \end_layout
23533
23534 \begin_layout Standard
23535
23536 If your current cursor location is immediately to the left of the 
23537 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23538 \end_inset
23539
23540 p
23541 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23542 \end_inset
23543
23544  in the word 
23545 \emph on
23546 description
23547 \emph default
23548  and you execute the 
23549 \family sans
23550 word-upcase
23551 \family default
23552  function, 
23553 \emph on
23554 description
23555 \emph default
23556  will change to 
23557 \emph on
23558 descriPTION
23559 \emph default
23560 .
23561 \end_layout
23562
23563 \begin_layout Paragraph
23564
23565 See Also:
23566 \end_layout
23567
23568 \begin_layout Standard
23569
23570 word-capitalize; word-lowcase.
23571 \end_layout
23572
23573 \begin_layout Chapter
23574
23575 General Information
23576 \end_layout
23577
23578 \begin_layout Standard
23579
23580
23581 \emph on
23582
23583 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{ch:misc}
23584
23585 \end_inset
23586
23587  Ed.
23588  Note: This is otherwise known as The Dreaded Miscellaneous! It'll be a
23589  pain to maintain, since I'll probably be splitting it every few months!
23590  -jw
23591 \end_layout
23592
23593 \begin_layout Section*
23594
23595 Reserved for Future Use.
23596 \end_layout
23597
23598 \end_body
23599 \end_document